55 10 13080 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/7c584293507072860c93f2149aa9fb2c.pdf 2320e9b83f048f57a753aec6d583953a PDF Text Text r- ADVANCED OJIBWE: uc at io n PARTS ONE AND TWO IN SEVERN DIALECT Editor: Verification and Editing: Typing and Graphics: Graphic Artist: Translation: ke he ad U ni v er sit y Audio tape production was produced by Studio One Productions. The audio tapes were mastered using Studio One Productions Digital Facility. Toll Ftt.c: l-8~35 4-8952 Fax (807) 767-9234 Produced by: Ken James English Voice: Ken James Native Language Voice: Tom Beardy Licensed Music: Studio One Productions Library Duplication Coordination: John Somers A special thanks again to Lena Odjig White for all of her encouragement in making this book a reality and for all of her devotion to the preservation of Native languages. La ( Fa cu l ty of Ed Tom Beardy John O'Mea ra Sonya Matson Bruce Beardy Elsie Stoney �Advanced Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect By Tom Beardy ©1997, Native Language Instructors’ Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) �:.DLIB <IT i97.3 l\OV3 uc at io n 0 cu l ty of Ed This book is based on a collection of materials by Tom Beardy, Department of Languages, Lakehead University, the Native Language Department, Lakcbcad University Fa Printed and distributed by: sit ni v Not to be sold for profit 0 er P7B SEl y Lakehead University Thunder Bay, Ontario La ke he ad U © 1997 by the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakebead University. All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means without written permission from the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakebead University. ISBN 0-88663-025-8 0 �Course Description Ed uc at io n Welcome, this is the continuation of the journey in Severn Ojibwe which will introduce students to the language and culture of the native people of Northwestern Ontario. Students will continue learning basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, reading, and writing in Severn Ojibwe. Students will develop basic communication skills in Severn Ojibwe through study and practice. They will also become familiar with the traditional values and culture as the language learning progresses, which are vital when working with native people. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of ------------- LET'S CONTINUE OUR JOURNEY UP THE RIVER TO DISCOVER MORE SEVERN OJIBWE i �What is Severn Ojibwe? Severn Ojibwe is a dialect of the Ojibwe and Cree language. It is spoken mostly around the Severn River in Northwestern Ontario and areas around it. Q io n It is different from Ojibwe spoken in communities south, east, and west of the Severn River area. Some people call it an Oji-Cree, an Ojibwe, or even a Cree language. In some ways, Severn Ojibwe is similar to Cree. Today, as many as 5,000 people speak Severn Ojibwe. uc There are two units of study, which are used along with cassette tapes. at What is in this subject? ty of Ed In these units, you will be given instructions in English and guided through exercises that go along with the tapes to continue learning basic vocabulary in Sevem Ojibwe. You will be studying the one dialect of Severn Ojibwe and will learn through conversation both vocabulary and the structure of the language. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l At the end of the course of studies, you will be able to carry on a short conversation in Sevem Ojibwe. 0 ii �SUBJECT OUTLINE Subject Name: Advanced Ojibwe (Severn dialect) Subject Number: 013001 Subject Description: io n The aim of this subject is to provide students with the skills necessary to speak Severn Ojibwe. In this functional and conversational program, students will learn basic vocabu lary through listening, speaking, writing and understanding and optional laboratory facilitie s. at Objectives: ty of Ed uc - to understand through conversation the structure of the Severn Ojibwe. - to listen with understanding and to converse at a basic level in the Severn dialect of the Native language. - to pronounce words accurately - to demonstrate effective use of the Severn Ojibwe dialect in culturally appropriate contexts. cu l What Is this subject about? sit U What Is dialect? ni v er ( y Fa This is an advanced Severn Ojibwe subject for students who wish to learn to speak the Severn Ojibwe dialect. It is designed to give practice in conversation using everyday situations that students might encounter as they live and work in a Native community. It can be used to practice Native language by students of Native ancestry or by students from other backgrounds. Leaming a Native language can lead to a better appreciation and understanding of the whole society who uses it. Both Native and non-Native learners can gain a sense of the traditio ns, the customs, and both the historical and modem view of Native life. ad Generally speaking, dialect means the differcnte in how words are formed and said. La ke he Linguists, or people skilled in the science of languages, believe dialect shows what area people come from because of the special way that they use a language. Although there arc differences in dialect or the way people speak, the root or basic language is still the same. It may be that because of the way Native people once travelled easiest...up and down the river systems...that areas shared a river system for transportation, the dialect is different. How do these dialects affect how Native people can communicate with one another? Many Native language speakers claim that they can understand most of what speake rs of a different dialect arc saying. Sometimes misunderstanding does occur. C But most Native language speakers also say that they quickly become familiar with the differences in vocabulary when they need to frequently communicate with speakers of another dialect. iii �Indeed, there are many dialects in the Native language. There is no standard dialect that can be learned and used everywhere. Q Two students at Lakehead University, Richard Jourdain and Judith Petch, wrote a paper about how people in different geographical areas say words. Look at the chart below. Then consider how these words might be used in your community. AREA COMMUNITY One Two Three Water io n OJIBWE TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH Pesbilc niishin nibsin nipi piihsim Big Trout Lake North western Ontario Macdiarmid bazik nihsin nihshin nibi kiiziis Savant Lake bejik nijzhin niso nibi kiiziis Lake Helen bejik nijin nibi gissis Longlac bezbilc niinzhin niswi nisib kiiziis Manitoulin Island bezhik sweh nipi keesiim Spanish River bejik neesh niswei nebi gissis bashique neesh swehi beesheh geesus niizh neswi nipi Ed of ty niswe cu l y ni v Walpole Island Cape Croker niish sit Southern Ontario er 4 bashig uc Severn Fa at Sun 0 geezis he ad U Adapted from an unpublished paper An Elementazy Comparative Study of MorpholQ1ical and PhonolQaical Features of Several Ontario Dialects of Ojibwe, R. Jourdain and J. Petch, NL 2711 North American Linguistics course, Lakehead University, November 1988. ke Where should the learning begin? La There is no right or wrong dialect. What is important is to keep the Native language alive and growing in use. Perhaps then, it is important to become familiar with one dialect of the language to start, and it would be simple from there to learn the differences in sounds of words to learn other dialects. Appreciating the dialects of other communities takes a trained ear and a curiosity to understand one another. Perhaps this first step will help to bring a stronger unity among our Native communities to keep alive the Native culture. Although people iii their own communities must be the ones to decide how to carry on their language through the generations, this advanced course of studies uses Severn Ojibwe. iv 0 �Writing AnlbshlninHmowin (Severn Ojlbwe) In this section we discuss the writing system which is used in all three books.in this series. First there is a discussion of the basic letters and combinations of letters which are used to write Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe). Following this there is a discussion of some issues which arise n in writing and reading Severn Ojibwe. You do not need to read all the information at once. You may io find it helpful to read it over from time to time as you progress through the courses. Some of the uc at topics discussed here will become more understandable to you after you have been exposed to the Ed language for some time. of The Writing System ty In this book Severn Ojibwe is written with Roman (alphabetic) letters. Severn Ojibwe uses some of cu l the letters used in writing English. However Severn Ojibwe is written in a way that is more consistent than English writing. Although English writing is basically fairly regular, there are enough y writing. When we use letters or combinations of letters in Severn, these consistently represent the sit ( Fa irregularities found in English writing that we would not want to import them into Severn Ojibwe er same sound or combination of sounds. Each letter corresponds to a certain sound, and is only used to ni v represent that sound. U Sounds in Severn Ojibwe are divided into two basic types: vowels and consonants. ad Vowels he There are seven vowel sounds in Severn Ojibwe. Vowels are divided into two types: long vowels ke and short vowels. Long vowels take longer to say. With one exception, there is a long vowel corre- La sponding to each short vowel. In elementary school you may have learned that certain English vowels were long and others were short. However, the way that vowels are analysed as long and short in Severn Ojibwe is different from the way they are presented in English, and you should ignore the English usage. e V �Here is a chart of the long and short vowels. You will learn how they are pronounced in the following paragraphs. SHORT 11 1 00 0 aa a 0 io n LONG uc at e Ed You can see that the first three long vowels are represented by writing them double. Each is still one of vowel, though. Further, each of the first three long vowels bas a corresponding short vowel, and ty each short vowel is written with a single letter. The last long vowel, e, bas no corresponding short cu l vowel. Because there is no need to indicate a distinction between a long and short e sound, the long Fa e is written with a single letter. In the sets of example words given in this section we have for the most part used words that are Q sit y taken from Introductory OJibwe and Intermediate Ojlbwe. Particularly at first you will not be er familiar with many (or any) of them. You may fmd it helpful to get your instructor or another fluent ni v speaker of Severn Ojibwe to pronounce them for you. Do not worry if you are not familiar with U them yet. ad You will find that some of the letters do not represent what we might expect them to in English. he But remember that when we use these letters to write words in Severn Ojibwe, they are Severn ke Ojibwe letters! So the letters represent Severn Ojibwe sounds and you should not expect them to be pronounced the same way they are pronounced in English. Every language bas its own rules for how La letters are to be pronounced, and Severn Ojibwe is no exception. Here are some examples of Severn Ojibwe words that contain long vowels. The examples show the vowel in three positions: beginning, middle, and end of a word. The vowel in question in each word is written in bold type. The approximate English equivalent of the Ojibwe vowel sound is also given. 0 vi �Approximate English Equivalent seat 00 oocii 'fly' moos 'moose' pimipahtoo 'he/she runs by' note, toot aa aakim 'snowshoe' naape 'man' maacaa 'he/she leaves' father e emihkwaan 'spoon' pehkaac 'slowly' kiiwe 'he/she goes home' bed Ed uc at io n Ojibweword Utok 'supposedly' niln 'I, me' anohldi 'he/she is working' Vowel ii Vowel OJlbweword i ihlcwe 'woman' nlhka 'Canada goose' aahkosi 'be/she is sick' 0 onaakan 'plate' animohsh 'dog' onaako 'yesterday' a ahki 'land, moss' kaye 'and, also' ekwa 'and, so' cu l Approximate English Equivalent sit y Fa sit put ni v er ( ty of Now here arc some examples of words that contain short vowels. he Consonants ad U but \ ke There arc more consonants than vowels in Severn Ojibwe. All the letters used to write consonants La are also found in English. Some have a pronunciation very similar to that which they have in Eng- lish, while others are quite different. Some of the letters used for consonants are virtually the same as ones used in English: m, n, w, y and h. They should not cause you any difficulty. The sounds m, n and w can appear in any position in a word: beginning, middle, and end. C vii �English equivalent man Phonetic Ojlbwe examples mahkisin 'shoe' m ohomaa 'here' saakaham 'goes out' name w waahsa 'far' kaawin 'no' waaw 'egg' win io naape 'man' pine 'partridge' koon 'snow' uc at n n 0 Ed The sound y never appears at the beginning of a word. English equivalent yes cu l ty of Phonetic Ojibwe examples y kiiyaapic 'still' ehshay 'oh yuck!' Fa The sound h never appears at the end of a word. As well, it only appears at the beginning of a word y if a preceding short vowel is optionally dropped. For example, ohomaa 'here' is often pronounced er sit and spelled homaa. ni v Phonetic Ojlbwe examples h ohowe 'this' 0 English equivalent U him ad The remaining six consonants (p, t, k, c, s, sh) occur in both a weak and a strong form. In their he weak form, these consonants may occur anywhere in a word: at the beginning, in the middle, or at ke the end of a word. They may not be preceded by the consonant h, but they may be preceded by any La of the other consonants or a vowel. The weak consonants may have slightly different pronunciation depending upon where they appear in a word. For example, at the end of a word the letter p usually sounds the same as it does in English. But when it appears in the middle of a word it may sound more like an English b. You may also find that the Severn p sound resembles a weakly pronounced b at the beginning of a word. Listen carefully as your instructor or another fluent Severn speaker says these words and see if you can notice the difference. You may fmd that there is a minor amount viii Q �of variation in how these letters are pronounced by different speakers. Notice also that in Severn Ojibwe the sequence of letters sh is used to represent a single sound even though two letters are used. In the examples that follow, each Severn Ojibwe sound corresponds to two sounds in the En• gllsh equivalent column. The second English equivalent sound is the one that occurs between vowel uc at io n (or between norm and a vowel sound; see the discussion below in the 'Spelling Notes' section). English equivalent pit, bit t tepwe 'really' acitamoo 'squirrel' kekaat 'nearly' time, dime C ciimaan 'canoe' kohtaaci 'he/she is afraid' kiimooc 'secretly' chip,judge k kiin 'you' naakosi 'he/she is visible' kotak 'other' keep, game s §laakabikan 'lake' aahkosi 'he/she is sick' waapoos 'rabbit' Fa cu l ty of Ed Ojibwe examples pine 'partridge' nipi 'water' ahsap 'net' Sound p U ni v er sit y ( he ad sit, zip La ke sh shiihshiip 'duck' peshik 'one' piish 'bring him!' ship, measure In the strong form each of these six consonants is preceded by the letter h. The b is quite clearly pronounced, although you may find it harder to hear before s. The strong consonants appear in the C middle of a word or at the end of a word, but do not appear at the beginning of a word. ix �Sounds hp Ojibwe examples ahpii 'when' nipaahp 'I laugh' 0 ebta 'only' he ahcaap 'bow' miikwehc 'thank you' hk ihkito 'he/she says' atihk 'caribou' bs ahsin 'stone' wiiyaabs 'meat' bsh Anihsbinini 'person, Indian' tahsb 'but, and' of Ed uc at io n ht cu l ty A sequence of two weak consonants may also occur in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, Fa but not at the beginning of a word. Ojibwe examples sk miskwi 'blood' sbp ishpimink 'above' sbt nishtikwaan 'my head' shk wesbkac 'long ago' kiiya.hk 'seagull' 0 ad U ni v er sit y Sounm he Severn Ojibwe also allows for other combinations of n or m followed by a weak consonant. These La ke are discussed separately below, in the first point of the 'Spelling Notes' section. SPELLING NOTES 1. Pronunciation of 'n' and 'm' before weak consonants 1.0 Severn Ojibwe allows a combination of the letters n or m followed by one of the weak consonants. Howe~er, there is a very important difference found in Severn Ojibwe which influences the pronunciation of these sequences. There are three different groups of communities in which Severn X Q �Ojibwe is spoken in northern Ontario. (A) West Severn: Bearski n Lake, Muskra t Dam, Sachigo Lake, Big Trout Lake, Wapeke ka (Angling Lake) (B) East Severn: Kingfish er Lake; Wunnum in Lake, Kasabonika Lake io n (C) Sandy Lake: uc at Sandy Lake, Deer Lake, North Spirit Lake are not pronounced when they appear before a weak consonant. So in the words of the sounds n and m Ed The way people speak is very similar in these three areas. Howeve r, in West Severn commun ities Sounds mp ompiki 'he/she grows up' nt piintike 'he/she comes inside' DC oncii 'he/she is from there' pehshon c 'near, close' nk pankii 'a little bit' maank 'loon' ns onsaam 'too much' nimihse ns 'my older sister' ni v U akaahsb cnshi 'he/she is small' kinwen sh 'a long time' ke he nsb er sit y Fa cu l Ojlbwe exampl es ad ( ty in the table below then and m sounds in bold type are 'silent.' La THE FOLLO WING IS VERY IMPOR TANT: In these books these 'silent' letters arc written in all words in which they are pronoun ced in East Severn and Sandy Lake. So, if your instruct or is from a West Severn commun ity you will fmd that there are words C in which n and m are written but not pronounced. You should listen carefull y to your instruct or or to a fluent speaker to determi ne if they pronoun ce n or m in words of this type. Writing these xi words with �n and mallows these books to be used by instructors from a wide variety of Severn Ojibwe communities. I.I There are some common grammatical endings that are affected by this form of variation. They 0 are briefly reviewed here. More information about each of these grammatical topics can be found in n the appropriate section of the textbooks. at io 1.2 The 'locative' suffix indicates the location where something is happening. This suffix usually Locative Form of Noun tehsapiwin 'chair' ahkihk 'kettle' tehsapiwink 'on the chair' ahkihkonk 'in the kettle' ty of Ordinary Noun Ed uc ends in nk. In West Severn communities, the n is silent. Fa that sound will be silent when the suffix is added. cu l 1.3 Verbs may add a suffix to indicate the negative form of the verb. If the verb ends inn or m then Negative Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' kitayamihin 'I talk to you' kaawin minwentansiin 'he/she is not glad' ~aawin kitayamihinsinoon' 'I don't talk to you' 0 er sit y Ordinary Verb ni v 1.4 Some verbs may add a suffix k to indicate a third-person subject. If the verb ends in n then that ad Ordinary Verb U sound will be silent when the ending is added. Verb with Suffix pipoonk '(that) it is winter' waapank 'be tomorrow' ke he pipoon 'it is winter' waapan 'it is dawn' La There are some Inanimate Intransitive verbs which end in the sound n, but behave differently when the suffix k is added. A very small number of these verbs shift the n to h when a grammatical ending such as k 'third-person inanimate' is added. No ending ihkin 'it happens' Endingk ihkihk '(that) it happens' A few words of this type will appear in the materials presented in your textbooks. There is no special rule for telling which verbs which end inn will shift their final n to h when the suffix is added. xii 0 �You should simply make note of the fact that they do occur. As well, if the verb ends in m then that sound is written n when the suffix k is added, but the n is still silent (n is written here because that is what is pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake). Ordinary Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' inentam 'be/she thinks' io n Verb with Suffix minwentank '(that) he/she is glad' inentank '(that) be/she thinks' uc of cu l nt Ojlbwe examples aanti 'where?' aanta 'some' kwanta 'no reason' naanta 'maybe' ty Sounds Ed consonants. These are usually very short words, such as the following. at 1.S There is a very small number of words in which n and m are always pronounced before weak Fa As well, there are many verbs in Severn Ojibwe which contain a suffix entam or entan. In these Ojlbwe eumples minwentam 'he/she is happy' macentam 'he/she is sad' sit Sounds nt ni v er (_ y words the n before the t is always pronounced. U 2. Pronunciation of 'o' after 's,' 't,' 'n,' 'c' ad In Severn Ojibwe the pronunciation of the short o sound may sometimes sound more like a short I he when o is preceded by one of the consonants s, t, n, or c. Listen carefully when your instructor or a ke Severn Ojibwe speaker says the following words. You may find that not all speakers display this La variation, but some do. C Sounds t OJlbwe examples ihkito 'he/she says' s pimipiso 'be/she is driving by' n minohpikwan 'it tastes good' To be consistent, we still write these words with the letter o. xiii �3. Dropping of short vowels When you listen to people say words in Severn Ojibwe you may notice that sometimes the short vowel i is not pronounced even though it is included in the written form of the word. This is particu- 0 larly common in the middle of a word. but is rare at the beginning of a word. It does not happen at the end of a word. io n If you listen to someone say the following word you may find that the short vowel i in the second at syllable is not pronounced. uc pimipiso 'he/she drives• Ed Similarly the short vowels in the second and fourth syllables of the following word may not be of pronounced. Anihshinini 'Indian. person• cu l ty In the writing system used in these publications we write these vowels even if they are not always pronounced. You may find that there is some variation in the way different speakers pronounce Fa words that contain short i. Listen carefully and you will become familiar with the rhythm of words in y Severn Ojibwe. sit You may be aware that something similar happens in English. For example, often the first syl- 0 ni v letter included just the same. er lable of English 'suppose• is not pronounced. but English speakers write the word with the vowel U 4. Pronunciation variation of 'i' ad Sometimes the letter i sounds more like o when it is next to the sounds m, p, or w. Listen carefully as he someone says the following word. You may hear an o between the m and the w, rather than an i. ke kimiwan 'it is raining' La Similarly you may hear an o in the third syllable of the following word. tehsapiwin 'chair• This type of variation is very common. All three of the sounds m, p, and w are produced with the lips in a rounded position. as is o. Try making these sounds while looking in a mirror and observe the position of your lips. When the sound i, which is not made with the lips in a rounded position. appears next to one of these sounds, it often will be pronounced like an o, because the rounding of the lips is being transferred from one sound to an adjacent one. We will write i in these words. xiv 0 �SYLLAB llJi CHAKI (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS A C> e ii 00 <J aa EAST 'v· A• <3• we C> • wii woo •'v waa •A ·t> V pe I\ pii > poo u n J le tii q ke p uc nil noo naa r' .., se ,-J sil SOO saa '\, I ,:' C, she shii shoo sbaa ~ ~ 7 yii yoo yaa y sit ni v U ad he Ed Q.. l, ke of JJ ne La ty a- ""0 "" ye C cu l maa me Fa L mil J moo cii r X • • forchrist forR for end of sentence xv , C taa L caa 7 EXTRA SIGNS: C J coo r ( paa b kaa '1 oe ( • < d koo kii • •<J too er WEST io 'v at SHORT VOWELS EASI n WEST II • forH forL ' C L .. " V ► �SDJ..ABICi tRABI (with alpbabetlc equivalents) 0 FJNAJ,S V· ll· • C>• Wll woo • •V •ll V A pe pii poo u n• :J tie tii too q p kii of mil moo maa y er ni v U ad ty cu l L Fa sit J .D 0. nil noo naa 'l, I she .,. • r' soo . • sbii shoo shaa ;.• ~ yii yoo 7 yaa II . forcbrist forR for end of sentence L " • C, X C 0 saa ~ t " . • CT sii he ke La r • se C • caa • ,J , b kaa coo l, "' . • ( laa .L 7 ,, . C koo • 0 .paa J cii ye • 0 < d r• 'l ce ne . > . me . waa . •<J . <J• •C> . kc EXTRA SIGNS: 00 . w: WEST • <l aa n e EAST io C> at EAST . • ll ii uc V Ed LONG VOWELS WEST • II ~ forH forL 0 xvi �CONTENTS UNI T ONE Inanimate Nouns ''Buildings'' ..................................................... 1 Pronunciation Practice ....................................................................2 English Translation.............................. ............................................3 Match Up Pictures and Words.........................................................4 Translation into Severn Ojibwe.......................................................5 Useful Expressions .........................................................................6 Questions and Answers....................................................................7 Initial Change "Exainples" ..............................................................8 Some I..etters Missing...................................................................... 11 Reading and Understanding............................................................ 12 Review Spelling and Translation Test............................................ 13 LeuonTwo: My Relatlons.................................................................................. 14 Pronunciation Practice.................................................................... 15 Twelve Pictures and Words ............................................................ 16 Translations into English................................................................ 17 My, Yours, llis/llers. ........ ... ...... ........... ... .. .................................... 18 Questions and Answers...................................................................20 Mini-Dialogu.es............................................................................... 21 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 22 More on Animate Intransitive Conjunct Verbs.............................. 23 Reading and Writing....................................................................... 26 Transitive Verbs in the Conjunct Order.......................................... 27 Possessive Nouns: Review Test. ..................................................... 31 Leuon Three: Preverbs: Read and Undentand ................................................ 33 Using Prevcrbs in Sentences........................................................... 34 !..earning How Preverbs Work........................................................ 36 New Vocabulary.....:............... .............................. ............... ........... 37 Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n LeuonOne: U ni v er sit y ( ad Joining Preverbs to Vcrbs............... ................................................ 38 La ke he Dialogues I and New Vocabulary................................................... 39 Transitive Inanimate Verbs in the Conjunct...................................41 Dialogues II and New Vocabulary..................................................42 Dialogues m and New Vocabulary................................................ 45 !..earning the unguage................................................................... 47 Using the unguage........................................................................ 49 Prcverbs: Review Test.................................................................... 52 LeuonFour: L Additional Sentences I ................................................................. 54 Additional Sentences 11....... ......................................... .................. 57 Additional Sentences ill................................................................. 60 Review the New Words.................................................................. 63 Continuation of Review: New Words............................................ 65 Using the New Words in Sentences............................................... 67 xvii �Studying New Words...................................................................... 69 How Words Are Used in Sentences................................................ 71 Asking for Infonnation About Kinds..............................................73 Review the Words........................................................................... 74 Useful Expressions..........................................•..........•..•..............•. 75 Review Test.................................................................................... 76 Lesson Six: Unit 1 Review Tests: Lessons 1 through 5 ................................. 90 Unit 1 Review .Sectlon:..................................................................95 English Translation Section......................................................... 98 n Phrases and Expressions ............................................................. 77 Some Words Are Missing............................................................... 78 Expanding Phrases and Expressions............................................... 79 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 80 Verbs With Indefinite Subjects....................................................... 81 Expanding Your Own Sentences.................................................... 82 Translation: Review Exercise......................................................... 83 More Phrases and Expressions....................................................... 84 Some Words Are Missing............................................................... 85 Expanding Phrases and Expressions............................................... 86 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 87 Expanding Your Own Sentences.................................................... 88 Translation: Review Exercise......................................................... 89 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io Lesson Five: 0 0 XVlll �CONTENTS UNIT TWO l.a.fflnOn e: Anima.te In.animate Verbs ........................................................... 131 Pronunciation Practice.................................................................... 132 Understanding the Meanings of the Words................................... . 133 Match Up Pictures and Words ........................................................ 134 Translation into English.................................................................. 135 Singular Forms: First and Second-Person Forms........................... 136 Questions and Answers in Singular Forms..................................... 138 Plural Forms.................................................................................... 139 Dialogues........................................................................................ 141 Review Test.•.................................................................................. 143 Lesson Two: First and Second-Person Transitive Verbs..........._ ................. 145 Third-Person Transitive Verbs ........................................................ 146 Questions and Answers: First, Second-Person Forms Only......•.... 147 Questions and Answers: Third-Person With Obviative.................. 149 Paradigms...•..•..........••......................................................•.............. 1S 1 Working With the Language...................................................... ..... 153 More Sentences........................................................•...................... 154 Dialogues........................................................................................ 155 More About TA Verb Types: Subject and Object Combination..... 157 Review Tests................................................................................... 161 Fa Les.wn Three: I.Danlmate Intransitive Verbs "....................................................164 ni v er sit y Translation into Severn Ojibwe...................................................... 166 Translation into English.................................................................. 167 Sentences........................................................................................ 168 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 168 More Sentences.................•.....................•.............. .....•.......•.•......... 169 Questions an.d Answers .................•...........•.........•................•.•........ 170 U New Vocabulary............................................................................. 170 ad Continuation of Questions and Answers ........................................ 172 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 172 Mini-Dialogues............................................................................... 174 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 175 Creative Writing.............................................................................. 177 New Vocabulary............................................................................. 177 Review Tests................................................................................... 179 he ke La C cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r Les.wn Four: Pa.rticles................................................................................." .......181 English Translation......................................................................... 182 I.earning the New Vocabulary..................................................... ... 183 Translation Into Severn Ojibwe...................................................... 184 Translation Into English.................................................................. 18S Working With the unguage........................................................... 186 xix �ad he ke La y sit er ni v U ty cu l ( Fa of at uc Ed n io Part One Oniikaanii Leader �ADVANCED O.JIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise A Inanimate Nouns .. 2 Ed . uc at io n Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeated three or four times. Translations are on page 98. 4 5 Fa cu l ty of 3 6 8 JI 12 U ni v er sit y ( 7 9 La ke he ad JO ]3 LI !RA!t 14 ..·r; •.' . ]6 L I . .. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise B Pronunciation Practice For review of the 16 pictures from the previous page, listen carefully to your instructor saying the following words and imitate what you hear. ahtaahsoni kamik uc at io natohtamoowikamik shimaakanjhshiiwikamik ayamihewikamik kaahsaniiwikamik wawcshahitaapaanewikamilc (15) masinabikauikarnik (16) kisiipiikiuikewikamik. n (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Words are broken down for you into syllables to help you identify the proper pronunciations. Spend some time to repeat the words on your own or with your partner. a htaa ·hso ni ka mile na to hta moo wi ka mik shi maa ka ni hshii wi ka mile a ya mi he wi ka milt kaa hsa nii wi ka mik wa we sha hi taa paa nc wi ka mik ma si na hi ka ni ka mile lei sii pii lei ni ke wi ka mile cu l (9) (10) er sit y Fa (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) 0 U For writing practice, rewrite the words using section one as your guideline. Space is provided for you below. s. he 10. 11. ke 2. 3. 4. 9. ad 1. 12. 13. La 3. i sbkoo noo wi ka mile wii hsi nil wi ka mik a nwc pii wi ka mik me ta we wi ka mik ma si na hi ke wi ka mile mash ki hkii wi ka mik lei pa ho too ka mik a taa wi ka mik ni v (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) ty of 2. ishkoonoo\Vjkamik wiihsiniiwi1camik anwepiiwikamik metawewikamik masinahikewikamik mashkibkiiwikamik kipahotookamik ataawikamik Ed (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 0 6. 7. 8. 14. 15. 16. 0 2 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise C library laundromat n gas station garage warehouse radio station police station church uc at io band office nursing station jail store (f) (g) (h) 1. 5. 2. 6. 3. 7. 8. ty cu l 9. 10. 11. 13. 14. 15. 16. 12. U 4. (j) Fa (c) (d) (e) ataawikamik kipahotookamik (k) ma.c;hkibkiiwikamik (1) masinahikewikamik (m) ayamibewikaroik (n) shimaakanihshiiwikamik (o) natohtamoowikaroik (p) ahtaahsonikamik (i) y (b) kisiipiildnikewikamik masinabikanikamik waweshahitaapaanewikamik kaahsaniiwikamik ishkoonoowikaroik wiihsiniiwikaroik anwepiiwikamik metawewikamik of Ed Here is a list of all the items you have learned given in mixed order. Use the numbered pictures on page 1 to match up numbers and letters in the space provided for you below. Answers are on page 98. (a) ( school restaurant restroom recreation hall sit 2. Assemble all the items (or pictures of the items) you see at the beginning of this lesson. er 1. ni v r English Translation ke he ad Just a reminder, as you already learned from the previous text, there are two different words used when asking for an article to be brought or passed to you. The Native languge has a structural rule that divides all nouns into two classes, called GENDER. One gender is called animate. In this gender are found all things that are recognized as living. The other gender is called Inanimate and in it are found all the nouns that are not animate. La As a hint, remember that usually anything that is living will be classified as animate. Most things that are not Jiving will be classified as inanimate. However, things that are not living can be classified as animate and these are the ones for which you will have to memorize the gender. Translations are on page 98. For example: a) tobacco b) stone c) bread i) star j) fishnet k) raisin q) iron r) frying pan l., d) tree e) drum 1) money m) sun These are just a few things classified as living. 3 t) ring n) kettle g) flour h) bicycle o) spoon p) moon �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 ExerciseD Match Up Pictures and Words Q In this exercise. there are 16 pictures shown below. as well as the Ojibwe names for them. There is a small box to the right of each word. Using a pencil. match up pictures and words by writing the number for the appropriate picture in each box. Answers and translations are on page 98. s n io at □ uc cu l ty waweshihitaapaanewikamik □ er obtaahsonikamik sit y Fa 1 1 ~ masinahikanikamik 0 ~ 1 2 ~ kisiipiikinikewikamik D 0 -~•wikamik □ 1 3 ~ ataawikamik □ 1 4 ~ kipahotookamik D La ke he ~ 6~ 10 □ ni v ~ D natohtamoowikamik U 4 ~ ~ ad 3 □ kaahsaniiwikamik Ed ~7:.-lb.; k .hshii.wikami'k 2 ~ shimaaaru ~ ~ of 9 anwepiiwikamik □ D ma.~hkibkiiwi.kamik □ 16 4 masinahikewikamik D 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise E Translation into Severn Ojibwe nursing station 3. store 4. jail 5. recreation hall 6. restroom 7. school 8. restaurant 9. laundromat 10. gasoline station 11. garage 12. library 13. warehouse 14. police station 15. radio station 16. church io 2. he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at band office La ke ( 1. n ( ' Here is the list once again of all 16 items you have learned given in mixed order in English. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. The space is provided for you on the right of each word. Try to do this translation on your own without looking at the previous translations. Translations are on page 98. L s �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise F Useful Expressions io When are you going there? When do you want to go there? When is he/she going there? When does he/she want to go there? When are you going there? (pl) When do you want to go there? (pl) When are they going there? When do they want to go there? at Aanahpii eshaayan? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan? Aanahpii eshaat(c)? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c)? Aanahpii eshaayek? Aanahpii waa-ishaayek? Aanahpii eshaawaat(c)? Aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c)? uc Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you going? (pl) Where do you want to go? (pl) Where are they going? Where do they want to go? sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed Aanti eshaayan? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Q n You now know the names of 16 items introduced to you. The most important consideration for learning the language well will be to USE what you learn whenever you get the chance. Before we continue on reading and writing exercises, let's review some useful expressions that you have learned from the previous text. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er Here, the basic verb is isbaa. There are several different endings added after the basic verb. These endings indicate the person and number of the subject, that is, who is doing the action and how many people are involved. These endings are used in some types of questions. As well, there is the preverb waa- which also adds to the meaning of the sentence. These word parts were introduced in Intermediate Ojibwe, pages 52 - 55. You may wish to review them to refresh your memory. 0 6 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise G Questions and Answers r In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers using the questions and answers listed below. Repeat this exercise three or four times. Remember, pronunciation is important when learning the language. Translations are on page 99. Question n Answer Aanti esbaayan? Aanti waa-isbaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Waapank maawiin. Awahsiwaapank. Wiipac. Naake. Paanimaa. Waapank iitok. Ahpii ishkwaa-anobkiiwaat(c ). sit er ke he ad U ni v You notice an extra ending onk on these nouns. What is this ending? Give a brief explanation. La ( y Fa cu l Aanahpii eshaayan abtaahsonikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan natohtamoowikamikonk? Aanahpii esbaat(c) shimaakanihshiiwikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c) ayamihewikamikonk? Aanahpii esbaayek kaabsaniiwikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-eshaayek wawesbihitaapaanikamikonk? Aanahpii eshaawaat(c) roasinahikanikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-eshaawaat(c) kisiipiikinikewikamikonk? ty of Ed uc at io Ishkoonoowikamikonk. Wiihsiniiwikamikonk. Anwepiiwilcamikonk. Metawewikamikonk. Masinahikewikamikonk. Masbkihkiiwikamikonk. Kipabotookamik. Ataawikamikonk. 7 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Initial Change Sometimes the vowel in the first syllable of a Severn Ojibwe verb may change, depending upon how the verb is being used. Compare the following two sentences. Q 'laawinlnk lshaa. He/she is going to town. at io n Aanti esbaac? Where is be/she going? er ii sit Unchanged Form y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc In both sentences the verb stem is ishaa 'go.' In the first sentence, which is a statement, the verb appears without any prefixes or suffixes. In the second sentence the form of the verb is slightly different. It has the suffix c(t). which is the Conjunct Order third-person suffix. Notice also that the first vowel of the verb stem is e, not I. This modification of the first vowel is called Initial Change. Initial Change occurs in Conjunct Order forms of verbs. Recall that the Conjunct Order is used in embedded clauses or in sentences which ask questions such as 'what,• 'where,' 'when,• 'what,' 'who,' and 'bow.' Initial Change only affects the first vowel of a verb. H the verb is preceded by a preverb, Initial Change affects only the first vowel of the first preverb, if there is one. In Severn Ojibwe the only three vowels that are affected by Initial Change are U, a, and i. In some varieties of Ojibwe other vowels are affected by Initial Change. Here is a chart which shows the vowels affected by Initial Change and how they are modified. a CbaqedForm aa 0 ni v e i e he ad U There are several preverbs whose vowel is ii in the unchanged form. These preverbs change this vowel to aa in the form which shows Initial Change. The next example shows a sentence with the prcverb wfi. 'want' in the unchanged form, followed by a question which shows the changed form waa-. Mlhclkan saakablkanllnk ruwll-isbaa. La ke I want to go to Bearskin Lake. Aanti waa-ishaa c(t)? Where does be want to go? The preverb kli- 'past tense' changes to kaa· in the form which shows Initial Change, as in the second example below where the preverb is kaa•. Nlkll-lsbaa. I went there. 0 8 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Aanahpil kaa-lshaac(t)? When did he go? Unchanged Form Changed Form Meaning wii- waa- want kii- kaa- past ka-, ta- ke- future io n r uc at Verbs or preverbs whose first syllable contains the vowel a change it toe in forms that show Initial Change. Ed Ani-tipihkaa. It is getting to be night. ty of Eni-tiplhkaak. The coming night. Fa cu l Another common preverb is lshi- 'in a certain manner, in a certain direction.• The changed form is eshi-. Compare the following two examples. sit ni v er Aanti eshi-taac? Where does he/she live? Unchanged Form Changed Form Meaning ani- eni- away from, begin eshi- manner, direction U ( y Pinehsllwi-•aasbikamaak lshi-taa. He/she lives in Thunder Bay. ad ishi- La ke he There is one preverb that only occurs in a changed form, that is, it has no unchanged form. This preverb has the form e-. It is followed either by a verb or by other preverbs, which must be followed by a verb. The preverb e- is often difficult to translate, but it frequently is similar to 'that' in English, when used to introduce an embedded clause (one that follows a main verb). Wllntamaw e-wii-waapamak. Tell him that I want to see him. A few verbs have an 'irregular' changed form. Most of these verbs start with t in the unchanged form. Tootam. He/she does something. L 9 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Aan entootank? What is he/she doing? 0 Here is another pair of examples with this pattern of Initial Change. Waaninaawankaaok tananohkll. He/she works in Sioux Lookout. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Aantl eotananohkllc? Where does he/she work? 0 10 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 ExerclseH For this exercise, you need to refer to the pictures on page 1. The names of the buildings are given below in random order with some letters missing. See if you can match up each picture with the appropriate word on the list by writing the picture's number in the small box to the right of the word. See also if you can fill in the missing letters. Answers are on page 99. k_ko 3. _ tk __ k _ __ 5. __ k n 6. __ hs __ □ k k _ k w _ □ k □ 10. □ s_ _m_ _k_ _ _h_ _ _ _w□ _ _a_ _k 11. _ _t_ _t_ _ _ _wi_ _ _ _k ty _ _t_ _ _w_ _ _m_k Fa __ h __ 13. k __ p k 14. m _ n _ IS. 16. k s n k _ _ k er k _ __ _ k k _ _ k □ k__ □ □ 0 k sit 12. a _ cu l a_ _ _ _b_ _ _k___k y 9. k □ □ U ni v k w _ _ _sh_ _ _t_ _ _ _ _ne_ _ _a_ _k D he ad Give English translation for the items on the list you just completed above. The spaces are provided for you below. Try to do this exercise on your own. Translations are on page 99. 1. ke 9. 2. 10. 3. 11. 4. 12. 5. 13. 6. 14. 7. 15. 8. 16. La 2. □ k 7. a_ _ ~_ _ _ _k___k 8. n □ k at k___ _ io 2.m_k_ii 4.t ( □ m_ _ _n___k___k___k uc 1. Ed 1. of r Some Letters Miuing 11 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise I Reading and Understanding In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers using the questions and answers listed below. This exercise is similar to that on page 7. However, there are some grammatical differences in the verbs. Find out what they are. Answers and translations are on page 100. Question Answer Q io n 1. Aanti eshaayan? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak nitishaa. Waapank maawiin nika-ishaa. Awahsiwaapank maashkooc ta-ishaa. Wripac wii-ishaa. Naake, ani-tipihkaak nika-ishaamin. Ishkwaa-nikamoyek niwii-ishaamin. Waapank iitok ta-ishaawak. Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiwaat(c) ta-ishaawak. ke he ad U Exercise I does not contain any new vocabulary. If you need to check the meanings of words you can use the glossary located at the end of Advanced Ojibwe. La 2. 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l Aanahpii esbaayan ahtaahsonikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan natobtamoowikaroikonk.? Aanahpii eshaat(c) !1.hjmaakanihshiiwikaroikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c) ayamihewikamiknnk? Aanahpii eshaayek kaahsaniiwikamiknnk? Aanahpii waa-eshaayek waweshahitaapaanikamikonk? Aanahpii eshaawaat(c) masinahikanikamikonk? Aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c) kisiipiikinikP.wikamikonk? ty of Ed uc at lshkoonoowikamikonk nitishaa. Wtlhsiniiwikamiknnk niwii-ishaa. Anwepiiwikamikonk isbaa. Metawewikamikonk wii-ishaa. Masinabikewikamikonk nitisbaamin. Mashkihkiiwikamikonk niwii-ishaamin. Kipahotookamikonk esbaawak. Ataawilcamikonk wii-ishaawalc. 0 12 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise J Review Spelling and Translation Test 1. You now know the names of sixteen items and sixteen useful expressions introduced to you in this lesson. English translations are given in mixed order in section 1. In section 2, translations are in order. If you are in class, corrections will be done by your instructor and if you are outside of class, find the qualified instructor to do the corrections for you. Translations are on page 100 and pagelOl. English 3. 4. io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa La 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you going? (pl) Where do you want to go? (pl) Where are they going? Where do they want to go? When are you going there? When do you want to go there? When is he/she going there? When does he/she want to go there? When are you going there? (pl) When do you want to go there? (pl) When are you going there? When do they want to go there? U 2. Severn Ojlbwe ad 1. English he 2. ke ( y 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. sit 6. 7. 8. 9. nursing station band office church police station radio station warehouse recreation hall restroom restaurant school gasoline station garage laundromat library er 5. store jail ni v 1. 2. 3. 4. Severn Ojlbwe L 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. n r 13 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise A Q 2. 3. 0 10. 11. La ke 9. he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty 1. of Ed uc at io n My Relations In this lesson, there are twelve (12) new Animate Nouns introduced to you. As we always begin with introductions, listen carefully as your instructor says the words that match the pictures below. Each word will be presented in the form that means "my.......", that is. referring to a first-person singular. Each word will be repeated three or four times. 0 14 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise B For review of the 12 Animate Nouns, listen carefully to your instructor saying the following words and imitate what you hear. You can also practice saying these words with your partner. Translations are on section 3. (5) niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-toohkaan Listen carefully as your instructor says these words once more. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify the syllables, we have placed a space between each one. of 2. (7) niicimohsh (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Ed (6) nimoosom nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakan nitanohkiinaalcan niwiintanohkiimaakan n (2) (3) (4) io (1) at 1. uc r Pronunciation Practice sit U ad (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relations my relation my worker my co-worker he (1) ni v er Now say each of the following in Severn Ojibwe. Correct pronunciation will be monitored by the instructor. (7) (8) (9) (10) ( 11) (12) my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my name-sake ke 3. La ( ci mohsh cii haa ci -ih kwe ci-naa pc nii ci-ki bci -a ya baa nil ci-too bkaan nil nil nil nil cu l (7) (8) (9) (10) ( 11) (12) ty moo som ka yaa shim pe hsho htaa bkoo maa kan ti naa hkoo maa kan ta no hkii naa kan wiin ta no hkii maa kan Fa ni ni ni ni ni ni y (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 15 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseC Twelve Pictures and Words Q 0 ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Here are the twelve pictures in mixed order listed below for each of the words we have just learned. Practice writing the corresponding word beside each number in the spaces below. If you have a problem recognizing the pictures, feel free to use Exercise A on page 14 as a guideline. ke he 10. La 1. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 10. 11. 12. 16 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 2. Before doing this translation into English, make sure you understand the meaning of the words listed below. Do this exercise on your own without looking at any other translation that you have already done. The words are in mixed order. Translations are on page 101. Severn OJibwe 2) niicimohsh 3) niiciihaa 4) nimoosom n niici-toohkaan at io 1) English nipehshohtaahkoomaakan Ed 6) uc 5) nikayaashim niici-naape 11) niici-kihci-ayahaa 12) nitinaahkoomaakan Fa 10) cu l ty of 7) niwiintanohkiimaakan 8) nitanohkiinaakan 9) niici-ihkwe sit Before doing this exercise, you should cover section 2 with a piece of paper so you can do this translation without looking at any previous notes. The words listed below are in mixed order. Translations are on page 102. niwiintanohkiimaakan 3) ad 2) nimoosom U 1) ni v er 3. nitanobkiinaakan nipehshohtaahkoomaakan ke 5) he 4) nikayaashim 6) niici-toohkaan La ( y Repeat TranslaUon: 7) niicimohsh 8) niiciihaa 9) niici-naape 10) nitinaahkomaakan 11) niici-kihci-ayahaa 12) niici-ihkwe 17 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 2 Exercise D My, Yours, His/Hers Q nimoosom kimoosom Ed uc at io n In this exercise, we will add the second-person and third-person fonns for each of the new possessive nouns we have learned in this lesson. Listen carefully as the instructor says the following words. Translations are on page 102. omoosoman nikayaashim kikayaashim okayaashiman nitanohkiinaakan kitanohkiinaakan otanohkiinaakanan niwiintanohlciiroaakao kiwiintanohkiimakao owiintannbkiimaakanan niicimohsh kiicimohsh wiicimohshan niiciihaa kiiciihaa wiiciihaan niici•kihci-ayahaa kiici-kihci-ayahaa wiici-kihci-ayabaan niici-toohkan kiici-toobkan wiici-toohkanan 0 ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of nipebshobtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakan kipehsbohtaahkoomaakan kitinaahkoomaakan opehshohtaahkoomaakaoan otinaahkoomaakaoan he ke niici•ihkwe La 1. kiici•ihkwe wiici•ihkwen niici-naape kiici-naape wiici-naapen You may have noticed that the third•person forms have extra endings, either an or n. What are these endings? Give a brief explanation. 0 18 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 2. For practice, write each word as follows. Translations are on page I02. my_ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - at io n yours_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Read and understand the meaning of the words before doing the translations below. Translations are on page 102. cu l ty 3. of Ed uc his/hers._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ English 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) Fa y sit er ni v 6) 7) U 5) ad 4) he 3) La C 2) my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation my worker my co-worker my cousin my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my namesake ke 1) Severn Ojibwe 19 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise E Questions and Answers 0 Using the possessive nouns in simple sentences that you have learned. For speaking practice, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers. Repeat the same phrases as shown in the examples below for each possessive noun. Translations are on page 103. Question n io Awanen wahawe? Nimoosom. Kikihkenimaa na aha? Ebe, nimoosom ohsha aha. uc Ed For speaking practice, work in pairs talcing turns asking questions and answers both positive and negative. Repeat the same phrases as shown in the examples below for each possessive noun. Translations are on page 103. ty of 2. Answer at 1. Question cu l Positive Answer Kewiin na wii-anohkii kimoosom? Fa Ebe. kewiin wii-anohkii nimoosom. y Negative Answer sit Kaawin, kaawin kewiin wii-anohkiihsiin nimoosom. er Question ni v Positive Answer Kewiin na wii-anohkiiwan omoosoman Henry? U Ebe, kewiin wii-anohkiiwan omoosoman Henry. Negative Answer Kaawin, kaawin kewiin wii-anohkiihsiiwan omoosoman Henry. La ke he ad Q 0 20 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise F Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: uc Kaawin tepwe nimino-ayaahsiin ohowe mekwaac. Aan tahsh, kitaahkos na? Aanti ldkayaashim eshi-taat(c)? Fa cu l Nahke piko. Kaawin ninaanaakacibaahsiin. Mino-ayaatok na kitinentaan? ty of Kaawin, nitayehkos. Onsaam nikii-kihci-anohkii onaako. Kah! Siyaaken maawiin wiipac kika-mino-ayaa. B. Nahke piko. Kaawin ninaanaakacibaahsiin. y Aanahpii ishkwaayaac kaa-waapamaat(c)? Nahke pi.ko. Kaawin nikanoohkehsiin. Peshik nipehshohtaahkoomaakan kii-maacaa onaako. Kah! Aan eshinihkaasot(c)? Soosan ishinihkaaso. Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? ad U ni v C. er sit ( he Awahsiwaapank nika-pi-kiiwe ihkito. Kika-piihaa na tahsh? La ke Kaawin, kaawin kekoon ke-onci-piihak. D. Waaciye nitinaahkoomaakan. Aan entootaman? Kaawin kekoon. Aan tahsh? Kiwenootis na? Kaawin iko naahpic. Aan tahsh? Kiwii-kakwecimin ci-kii-masinahamawinaan pankii shooniyaan? Ahaaw, pankii ehta. L 21 io Waaciye nimoosom. Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Nimino-ayaa. Kiin tahsh wiin? at A. n Read and understand the following mini-dialogues. Concentrate on how possessive nouns are used in the dialogues. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. H you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed on the next page. Translations are on page 103. Ed 1. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 New Vocabulary A. Waaciye (pc) Hello, greetings (in Severn Dialect as well as Cree) Wiipac m.aawiin siyaaken kika•mino-ayaa (phrase). I hope you are well soon. B. Naanaakacihi (vta) Kaawin ninaanaakacihaahsiin Ayaatok (vai+uncertainty ending) Ishkwaayaac (pc) Kanoohke (vai+o) C. Kaawin, kaawin kekoon ke-onci-piihak. No, I don't have any reason to wait for him/her. D. Wenootisi (vai) Kiwenootis na? Kaawin ilco naahpic. Masinahamaw (vta) io at uc cu l sit y 3. niicimohsh 4. niiciihaa 0 ni v er Speaking Practice: Fa Now, write two dialogues of your own at least 6 lines each. Try to include one of the possessive nouns listed below in each dialogue. 1. nitanohkiinaakan 2. niwiitanobkiimaakan ke he ad U For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. Repeat this exercise until you feel comfortable with your pronunciation. La 3. Ed ty of be rich Are you rich? obviously, not really borrow from s.o., write to s.o. Writing Practice: 2. n investigate s.o., watch for s.o. I don't watch for her. he/she seems/must be there. last remember Q 0 22 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 More on Animate Intransitive Conjunct Verbs r In Intermediate Ojibwe (Unit 1, Lesson 4, Exercise 0) we discussed how verbs may be used in different orders: Independent, Conjunct, and Imperative. You may find it helpful to review the material in that section. There we only discussed the Conjunct endings for AI verbs in the singular forms (first, second, and third). Now we will introduce the plural endings and show how they may be used. Person-Number Combination uc English Pronoun Ed Ojibwe Pronoun we, us (me and you) kiinawint first-person (exclusive) we, us (me and him) niinawint second-person you (plural) third-person they of first-person (inclusive) ty kiinawaa wiinawaa cu l A. at io n You may recall that there are four different possible plural forms for Animate Intransitive verbs. These are reviewed in the following chart. Don't forget that in the Native language there are two different ways of saying 'we' or 'us'. sit B. kinipaamln Colqunct nipaayank ni v first-person (inclusive) er Independent ninipaamln nipaayaan k second-person kinipaanaawaa nipaayek nipaawak nipaawaat(c) ke he ad third-person U first-person (exclusive) In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. These are the form that are used if the verb stem ends in a vowel. La ( y Fa Here is a chart which compares the Animate Intransitive and Conjunct Order for the first-, second, and third-person plural forms of a verb stem that ends in a vowel. C. Independent Conjunct first-person (inclusive) ki min yank first-person (exclusive) ni min yan second-person ki naawaa yek wak waat(c) third-person 23 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 The conjunct plural endings in the charts above can be added to any AI verb stem that ends in a vowel. As well, there are many AI verbs that end in the sound m. For these stems the plural conjunct endings are slightly different. Herc is a chart that compares the verb minwentam 'he is glad' in the Independent and Conjunct Order. D. Independent Q Coltjunct kirninwentaamin minwentamank first-person (exclusive) nirninwentaamin minwcntamaank second-person kiminwentaanaawaa minwentamek third-person minwentamowak minwentamowaat(c) Ed uc at io n first-person (inclusive) E. Id first-person (exclusive) nl second-person Id ank min aank naawaa ek owak owaat(c) sit y third-person Conjunct min Fa first-person (inclusive) cu l Independent ty of In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. 0 U ni v er Similarly, if an AI verb ends in the consonant n, the form of the conjunct endings is slightly different. Herc is a chart that compares the verb takobshln "arrive" in the Independent and Conjunct Order. F. Independent Conjunct kitakohshinimin takohshiniyank first-person (exclusive) nltakohshinimin takohshiniyaank second-person kitakohshinlnaawaa takohshiniyek third-person takohshiniwak takohshiniwaat(c) La ke he ad first-person (inclusive) In the following chart we can see the prefixes and suffixes by themselves. G. Independent COl\funct first-person (inclusive) ki imln lyank first-person (exclusive) ni imln iyaank second-person kl inaawaa third-person lwak 24 iyek iwaat(c) 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 The AI conjunct plural endings can be used in many of the different sentences we have already learned. io n r Notice that even though there are some minor differences in the form of these conjunct endings, depending upon whether the final sound of the AI verb stem is a vowel, m, or n, the basic endings are the same. Ed uc at Many sentences in Severn Ojibwe start with particles such as Mil or Ami. These are often hard to explain in English but are very common in Ojibwe. Sometime they may be translated with expressions such as 'so .. .' or 'This is .. .' or 'That is .. .' of Ami ahko ehkitowaat(c). 'That is what they usually say• y Fa cu l ty When sentences contain Ami or Mil the following verb is in the Conjunct Order. La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 25 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerclseG Reading and Writing Read and Understand: This exercise is similar to that on the previous page. Only this time, the dialogues are longer. Concentrate on the possessive nouns which are used in the dialogues. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below. Translations are on page 104. 0 Aasha na kiici-naape kii-kiiwe? Ehe, aasha weshkac kii-kiiwe. Aanabpii miina ke-piishaat(c)? Nabke piko. Kaawin nitoonci-wiintamaakohsiin. Ahpii miina piishaat(c), wiintamaw e-wii-waapamak. Wiipac ohsha iitok miina ta-piishaa. Ahaaw, kehcinaac nika-wiintamawaa. Kinanaabkomin nitootem. at B. uc Aanabpii ke-maatanohkiit(c) kiici-ihkwe? Nahke piko. Kaawin mabshi niwiintamaakohsiin. Aanabpii ke-wiintamawihk inentaman? Siyaaken maawiin wiipac. Aan tahsh ke-tootaman kiishpin ekaa wiintamawihk wiipac? Kaawin kekoon. Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan ci-piihak. Kekoon ina naanta ka-kii-ishi-wiicihin? Kaawin kehcin. Miikwehc. 0 start to work I am just going to stay here and wait for him. probably not Kinanaabkomin (vta) Kaawin nitoonci-wiintamaakohsiin. I thank you. He didn't tell me. ke Maatanohkii (vai) Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan ci-piihak. Kaawin kehcin La A. he New Vocabulary: ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed A. io n 1. B. 0 26 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: r 2. Now, write two dialogues of your own of at least 8 lines each. Try to include each of the possessive nouns listed below in your dialogues. 1. niici-kihci-ayahaa 2. niici-toohkaan io at For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this section, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. Repeat this exercise until you feel comfortable with your pronunciation. of Ed uc 3. n Speaking Practice: ty Transitive Verbs in the Conjunct Order Fa cu l The dialogues in this lesson contain several Transitive Animate verbs in the Conjunct Order. In Introductory Ojlbwe and Intermediate Ojibwe we have seen that Transitive Animate verbs in the Independent Order may have many different forms for different combinations of subject and object. y sit er U ni v Aanahpii ishkwaayaac kaa-waapamaac? When did he/she see him/her last? ke he ad Aanahpii ke-wiintamawihk inentaman? When do you think he/she will tell you. Aan tahsh ke-tootaman kiishpin ekaa wiintamawihk wiipac? What will you do if he/she doesn't tell you soon. La ( As well, Transitive Animate verbs may appear in the Conjunct Order. Here are several examples from the dialogues in this lesson. The Conjunct Order endings are in bold type in th~se examples. Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan ci-piihak. I am just going to stay here and wait for him. Ahpii miina piishaat(c), wiintamaw e-wii-waapamak. When he comes here again, tell him I want to see him. 27 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Q 1 acting on 2 uc at io n Transitive Animate verbs have a grammatical subject which is usually animate and a grammatical object which is always animate. Both the subject and object may indicate person (first, second, or third) and number (singular or plural), as well as other grammatical concepts. Transitive Animate verbs allow for many possible different combinations of grammatical subject and object, as we have already seen when discussing these verbs in the Independent Order in Introductory Ojlbwe and Intermediate Ojibwe. The same holds true in the Conjunct Order. It is not practical to try to learn all of them at once, because there are so many different forms. It may be best for you to learn to use some of the more common ones, and learn to recognize others. Below, we first present the Conjunct Order forms which correspond to some of the Independent Order forms introduced in Introductory Ojibwe. For convenience, suffixes that indicate person and number of the subject and object are in bold type. Don't forget that the Conjunct Order only uses suffixes to indicate person and number. These suffixes may be added to any Transitive Animate verb. 2 acting on 3 waapamac nanaantawapamac wiicihac , wiiciiwac 3 acting on 1 waapamibshic nanaantawapamibsbic wiicihibshic wiiciiwihshic of ty cu l Fa y 0 er sit 3 acting on 2 waapamihk nanaantawapamihk wiicihihk wiiciiwihk ad U ni v 3 acting on 3 Obviative waapamaac nanaantawapamaac wiicihaac wiiciiwaac 2 acting on I waapamlbsbiyan nanaantawapamibsbiyan wiicihihshiyan wiiciiwlbsbiyan Ed waapaminaan nanaantawapaminaan wiicihioaan wiiciiwinaan 1 acting on 3 waapamak nanaantawapamak wiicihak wiiciiwak ke he In the following tables we list the Transitive Animate Conjunct Order endings, using the sample verb waapam 'see s.o.' The tables are organized by the person and number of the object. La Abbreviations ex.cl. exclusive incl. inclusive pl. plural DIRECT FORMS Recall from Introductory Ojibwe that the Direct forms are those in which the grammatical object is third-person while the grammatical subject is first-, second-, or third-person. 0 28 �B. Plura/Subject and Third-Person Singular Object we (incl.) - him/her waapamaayank '(that) we (incl.) see him/her' we (excl.) - him/her waapamaayaank '(that) we (excl.) see him/her' you (pl.)• him/her waapamaayek '(that) you (pl.) see him/her' they - him/her waapamaawaac •(that) they see him/her' C. Singular Subject and Third-Person Plural Object I - them waapamakwaa '(that) I see them' you - them waapamatwaa '(that) you see them' he/she - them waapamaac '(that) he/she sees them' D. Plural Subject and Third-Person Plural Object we (incl.) - them waapamaayahkwaa '(that) we (incl.) see them' we (excl.) - them waapamaayaankitwaa "(that) we (excl.) see them' you (pl.)- them waapamaayekwaa '(that) you (pl.) see them' they- them waapamaawaac '(that) they see them' io Singular Subject and Third-Person Singular Object I - him/her waapamak •(that) I see him/her' you - him/her waapamac ·(that) you see him/her' he/she - him/her waapamaac •(that) he/she sees him/her' Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. n ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 2 sit Third-Person Singular Subject and Singular Object he/she - me waapamlhshic '(that) he/she sees me' he/she -you waapamlhk '(that) he/she sees you' he/she (obv.) - him/her waapamlkoc '(that) he/she (obv.) sees him/her' he •Third-Person Plural Subject and Singular Object they- me waapamlhshlwaac '(that) they see me' they - you waapamlhkwaa '(that) they see you' they (obv.) - him/her waapamlkowaac '(that) they (obv.) see him/her' ke B. ad U A. ni v er Recall from Introductory Ojlbwe that the Inverse forms are those that have a third-person grammatical subject and a first-, second-, or third-person object. La ( y INVERSE FORMS C. Third-Person Singular Subject and Plural Object he/she - us (incl.) waapamikoyahk '(that) he/she sees us (incl.)' he/she - us (excl.) waapamlkoyaank '(that) he/she sees us (excl.)' he/she -you (pl.) waapamlkoyek '(that) he/she sees you (pl.)' D. Third-Person Plural Subject and Plural Object they - us (incl.) waapamlkoyahkwaa '(that) they see us (incl.)' they - us (ex.cl.) waapamlkoyankltwaa '(that) they see us (excl.)' they - you (pl.) waapamikoyekwaa '(that) they see you (pl.)' 29 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 2 LOCAL (ME-YOU) FORMS The Local (Me-You) forms have a first-person subject and a second-person object. 0 waapamikooyan waapamikooyek at '(that) we (excl.) see you' '(that) we (excl.) see you (plural)' io we (excl.) - you I - you (plural) n First-Person Subject and Second-Person Object I - you waapamlnaan '(that) I see you' I - you (plural) waapamina~ok '(that) I see you (plural)' uc LOCAL (YOU-ME) FORMS Ed The Local (You-Me) forms have a second-person subject and a first-person object. '(that) you see us (excl.)' '(that) you (plural) see us (excl.)' INDEFINITE SUBJECT FORMS y cu l waapamihshiyaank you-us (excl.) you (plural)-us (excl.) waapamihshiyaank Fa ty of Second-Person Subject and First-Person Object you-me waapamihsbiyan '(that) you see me' waapamihsbiyek '(that) you (plural) see me' you (plural)-me er sit The Indeftnlte Subject forms are those in which the subject is only implied but is not mentioned specifically. he/she isthey are! amyou are - '(that) he/she is seen' '(that) they are seen• '(that) I am seen' '(that) you are seen' La ke he ad U ni v waapamaakaoiwic waapamaakanlwaac waapamikooyaan waapamikooyan Q 0 30 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise ff Review Test 1. This review test for lesson 2 has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try and translate without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 104. Poaessive Nouns at io English Translation uc 1. nimoosom Ed 2. nikayaashim of 3. nipchshohtaahkoomaakan ty 4. nitinaabkoomaakan cu l 5. nitanobkiinaakan 6. niwiintanohkiimaakan Fa 7. niicimohsh sit y 8. niiciibaa er 9. niici-ihkwe ni v 10. niici-naape 11. niici-kihci-ayahaa ad U 12. niici-toohkaan ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. La ( n r Possessive Nouns: 31 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 104. 0 English Severn Ojibwe io n 1. my sweetheart at 2. my ex-spouse/girlfriend uc 3. my close relation Ed 4. my relation 5. myworker . of 6. my co-worker - cu l 8. myspouse ty 7. my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) Fa 9. my fellow woman y 10. my fellow man sit 11. my fellow elder ni v er 12. my name sake 0 La ke he ad U Note: Check your spelling and translations when you have finished. 0 32 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise A Increase your own "word power". Since the beginning of the Introductory Severn Ojlbwe and Intermediate Severn Ojibwe, you have been using preverbs. First, let's review the ones you already know. pooninihtaa- stop, quit skilled at, knows how, can do, usual away from, in progress, towards after, done, complete before try, to make an effort towards secretly unable to find, fail at, no place for start, begin, proceed, move forward go to do, to go there and to do something in error, wrongly, mistake want to, anxious, need to do something before usual time visible (at a distance) big, great, very io ani- Ed uc at ishkwaamwayekakwekiimoocikwenawi- of maaciiantawi- or natawi- ty wani- cu l noontematekihci- returning, going back fast, quickly try to do get, fetch, go for permanently, not knowing when to quit at night, happening at night, nocturnal delayed. late easily U 1. kiiwe2. kinipi3. koci4. naaci5. nehpici6. niipaa7. pwaahtawi8. watakami- ni v er Here are some more common preverbs new to you. They can be combined with many different verbs. Don't forget that a hyphen is used to join preverbs to the following verb. La ke he ad 2. piihtaa- sit wenci- y From Intermediate Ojlbwe. ( n 1. Fa r Preverbs Make sure you understand the meaning of these words before moving on to the next exercise. 33 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 3 ExerciseB Using Preverbs in Sentences Here are some examples of the new preverbs introduced in the previous section. Each one is given in the first-person form. Study and understand these sentences. n io Fa cu l You are returning to work. You get exhausted quickly. You try to sleep. You fetch food. You go home permanently. You work at night. You get up late. You get tired easily. 0 Now here are the same sentences in third-person form. Study and understand these sentences. ni v 3. Kikiiwe-anohkii. Kikinipi-caakii. Kikoci-nipaa. Kinaaci-miicime. Kinebpici-kiiwe. Kiniipaa-anohkii. Kipwaahtawi-wanishkaa. Kiwatakami-ayehkos. er 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. ty of Here are some examples of sentences which contain the same preverbs. This time each one is given in the second-person form. Study and understand these sentences. y 2. I go home permanently. I work at night. I get up late. I get tired easily. at 5. 6. 7. 8. I am returning to work. I get exhausted quickly. I try to sleep. I fetch food uc 2. 3. 4. Nikiiwe-anohkii. Nikinipi-caakii. Nikoci-nipaa. Ninaaci-miicime. Ninehpici-kiiwe. Niniipaa-anohkii. Nipwaahtawi-wanishkaa. Niwatakami-ayehkos. Q Ed 1. sit 1. 1. Kiiwe-anobkii. 2. Kinipi-caakii. 3. Koci-nipaa. 4. Naaci-miicime. 5. Nehpici-kiiwe. 6. Niipaa-anobkii. 7. Pwaahtawi-wanishkaa. 8. W&takaroi-ayehkosi. La ke he ad U He/she is returning to work. He/she gets exhausted quickly. He/she is trying to sleep. He/she fetches food. He/she goes home permanently. He/she works at night. He/she gets up late. He/she gets tired easily. There are some preverbs that occur only in the Conjunct Order. Among these are the preverbs which refer to tense. You have already met these preverbs. You may fmd it helpful to refer to Intermediate Ojlbwe, Unit 1, Lesson 4. 1. ci- 2. kaa- 3. ke- to, that, will, would, could, should the one who; the one that will, would, should, could: FUTURE 0 34 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Here is an example of each one in the first-person singular fonn. 1. 2. 3. Ninoonteyentaan ci-.kiiweyaan. Nitanoh.kii noonkom kaa-.kiishikaak. Nimaacaa noonkom ke-k.iishaak. I am anxious to go home. I work today. I will be leaving today. Ed Now here they are in third-person. Noonteyentam ci-kiiwet(c). Anohkii noonkom kaa-kiisbikaaoik. Maacaa noonkom ke-kiishikaanik. of He/she is anxious to go home. He/she is working today. He/she will be leaving today. ty 1. 2. 3. io You are anxious to go home. You are working today. You will be leaving today. at 3. Kinoonteyentaan ci-kiiweyan. Kitanoh.kii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Kimaacaa noonkom ke-kiishikaak. uc 1. 2. n Now here they are in the second-person. y I live in Big Trout Lake. er In a sentence such as this one the preverb is 'related' to the place name. 2: Aanti waa-ishi-anohkiiyan? Aanti waa-ishi-apiyan? Where do you want to work? Where do you want to sit? ad 1. U ni v Another common use of this relative preverb is when you are asking a question with Aantf 'where•. For example, the following questions contain ishi-. ke he Notice that if there is no other preverb, then ishi- changes to eshi-. 1. 2. Aanti eshi-anohkiiyan? Aanti eshi-apiyan? Where are you working? Where are you sitting? La ( Kihci-namekohsipiink nitishi-taa. sit 1. Fa cu l The preverbs ishi- and tahso- are a little different from those we have just discussed. They are often called relative preverbs because they are usually 'related' to other words in the sentence. For example, if you want to tell someone that you live in Big Trout Lake, you need to mention the place name, followed by the preverb ishi- and the verb taa 'live somewhere'. The preverb tahso- 'so many' is used with many different types of verbs. It is often used with words for seasons and units of the day, with the meaning 'every'. 1. Kiiwe tahso-niipin. He/she goes home every summer. It can also be used with words for 'day' or 'night'. 1. 2. Tahso-k.iishikaa Tahso-tipihkaa Every day. Every night. 35 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise C Learning How Preverbs Work Read and Understand: io n This exercise is similar to the one on the previous page. Only this time, the sentences are longer and they are in mixed order such as first-person, second-person and third-person forms. Concentrate on preverbs how its used in the sentences. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed on the next page. Complete translations are on page 105. 0 Aanahpii miina ke-pi-.kiiwe-anohkiiyan? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi mayaam nikihkentansiin. B. Aanti waa-ishi-nipaayan? Weti naaniyahii pootawaanink. C. Amiinahi waapank ci-maacaayan? Ehe, kiisbpin ehta mino-kiishikaak. D. Noonkom na kaa-kiishikaanik ta-kiiwe kitootem? Kiishpin ekaa kimiwaninik ta-kiiwe noonkom kaa-kiisbikaanik. E. Ta-nehpici-sookihpwan ina kitisbinaan ke-tipihkaak? Ka maawiin siyaaken (or: siyaaken maawiin kaawin). F. Watakami-kishiwaasi na kitayihsh? Kaawin, eshkam ehta kiishpin kaa-wii-wiihsinit(c). G. Tahso-kiishikaa nikihci-anoh.kii. Kiln tahsh wiin? Ebe, keniin tahso-kiisbikaa nikihci-anoh.kii. H. Nahshine niipaa-anoh.kii na kiwiiciiwaakan? Kaawin, kiishpin ehta kaa-nantawentaakosit(c). I. Kikii-pwaahtawi-naaci-ataawikaroikwe na kekishep? Ebe, nikii-nipaa. 0 K. he ke La J. ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. Miina na kiwii-koci-minihkwe pankii nipi? Kaawin, aasha onsaam mishtahi nimioihkwe nipi. Kinipi-caakihse shooniyaan kiishpin ekaa kwayahk kaa-kanawenimaakanooc aanti ke-ishiaapatisit(c). 0 36 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 New Vocabulary: r C. Amiinahi (pc) E. Ishinan (vti) Kitishinaan Ka maawiin siyaaken OR siyaaken maawiin kaawin. G. Eshkam(pc) Nahshine {pc) K. io at uc J. Ataawikamik (na) Naaci-ataawikamikwe Kekiishep (pc) Naahpic (pc) Caakihse (vai/ii) Kanawenim (vta) Ed H. n Nantawentaakosi (vai) is that right. is that so see s.t. a certain way you see s.t. a certain way (or, that way) I hope not. sometimes, once in a while all the time, often, frequently be wanted. be desirable trading post. store He/she is going to the store this morning past really. very, to a high degree get used up, run out. be exhausted be taken care of I take care of him/her You take care of him/her He/she takes care of him/her He/she is taken care of of nikanawenimaa y Fa cu l ty kikanawenimaa okanawenimaan kanawenimaakaanoo La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 37 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise D Joining Preverbs to Verbs Writing Practice: 0 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. kiiweisbici- aancipo ataawe ihkwaamaciwe kihkinoohamaake kihtimi miihsbitoone kiishikaa tipihkaa paawanii pimohse pimipahtoo waahkaahike kaa- Fa cu l ty of kekinipikocinehpiciniipaapwaahtawitahso- watakami- sit y 10. 11. 12. Aanahpii ke-kiiwe-ihkwaamaciwet(c) naape? 2. MiihkanN!lk isbi-pimohse. ni v 3. U 4. ad 5. 10. ke La 9. he 6. 8. 0 er 1. 7. at Verbs uc Preverbs Ed 1. 2. io n In this exercise, use the two lists below to write complete sentences which contain preverbs joined to verbs. Add appropriate nouns and particles to make complete sentences. Each sentence should have at least three or more words as shown in the first two examples given below. Note, the verbs listed below are not in order. 11. 12. 0 38 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Dialogues I Read and Understand: 1. Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how preverbs are used in the sentences. Preverbs introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below and on the next page. Complete translations are on pages 105 and 106. A. Kiwii-kiiwe-nipaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? Kaawin, niwii-antawi-manihse pankii. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Kaawin, nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. Wtintamawihshin kiishpin nantawentaman ci-wiicihinaan. Mii.kwehc nitootem. (Ki)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpii takohshiniyaan. Naanta (ki)ka-nantawenimin ci-wiicihihshiyan ahpii kiishkipoocikeyaan. Amibiwe kwayahk. Keniin e-wii-anohkiiyaan. Ahaaw, naake kaana tahsh (ki)ka-waapamin. B. Ekwa miina nika-koci-maacaa. Tahswaa ahko kaa-wii-maacaayaan maacii-kimiwan. Aanti waa-kakwe-ishaayan? Kaa-ishi-makohshenaaniwank ohsha kaa-kakwe-ishaayaan. Kah! Kekonenini ahshankewaat(c)? Piko kekoonini ahshankewak ihk.itowak. Siyaaken maawiin nato-miicimini ahshanketokwenak. Ehe, amohshahi ehkitowaat(c ). Amiinahi! Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Ci.kc, kiishpin ishaayan, pi-naasihkawihshin. Ahaaw, pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. Awanen tahsh kitookimaam? Niwiiciiwaakan. sit er ni v U ad he ke New Vocabulary In Dialogue A: Manihse Nimaoibse Kimanihse Manihse La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r ExerciseE Wiintamaw Wtlntamawihshin Kiwiintamawin to get firewood. I get firewood. You get firewood. He/she gets firewood Tell him/her. Tell me. I tell you. 39 Tootan Nitootaan Kitootaan Tootam Do it. I do it. You do it. He/she does it. Kanoosh Kikanoonin Kanoonihshin Call s.o., speak to s.o. I call you. You call me. �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Kiishkipooci.ke Nikiishkipooci.ke Kilciishkipoocike Kiishkipoocike Saw things. I saw things. You saw things. He/she saws things. Niinehta Kiinehta Wiinehta Alone, me only. Alone, you only. Alone, he/she only. 0 Makohshe (vai) Amohshahi (pc) Amiinahi ! (pc) feast, meals for special occasion that is so...., seemingly so is that so, is that right! io so many times, every time formerly, used to, usually, keep on as far as, as long as, a certain length at Tahswaa (pc) Ahlco (pc) Ahlco- (prev) uc and, then, let's, now and so, and then, but then, let's then ty of Ed Ekwa (pc) Ekwa tahsh (pcs) n New Vocabulary in Dialogue B: cu l Naasihkaw (vta) get s.o., approach s.o., fetch s.o. Pi-naasibkawihshin (2 on 1) come and get me, come and approach me, come and fetch me y Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own no less then eight lines each using some of the preverbs introduced to you in this lesson. ni v er Speaking Practice: ke he ad U With a partner, practice reading and understanding the dialogues in #1 from the previous page until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the dialogues you wrote yourself. La 3. Q sit 2. Fa Writing Practice: 0 40 �ADVANCED 0.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Transitive Inanimate Verbs in the Conjunct r When a Transitive Inanimate verb appears following a particle such as Ami it also must be in the Conjunct Order, as in the following example. Amihimaa wenci-nihsitohtamaan. 'That is how I understand it.' uc at io n Transitive Inanimate verbs add the Conjunct suffixes in patterns similar to those of Animate Intransitive verbs. We can divide the TI verbs into three groups. We can compare one example of each of the three types of TI verbs, in Independent Order and the Conjunct Order. Independent Group 2 I bring it. nipiitoon Group 3 I eat it nimiicin Ed niminwentaan minwentamaan of Group 1 I like it. Conjunct miiciyaan Fa cu l ty piitooyaan sit ni v er Group 2 verbs have the vowel oo before the ending in both the Independent and Conjunct Order forms. Similarly the Group 3 verbs have the vowel i before the ending in both the Independent and Conjunct forms. U There are many Group I and 2 TI verbs in Ojibwe but only a small number of Group 3 verbs. ke he ad Notice that Group 1 TI verbs have the same conjunct endings as are found with AI verbs that end in m. Similarly, Group 2 and 3 TI verbs have the same Conjunct ending as are found in AI verbs that end in a vowel. Her are some examples of sentences that contain TI verbs in the Conjunct Order. The Conjunct suffixes is in bold type. La ( y Notice that in the Independent forms the ending fonn of all three groups is n. Group l verbs have a vowel aa before the ending, but am before the ending in the corresponding Conjunct Order form. Aanti wenci-kibkentaman? How do you know it? Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman? How did you recognize it? 41 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise F Dialogues D Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in the sentences. Preverbs introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below and on the next page. Complete translations are on page 106. 0 at Ta-nehpici-sookihpwan ishi-naakwan ke-kiishikaak. Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman ke-ishi-kiishikaak? Naahpic ohsha kii-maci-miskwaawaa wiipac kekiishep. Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman miskwaawaa? Kii-niipaa-miskwaawaa ekwa wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan kihci-ayahaak weshkac. Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak wiipac kekiishepaa ekwa ketahtawen kaa-aahte-naakwank, kape-kiishikaa ta-maci-kiishikaa. Amiicika tahsh ihi maamahkaac. Amoosha tahsh ahiko tepwe ehkihkipan aan kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaakwank miskwaawaa. Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak, kaawin ihiwe ihkinsinoon. B. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc A. io n 1. Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? y Ta-pwaahtawi-pipoon nitishinaan. Q he ad U ni v er sit Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman aanahpii ke-pipoonk? Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapamaak wehwewak ci-pimihsewaat(c) shaawanonk kaa-ishihsewaat(c) kaa-ani-pipoonk. Kaawin mahshi niwaapamaahsiik. Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-pipoonk. Kiishpin wiipac kaa-pimihsewaat(c) wehwewak, wiipac ta-pipoon ahko ihkitoopaniik weshkaci-anihshininiwak. Kitepwehtaan ina tahsh? Ebe, amohsha piko tepwe ahko e-ishi-kihkentamaao e-ibkihk. ke New Vocabulary in Dialogue A: be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan 'be seen coming this way') Nihsitawinan (vti) Ninihsitawinaan. Kinihsitawinaan. Onihsitawinaao. Kekishep (pc) recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. I recognize it. I realize it. You recognize it. You realize it. He/she recognizes it. He/she realizes it. this morning past Miskwaawaa (vii) Maci-miskwaawaa Mino-miskwaawaa be a red-coloured sky (at dawn or sunset) be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather La Naakwan (vii) 42 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Maamahkaac (pc) Amiici.ka tahsh ihi maamahkaac Amohsha tahsh i.ko (expression) Amohsha tahsh i.ko tepwe Thkin (vii) ahko ehkihkipan Kaawin ihiwe ihkinsinoon. amazing, astounding, wonderful It is so amazing That is so.... That is so true happen a certain way, be a certain problem it used to happen Does not happen that way. io at uc Ed of ty Fa New Vocabulary in Dialogue B: sit y look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way I see it in acertain way. That's the way I see it. When do you see being winter? every day be on the lookout, lie in wait be on the lookout for s.o. I am on the lookout for them. snow goose, white goose fly along, fly by (of a bird) fly in a certain direction Not yet. certain location, certain way of know s.t., fmd s.t. out what purpose, why/how/where is it so That's where/how I know that the winter will be late. ke he ad U ni v er lshinan (vti) Nitishinaan. Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Tahso-kiishikaa (pc) Ahshawaapi (vai) Ahshawaapam Nitahshawaapamaak Wehwew -ak (na) Pimihse (vai) Isbihse (vai) Kaawiirmahshi. Amihimaa (pc) Kihkentan (vti) Wenci- (prev) Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-pipoonk. Wiipac ta-pipoon ahko ihkitoopaniik. Weshkaci-anihshininiwak. Kitepwehtaan ina tahsh? E-ishi-kihkentamaan. La ( n fade away, disappear use to, usually speak so, say a certain thing That's what they used to say. elder this morning (past) all of a sudden, suddenly all the way, all the time, through all day bad be a bad day (weather) it is so... cu l r Aahte- (prev) Ami ahko (pc) Thkito (vai) Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan (phrase) Kihci-ayahaa -k (na) Kekishepaa (pc) Ketahtawen (pc) Kape- (pre) Kape-kiishikaa (pc) Maci- (pre) Maci-kiishikaa (vii) Amiici.ka tahsh ihi (expression) E-ihkihk. They use to say the winter will come early. Old timers, elders So, do you believe it? That's what I know; that's the way I know That's the way it happened. 43 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own no less then eight lines each using some of the preverbs introduced to you in this lesson. 0 Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n With a partner, practice reading and understanding the dialogues in #1 from page 42 until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the dialogues you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 44 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 ExerciseG Read and Understand: 1. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in the sentences. Preverbs introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations are listed below. Complete translations are on page 106. io n r Dialogues ill ty of Ed uc at Nihtaa-watakami-aahkosi na kitaanihs? Naahpic nihtaa-watakami-aahkosi mekwaa tahkaayaa. Mashkihkiini ina ahko otaana-aapacihtoon? Ebe, mashkihkiiwinini ohsha ahko otaana-miinaan mashkihkiini. Okinipi-caakinaan ohsha tahsh ahko. Mooshak ahko onsaam e-aapacibtoot(c). Naanta kaana onsaam mishtahi otaapacihtoon kaa-onci-aahkosit(c). Amihi esbkam eshihsek kiishpin onsaam mishtahi kaa-aapatank mashkihki, aanci.ko kitaahkos. cu l New Vocabulary: er Otaana-aapacihtoon (pv + vti) Masbkibkiiwinini (na) aana- (pv) Miish (vta) nimiinaa kimiinaa omiinaan Otaana-miinaan (pv + vta) Caakinan (vti) sit y Mashkihki (ni) Aapacihtoon (vti2) he ad U ni v ( La ke nicaakinaan kicaakinaan ocaakinaan Ahko (pc) Naanta (pc) Kaana (pc) Naanta kaana. L, Amihi (pc) Eshkam(pc) lshihse (vii) Aapatan (vii) Aanci.ko (pc) very, to a high degree while, during, at the time During cold weather medicine, drug use s.t. He/she uses it anyway. medicine person, doctor attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow give it to him I give (it) to him. you give (it) to him. he/she gives (it) to him. He/she gives (it) to him anyway. use it up I use it up you use it up he/she uses it up usually, often maybe, perhaps, in some way is it possible that, probably It is possible, probably. that is, final sometimes it happens so, continues so, runs so, the time is it is useful, usable regardless, anyway Fa Naahpic (pc) Mekwaa(pc) Mek:waa tahkaayaa. 45 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one dialogue of your own at least eight lines using some preverbs introduced to you in this lesson. Q_ Speaking Practice: With a partner, practice reading and understand the dialogue in #1 from the previous page until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the dialogue you wrote yourself. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 3. 0 46 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise H Learning the Language r Read and Understand: l. In this exercise, we will go back to Exercise E. Section 1. Dialogue A on page 39. We will n take some time to review and study the meaning of each new word, phrase and sentence and give some additional examples as shown below. Once again, concentrate on the meaning of the sentence. Translations are on page 107. at a) Kiwii-kiiwe-nipaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? uc 1. io This is the first sentence from dialogue A. Kaawin, niwii-antawi-manihse pankii. Fa a) sit Kiwii-antawi-manihse ina waapank? Antawi-anohkii na Soosan? or Soosan na antawi-anohkii? ni v er b) c) y Additional Sentences: ( cu l This is the second sentence from dialogue A. 2. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? ad a) U This is the third sentence from dialogue A. 3. ke he Additional Sentences: Ninantawentaan ci-wiicihihshiyan. Ta-nantawentam ci-wiicihaat(c ). La b) c) This is the fourth sentence from dialogue A. 4. a) Kaawin, nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. Additional Sentences: b) c) of Ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyaan, niwii-kiiwe-nipaa. Wii-kiiwe-anohkii ahpii ishkwaa-anwepit(c). ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: Kehcinaac ina ka-kii-tootaan kiinehta? Ebe, nika-kii-tootam niinhta. 47 .. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 This is the fifth sentence from dialogue A. 5. a) Wiintamawihshin kiishpin nantawentaman ci-wiicihinaan. 0 Additional Sentences: Wlintamawihshin k.iishpin nantawentaman ci-wiiciiwinaan. Wlintamawihshin kiishpin nantawentank ci-wiicihak. n b) c) Miikwehc nitootem. (K.i)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpii takohshiniyaan. ty cu l Amihiwe kwayahk. Keniin e-wii-anobkiiyaan. Fa a) y Additional Sentences: sit Amihiwe kwayahk kekiin kaa-wii-anohkiiyan. Amihiwe kwayahk kewiin kaa-wii-anohkiit(c). 0 er b) c) of Nitootem, pi-kanoonihshin ahpii takohshiniyan. Otooteman oka-kanoonaan ahpii takohsbink. This is the seventh sentence from dialogue A. 7. Ed Additional Sentences: b) c) at a) uc 6. io This is the sixth sentence from dialogue A. a) Ahaaw, naake kaana tahsh (ki)ka-waapamin. U 8. ni v This is the eighth sentence from dialogue A. he Ahaaw, naake kaana tahsh (ki)ka-maacaamin. Abaaw, naake kaana tahsh nika-wiih11inimin, ke b) c) ad Additional Sentences: La Writing Practice: Now, write one sentence of your own from each section. There are eight sections. Speaking Pnctlce: Work with a partner for practice reading and understanding the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. 0 48 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise I Using the Language Read and Understand: 1. Once again, we will go back to Exercise E, Section 1, Dialogue B on page 39. We will take some time to review and study the meaning of each new word, phrase and sentence and give some additional examples as shown below. Once again, concentrate on the meaning of the sentence. Translations are on pages 107 and 108: n (' at a) Ekwa miina nika-koci-maacaa. uc 1. io This is the first sentence from dialogue B. of Aanahpii miina ke-koci-maacaayan? Aasha na miina wii-koci-maacaa? ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: a) Tahswaa ahko kaa-wii-maacaayaan maacii-kimiwan. Fa 2. cu l This is the second sentence from dialogue B. Aan tahswaa kaa-niimiyan onaako? Aan tahswaa kaa-nikamot(c) kikosihs? er sit b) c) ( y Additional Sentences: a) Aanti waa-kakwe-ishaayan? U 3. ni v This is the third sentence from dialogue B. he Kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank niwii-kakwe-ishaa. Aanti waa-kakwe-isbaat(c)? · ke b) c) ad Additional Sentences: La This is the fourth sentence from dialogue B. 4. a) Kaa-ishi-makohsbenaaniwank ohsha kaa-kakwe-ishaayaan. Additional Sentences: b) c) L Kikakwe-ishaa na kaa-ishi-makohshaaniwank? Kaa-ishi-makohshenaaniwaninik ohsha kaa-kakwe-ishaat(c). Note: Kaa-ishi-makobshenaanlwank and kaa-ishl-makohaaniwank are slightly two different pronunciations but the meanings are the same. 49 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 This is the fifth sentence from dialogue B. 5. a) Kah! Kekonenini ahshankewaat(c)? 0 Additional Sentences: Kah! Kekonen ahshankeyan? Kah! Kekonenini ahshanket(c)? n b) c) at a) Piko kekoonini ashankewak ihkitowak. uc 6. io This is the sixth sentence from dialogue B. of Piko kekoon nitahshanke ihkito. Piko na kekoon kitahshanke? ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: a) Nato-miicimini maawiin siyaaken kaye abshanketokwenak. Fa 7. cu l This is the seventh sentence from dialogue B. sit Siyaaken maawiin kekiin kiminobpitaanaatok nato-miicim. Soosan na ahshanke nato-miicimini. 0 er b) c) y Additional Sentences: a) Ebe, amohsbabi ehkitowaat(c). U 8. ni v This is the eighth sentence from dialogue B. he Ebe, amohsbahi keniin ehk.itoyaan. Ebe, amohsbabi waa-tootamaan. ke b) c) ad Additional Sentences: 9. La This is the ninth sentence from dialogue B. a) Amiinahi! Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Additional Sentences: b) c) Amiinahi kek.iin e-wii-maacaayan? Amiinahi tepwe? 0 50 �ADVANC ED O,JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 This is the tenth sentence from dialogue B. a) Cike, kiishpin ishaayan pi-naasihkawihshin. Additional Sentences: b) c) Cikemaa, kiishpin ishaayan, keniin nika-ishaa. Cike, kekiin kehcinaac piishaan. (Ki)ka-pi-naasihkawin. n r 10. at a) Ahaaw, pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. uc 11. io This is the eleventh sentence from dialogue B. Awancn tahsh kitookimaam? Niwiiciiwaakan. Fa a) cu l This is the twelfth sentence from the dialogue B. 12. sit Kitookimaam na kahkina kekoonini otipentaan? Awancnan wiiciiwaat(c) kitookimaam? er b) c) y Additional Sentences: ni v Writing Practice: U Now, write one sentence of your own from each section. There are twelve sections. ad Speaking Practice: ke he Work with a partner for practice reading and understanding the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La ( of Pinamaa na kiwii-kakwecimaa kitookimaam? Otookimaaman na pinamaa owii-kakweci.maan? ty b) c) Ed Additional Sentences: 51 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exerci.seJ Review Test Preverbs: This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to answer without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 108. Severn Ojibwe 3. ci- io ishi- at 2. uc kiiwe- Ed 1. Translation of 4. kaake- ty 5. 0 n 1. cu l 6. kinioi- Fa 7. koci- y 8. nato- niioaa- 12. owaahtawi- 13. tahso- 14. watakami- er 11. 0 ni v nehpici- ke he ad U LO. sit 9. naaci- La Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 52 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 2. In this section, before you begin, review the meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 109. r Severn Ojlbwe returning_ 2oin2 back 2. thus: so. there. in the certain wav 3. to that. will. would. could should 4. the one who: the one that: 5. will. would. should. could: FUTURE 6. fast 7. trv to do 8. real, natural, plain 9. 2et, fetch, 20 for 11. at night, haooening at ni2ht, nocturnal 12. delayed, late 13. so manv, so much, a certain number 14. easily Fa nennanentlv, not knowing when to quit ad U ni v er sit y 10. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. ke he Note: Check your translations when you have finished. La ( English 53 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A Additional Sentences I Read and Understand: 1. In this lesson. we will continue to review dialogues from the previous lesson. Let's go back to lesson 3. Exercise F, Section 1, Dialogue A on page 42. 0 uc at io n Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in each sentence. Preverbs used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. English translations can be found in the translation section. Translations are on page 110. a) Ta-nehpici-sookipwan ishi-naakwan ke-kiishikaak. of 1. Ed This Is the ftrst sentence from dialogue A. ty Additional Sentences: cu l b) Kiishpin nehpici-kimiwank, kaawin nika-maacaahsiin. Fa c) Kiisbpin nehpici-poonanohkiiyan, keniin nika-poonanobkii. sit a) Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman aan ke-ishi-kiisbikaak? ni v Additional Sentences: 0 er 2. y This Is the second sentence from dialogue A. U b) Kinihsitawinaan ina aan ke-ishi-kiisbikaak waapank? ad c) Aanti waa-ishi-abtooyan kiciimaan? a) Naabpic ohsha kii-maci-miskwaawaa wiipac kekishep. ke 3. he This Is the third sentence from dialogue A. La Additional Sentences: b) Naabpic kii-mino-naakwan miskwaawaa kekisbep. c) Naahpic niminwentaan e-waapantamaan miskwaawaa. This Is the fourth sentence from dialogue A. 4. a) Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman miskwaawaa? 0 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Additional Sentences: b) Kikii-kanawaapantaan ina miskwaawaa kekishep? c) Kii-maci-miskwaawaa wiipac kekishep. This is the t1fth sentence from dialogue A. n a) Kii-niipaa-miskwaawaa ekwa wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. io S. Ed b) Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak, kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa. uc at Additional Sentences: of c) Kiisbpin miskwaawaa ekwa wiipac kaa-aahte-naakwank, kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa. a) Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan kihci-ayahaak weshkac. cu l 6. ty This is the sixth sentence from dialogue A. Fa Additional Sentences: y b) Wesbkac, kihci-ayahaak okii-minwentaanaawaa e-kanawaapantamowaat(c) miskwaawaani. c) Ami ahko eshi-naakwank mishkwaawaa kiishpin kaa-wii-maci-kiii;hikaak, sit ( a) Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak wiipac kekishepaa ekwa ketabtawen kaa-aahte-naakwank., kape-kiishikaa ta-maci-kiishikaa. U 7. ni v er This is the seventh sentence from dialogue A. ad Additional Sentences: ke he b) Kiishpin kaa-niipaa-miskwaawaak ekwa tahsh wiipac kaa-aahte-naakwank., kehcinaac wiipac ta-maci-kiishikaa. La c) Kikii-waapantaan ina kaa-kii-niipaa-miskwaawaak wiipac kekisbepaa? This is the eighth sentence from dialogue A. 8. a) Amiicika tahsh ihi rnaarnahkaac. Additional Sentences: b) Amiicika tahsh ihi e-aanirnisiyan. c) Amiicika tahsh ihi e-mino-naakosit(c). 55 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 This is the ninth sentence from dialogue A. 9. a) Amohsha tahs_h ilco tepwe ahko ehkihkipan aan kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaakwank miskwaawaa. Additional Sentences: 0 b) Kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaakwank miskwaawaa. amohsha ahko tepwe ehkihkipan. io n c) Kaa-ishi-miskwaawaak, amihiwe ke-ishi-kiishikaak. uc a) Noonkom kaa-kiishilcaak, kaawin ihiwe ihkinsinoon. Ed 10. at This is the tenth sentence from dialogue A. of Additional Sentences: ty b) Noonkom kaa-kiishilcaak, kaawin wiihkaa ihiwe ishiwepansinoon. cu l c) Noonkom kaawin wiihkaa ihiwe kitishi-waapantansiimin ci-ishiwepank. For writing practice, write one sentence of your own, following the sentence patterns reviewed above. Try to use the preverbs in these patterns. There are ten sentence patterns in all. sit y 2. Fa Writing Practice: ke he ad U ni v For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 er Speaking Practice: 0 56 �ADVANCED 0,JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise B Additional Sentences Il 1. In this exercise we will review sentences from lesson 3; Exercise F; section 1; dialogue Bon page 42. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in each sentence. Preverbs used through out the sentence will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you through out the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. English translations can be found in the translation section. Translations are on page 111. io n r Read and Understand: uc a) Aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? Ed 1. at This is the first sentence from dialogue B. of Additional Sentences: ty b) Wripac ina ta-pipoon kitinentaan? cu l c) Aasha ina kekaat ta-niipin kitishinaan? Additional Sentences: y ( a) Ta-pwaahtawi-pipoon nitishinaan. sit 2. Fa This is the second sentence from dialogue B. ni v er b) Ta-pwaahtawi-pipoon nitinentaan. U c) Nika-pwaahtawi-nipaa ani-tipihk;tak- a) Aanti wenci-nillsitawinaman aanahpii ke-pipoonk? he 3. ad This is the third sentence from dialogue B. ke Additional Sentences: La b) Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman aasha wiipac ci-pipoonk? c) Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman e-aahkosiyan? This is the fourth sentence from dialogue B. 4 a) Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapamaak wehwewak ci-pimihsewaat(c). Ad~tional Sentences: b) Tahso-kiishikaa nipiihaak nitootemak ci-pi-kiiwitewaat(c). 57 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 c) Tahso-kiisbikaa kipiihin ci-piishaayan. This is the rlfth sentence from dialogue B. s. 0 a) Sbaawanonk kaa-ishihsewaat(c) kaa-ani-pipooninik. Additional Sentences: io n b) Shaawanonk ina kitishaa ahpii ani-pipoonk? uc at c) Shaawanonk ina oncinowe? a) Kaawin mahshi niwaapamaahsiik. of 6. Ed This is the sixth sentence from dialogue B. ty Additional Sentences: cu l b) Ikaawin mahshi maacaan! Fa c) Kaawin mahshi nikiishihtoohsiin. 0 ni v Additional Sentences: sit a) Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-pipoonk. er 7. y This is the seventh sentence from dialogue B. U b) Amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan ci-pwaahtawi-takohshink. ad c) AO)ihimaa keoiin wenci-wiihsiniyaan. ke a) Kiishpin wiipac kaa-pimihsewaat(c) wehwewak, wiipac ta-pipoon ahko ihkitoopaniik weshkaci-anihshininiwak. La 8. he This is the eighth sentence from dialogue B. Additional Sentences: b) Kiishpin wiipac kaa-maaciihsewaat(c) shiihshiipak wiipac ta-aahkwatin ahko ihkitoopaoiik weshkaci-anihshininiwak. c) Kiishpin wiipac kaa-pipoonk, miishkoc wiipac ta-niipin ahko ihkitoopaniik weshkacianihshininiwak. 0 S8 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 This is the ninth sentence from dialogue B. r 9. a) Kitepwehtaan ina tahsh? Additional Sentences: b) Kitepwehtaan ina ihiwe aacimowin? io n c) Kaawin nitepwebtansiin ohowe aacimowin? ty b) Aan tahsh abko kiln e•ishi•waapantaman e-ihkihk? cu l c) Weshkac ahko amihi tepwe eihkihkipan. Fa Writing Practice: sit y For writing practice, write one sentenc~ of your own, following the sentence patterns reviewed above. Try to use the preverbs in these patterns. There arc ten sentence patterns in all. ni v For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. ke he ad U 3. er Speaking Practice: La ( of Additional Sentences: 2. uc a) Ebe, amohsha piko tepwe abko e-ishi-kihkentamaan e•ihkihk. Ed 10. at This is the tenth sentence from dialogue B. 59 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise C Additional Sentences m Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise we will review sentences from lesson 3; Exercise G; section l; dialogue A on 0 io n page 45. Once again, concentrate on how preverbs are used in each sentence. Preverbs used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. If you find any new words, underline them. English translations can be found in the translation section. Translations are on page 112. uc a) Nihtaa-watakami-aahk.osi na kitaanihs? Ed 1. at This is the first sentence from dialogue A. of Additional Sentences: 0 er Additional Sentences: y a) Naahpic nihtaa-watakami-aahkosi mekwaa tahkaayaa. sit 2. Fa This is the second sentence from dialogue A. cu l c) Naahpic nihtaa-watakami-kishiwaasi nitayihsh. ty b) Ninihtaa-watakami-aahkos kaa-tahkaayaanik. ni v b) Naahpic ninihtaa-watakami-kawac mekwaa pipoon. U c) Kinihtaa-watakami-ishkii ina kekoon kaa-tootaman? a) Mashkibkiini ina ahko otaana-aapacihtoon? he 3. ad This is the third sentence from ~alogue A. ke Additional Sentences: La b) Aani minikohk mashkihki aapacihtooyan? c) Onsaam mishtahi nitaapacihtoon mashkihki nitinentaan. This is the fourth sentence from dialogue A. 4. a) Ebe, mashkihkiiwinini ohsha ahko otaana-miinaan mashkihkiini. Additional Sentences: b) Ebe, mashkihkiiwinini ohsha kewiin aahkosi. 60 0 �ADVANCED OJIB WE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 c) Mashkihkiiwihkwe tahsh wiin, kewiin ina aahkosi? r This is the fifth sentence from dialog ue A. 5. a) Okinipi-caakinaan ohsha tahsh ahko. Additional Sentences: io n b) Nikinipi-caal<ln.aa shooniyaan. uc at c) Kekiin na ahko kikinipi-caalcinaa sbooniyaan? a) Moosbak otahko onsaam e-aapacihtoot(c). of 6. Ed This Is the sixth sentence from dialogue A. cu l b) Moosbak ina kitaapacihtoon mashkibki? ty Additional Sentences: Fa c) Kaawin wiihkaa nitaapacihtoohsiin mashkibki. sit a) Naanta kaana onsaam mishtahi otaapacihtoon kaa-onci-aahkosit(c). ni v Additional Sentences: · er 7. U b) Onsaam kaana mishtahi kitaapacihtoon mashkibki kaa-onci-aahkosiyan. ad c) Onsaam maawiin mishtahi kitootaahpinaanaatok mashkibki kaa-onci-wiinipaayan. a) Amihi eshkam eshihsek kiishpin onsaam mishtahi kaa-aapatank mashk ibki, ke 8. he This Is the eighth sentence from dialogue A. aancilco kitaahkos. Additional Sentences: La ( y This is the seventh sentence from dialogue A. b) Eshkam kcniin pankii nitaapacihtoon mashkihki. c) Eshkam ishihsc kiishpin onsaam misbtahi, kaa-aapatank masbkihki, aancilc o aahkosinaaniwan. Writing Practice: 2. For writing practice, write one sentence of your own, following the senten ce patterns reviewed above. Try to use the prevcrbs in these patterns. There are eight sentence patterns in all. 61 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Speaking Practice: Q 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 62 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 E:xerciseD Review the New Words Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise once again, we will go back to lesson 3; Exercise E; dialogue A on page 39 to kiishkipoocike (vai) at tootan (vti) kanoosh (vta) (2 on 3) niinehta (pr) wiintamawibshin (vta) (2 on 1) uc (vai) Ed manihse io n review the new words. The list contains the new words introduced in dialogue A. The example s are given in sentence fonn. Concentrate on and understand each word on how its used in each sentence. New words used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Translations are on page 113. a) Waapank ina (ki)ka-antawi-manihse? b) Wticihihshin e-wii-manihseyaan. c) Kitaataa na kewiin wii-manihse. 2. a) Wiintamawihshin abpii kiroaamaa tJlkohsbink. b) Wiiniamawihshin abpii ishkwaa-anobkiiyan. c) Wiintamawihshin kiisbpin nantawenimat(c) sbooniyaan. 3. a) Nikii-kiishkipoocike abpii kaa-ishkwu-roanibseyaan. b) Kekiin na kiwii-kiishkipoocilce? y Fa cu l ty of 1. ( er sit c) Abpii ishkwaa-nipaayaan keniin nika-ldishkipoocike. a) Ikaawin wiihkaa miina tootanl b) Kiishpin miina tootaman, kaawin wiibkaa miina ka-ayamihinsinoon! c) Kwayahk tootanl 5. a). Kanoosh kiwiiciiwaakan mwaye-kiiweyan. b) Kanoosh kitaanihs ahpii wii-maacaayan. c) Ka-kanoonin abpii nantaweniminaan. 6. a) Niinehta nika-kiiwe awahsiwaapank. b) Kiinehta na kika-maacaa abpii ishkwaa-nipaayan? c) Wiinehta ta-nikamo abpii isbkwaa-wiihsinit(c). La ke he ad U ni v 4. Writing Practice: 2. Now, write six (6) sentences of your own using each word from the list below. manihse (vai) wiintamawihshin (vta) (2 on 1) kiisbkipoocike (vai) tootan kanoosh niinehta (vti) (vta) (2 on 3) (pr) 63 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Speaking Practice: 0 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences in this exercise out loud until you completely understand the material. Then, do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 64 �ADVAN CED O.JIBW E - UNIT 1; LESSO N 4 Exercise E In this exercise, once again, we will go back to Lesson 3; Exercise E; Dialogue Bon page 39 to review the new words. The list below contains the new words introduced in dialogue B. The examples are given in sentence form. Concentrate and understand each word how its used in each sentence. New words used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Translations are on page 114. of (pc) (prev) (pc) (pc) (vta) (2 on 3) (vta) (2 on I) uc (pc) (vai) at makohsbe amobshahi amiinahi naasibkaw pi•naasibkawihshin a) Menii elcwa Saanii ta-manihsewak waapaok. b) Elewa wiipac ishkwaa-wiihsinin aasha wiipac ka-maacaa! 2. a) Nika-kiiwe elcwa tahsh nika-wiihsin. b) Nika-wiihsin elcwa tahsh nika-nipaa. 3. a) Tahswaa kaa-wii-nipaayaao, awiya nitamacihik. b) Tahswaa kaa-kanooninaan, kaawin kitayapibsiin. 4. a) Mooshak ahlw nitishaa kaa-isbi-niimina.aniwank.. b) Kekiin ina ahlw ihimaa kitishi-taanaapan? 5. a) Waahsa ahko-naakwan pimihsewin. b) Kiisbpin kaa-mino-kiishikaak, waabsa ahko-naakwan. 6. a) Kekiin ina kika-makohshe waapank? b) Aanahpii miina waa-malcohsheyan? 7. a) Amohshahi ekaa ci-kii-tootamaan. ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty I. b) Amohshahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-piishaayaao noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak. La ( (pc) (pcs) Ed ekwa ckwa tahsh tahswaa ahko ahko- io n r Continuation of Review: New Words Read and Understand: 8. a) Amiinahi ekaa ci-kii-pilshaayan noonkom kaa-kiishaak? b) Amiinahi kekiin e-aahkosiyan? 9. a) Naasihkaw kitoohaan. Ta-toohaaoiwan OR toohetaa. b) Naasihkaw kitootaapan. Ta-papaamipisonaaniwan OR papaamipisotaa. 10. a) Pi-naasihkawihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. b) Ahpii ani-kiiweyan, aahti pi-naasihkawihshin. 65 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Writing Practice: Now, write ten ( 10) sentences of your own using each word from the list below. tabswaa ahko ahko- (pc) (pcs) (pc) (pc) (prev) makohshe amohsbahi amii na hi naasihkaw pi-naasihkawihshin (vai) (pc) (pc) (vta) (2 on 3) (vta) (2 on 1) uc For practice reading and understanding. work with a partner taking turns saying sentences out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. of Ed 3. at Speaklng Practice: 0 n ekwa ekwa tabsb io 2. ty Spelling Notes: Fa cu l In Severn Ojibwe sometimes the shon vowel o is pronounced as I after the consonants s, t, or n. For example, listen to the following words: Sounds like pimipiso mintito pimipisl mintid 0 er sit y Word La ke he ad U ni v Listen carefully to your instructor's pronunciation and follow what be says. In this book we always write such words with an o even if the pronunciation varies. 0 66 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise F 1. Once again, let's go back to Lesson 3; Exercise F; Dialogue A on page 42 to review the new words. The list below contains some new words introduced in dialogue A. The examples are given in sentence form below. Concentrate on understanding how each word is used. New words used throughout the sentences will be in italic type. Translations are on page 115. (pc) ihkito uc ihkin (pc) (vii) (vai) ty a) Mino-naakwan kiwaahkaahikan. b) Kehte-naakwan kiciimaan. a) Kinihsitawinaan ina ihiwc masinahikan? cu l 2. (vii) (prev) (pc) (pre) (pre) Ed aabteami ahko 1. ketahtawen kapemacimaamabkaac (vti) (pc) at (vii) of naakwan nibsitawinan kekisbep miskwaawaa io n r Using the New Words in Sentences Read and Understand: a) Wtlpac nikii-wanisbkaa kelcishep. b) Kekoncn kaa-miiciyan kekishep? 4. a) Kii-miskwaawaa kekishepaa. b) Kikii-waapantaan ina miskwaawaa onaako kekishepaa. sit y 3. ni v er ( Fa b) Kinihsitawinaan ina aanti kaa-ishi-taayan? he a) Ami ahko keniin enentamaan, aasha kekaat ta-pipoon. La 6. Wiipac Jcii-aahte-miskwaawaa kekishep. b) Elewa ta-maacaaniwan, aasha aahte-Jcimiwan. a) ke s. ad U Note: Kekishep and keklshepaa means the same. ''This morning (past)" Kekishlpaayaa means "It is morning." Kekishepaayaak means "(That) it is morning." [Conjunct form of previous sentence.] b) Ami ahko keniin eshi-waapantamaan e-ihlcihk. l.., 7. a) Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, ketahtawen nikayaashim kii-takohshin. b) Mekwaac kii-anobkiiyaan, ketahtawen nikii-aahkos. 8. a) Kape-kiishikaa ina kika-inent waapank? b) Kape-tipihkaa ina kikii-pimohsc tipihkonk? 9. a) Kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa ishi-naakwan waapank. b) Mooshak maci-ayaa. 67 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 10. a) Maamahkaac nitinentaan ekaa mahshi kaa-takohshink. b) Maamahkaac ekaa mahshi kaa-pipoonk. 12. a) Aan ehkitot(c)? Kaawin nika-piishaabsiin ihkito. b) Kekiin ihkiton otinaan. uc at Otinaan means "he says to him/her" Nitinaa means "I say to him/her'' Kitinaa means ''you say to him/her" Ed Note: 0 n a) Maamahkaac ihkin ohowe mekwaac. b) Maamahkaac ina kekiin kitinentaan kaa-ihkink. io 11. Writing Practice: of Now, write twelve (12) sentences of your own using the words on the list below. (vii) ketahtawen kapemacimaamabkaac ihkin ihkito (pc) ty naakwan ninihsitawinaan kekishep miskwaawaa aahteamiahko cu l (vti) (pc) (vii) (prev) Fa 2. (pre) (pc) (vii) (vai) sit y (pc) (pre) ke he ad U ni v For practice reading and understanding work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences in this section out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 er Speaking Practice: 0 68 �ADVANCED O.IlBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercis e G r Studyin g New Words Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, once again, we will go back to Lesson 3; Exercise F; Dialogue Bon page 42 to 2. a) Aasha kekaat ta-kimiwan nitishinaan. Fa a) Kiyaapic ina Menii ahshawaapi? y 3. b) Kekiin na (ki)ka-ahshawaap ani-tipihkaak? sit er a) Nikii-waapamaa wehwew e-pimihset{c) onaako. b) Kckiin na pankii kiwii-amwaa wehwe? 5. a) Kikii-waapamaak na nibkak lcaa-pimihsewaat(c) kekishep? b) Kitahshawaapamaak na shiihshiipak ci-pimihscwaat(c)? 6. Peshik aapihta ishihse. b) Moosbak ihiwe ishihse ohowe mekwaac. 7. Kaawin mahshi niwii-wiihsinihsiin. b) Kaawin, kaawin mahshi niwaapamaahsiin. ad U ni v 4. a) La 8. ke he a) a) Amihimaa ke-ahkoshkaayaan waapank. b) Amihimaa keniin ke-ishi-taayaan. 9. a) Aasha na kildhkentaan aanahpii ke-maacaayan? b) Kikihkentaan na aanahpii ke-takohshink? 10. (vti) (phrase) {phrase) of ty a) Tahso-kiishikaa kipiihin. b) Tahso-ldishikaa maci-ldishikaa. b) Aanahpii kc-isbkwaa-kimiwank eshinaman? ( (prev) (pv) Ed (na) {vai) (vai) (2 pcs) (pc) (vti) a) Aanti wenci-kihkentaman wiipac ci-maci-kiisbilcaak? b) Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman e-aahkosiyan? 69 io (vti) {vai) at amihimaa k.ihkentan wenciweshkacikitepwehtaan e-ishi-k.ihkcmamaan e-ihkihk cu l 1. (pc+ vii) uc tahso-kiishikaa nitishinaan ahshawaapi wchwew pimihsc ishihse kaawin mahshi n review the new words. The list below contains some new words introduced from dialogue B. The examples are given in sentence fonn. Concentrate on understanding how each word is used in each sentence. New words will be in italic type. Translations are on pages 116 and 117. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 11. a) Weshkaci-anihshininiwak, mooshak kii-kihci-anohk.iiwak. b) Weshkaci-ishi-pimaatisiwin. a) Kitepwehtaan ina kahkina kekoon kaa-ishi-noontaman? b) Ehe, nitepwehtaan kahkina kekoon kaa-ishi-wiinramaakoyaan. 13. a) Amihiwe mooshak e-ishi-kihkentamaan keniin. b) Aan tahsh kiin e-ishi-kihkentaman? 14. a) Amihiwe mooshak e-ihkihk kaa-mwaye-pipoonk. b) Kiwaapantaan ina ahko kekiin e-ihkihk? 0 uc at io n 12. taho-kiishikaa nitisbinaan abshawaapi (pc+ vii) wehwe (na) pimihse ishihse kaawin mahsbi (vai) (vai) (2 pcs) of Now, write fourteen ( 14) sentences of your own using each word from the list below. amihimaa kihkentan wenciwesbkacikitepweh~ e-ishi-kihkentamaan e-ihkibk ty (vti) Fa cu l (vai) (pc) (vti) (prev) (pv) (vti) (phrase) (phrase) sit y 2. Ed Writing Practice: ke he ad U ni v For practice reading and'understanding, work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences above out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. 0 er Speaking Practice: 0 70 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H (vta) (vti) a) Naahpic tahkaayaa noonkom kaa-kii~bikaak b) Naahpic niminwentaan acina e-waapamioaao 2. a) Mekwaa tahlcaayaa shaawanonk nikii-isbaa. b) Mekwaa ldhci-ldmiwan lcii-pi-kiiwe tipibkonk. 3. a) Keko mashkih/ci aapacihtooyan ohowc mekwaac? b) Mashkihki ina kitataawe? 4. Mashkihkiiwinini nikii-miinik mashkihkiini. b) Mashkihkiiwinini kewiin aahkosi. s. a) Otaana-kii-wiintamawaan ekaa ci-tootank. b) Anaa-kii-wiintamawaakanoo ekaa ci-maacaat(c). 6. Miish omabkisinan mwaye-maacaat(c). b) Miinihshirt oimabltisinan mwaye-roaacaayaan. 7. a) Shemaak caakinan kinipiim. b) Aasha kekaat nicaalcinaan nimiicimiro. 8. a) Mooshak ahko keniin e-maamitoneniminaan. b) Mooshak otahko kewiin e-ontamiibket(c). 9. a) Kekiin pankii onci-aapacihtoon. b) Kewiin na pankii owii-aapacihtoon? io. a) Naanta waapank nika-kiiwe. b) Kaawin kaana mahshi takohshinihsiin. er sit y Fa cu l 1. he a) ad U ni v a) L (pc) (pc+ pc) of (pc) 71 io miisb caakinan ahko OR otabko (pc) at (pv) (ni) (vti) uc aana- aapacihtoon naanta kaana naanta kaana amibi esbkam aapatan aanciko (pc) (pc) Ed (na) (pc) (pc) ty naahpic mekwaa mashkihki ma.~bkiblciiwinini n In this exercise, for the last time, we will go back to Lesson 3; Exercise G; Dialogue A on page 45 to review the new words. The list below contains some new words introduced in dialogue A. The examples are given in sentence form. Concentrate on understanding how each word is used in each sentence. New words will be in italic type. Translations are on pages 117 and 118. La ( 1. ke r How Words Are Used in Sentences Read and Understand: (vii) (pc) �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 4 11. a) Naanta kaana nika-pankihshin. b) Naanta kaana kaawin ta-piishaahsiin. 12. a) Amihi keniin ci-maacaayaan waapank. b) Amihi iitok ekaa ci-kii-piishaayaan. 13. a) Eshkam naahpic nikibtim ohomaa kaa-anohkiiyaan. b) Eshkam ehta niminwentaan. 14. a) Aapatan obowe melcwaac niciiroaan. b) Kiisbpin ekaa aapatank waapank, ka-kii-aapacihtoon. 15. a) Ikaawin aanciko ani-maacaan! b) Kiisbpin awaasbibsb ekaa wiihsinit(c ), aanciko ta-mawi. (ni) miish caakin• abko OR otabko io at uc Ed {pc) {pc} y amihi esbkam aapatan aanciko (pc+ pc) (pc) (pc) (vii) 0 (pc) U Speaking Practice: naanta naanta kaana ni v (pc) (vti) kaana sit (na) (pv) (vta) (vti) aana- aapacihtoon Fa (pc) (pc) naabpic mekwaa masbkihki masbkihkiiwinini ke he ad For practice reading and understanding, work with a partner taking turns saying the sentences in this section out loud until you completely understand the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La 3. cu l ty Now, write fifteen ( 15) sentences of your own using the words from the list below. er 2. of Writing Pracdce: n 0 0 72 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 4 Asking for Information about Kinds: r Here is a type of question from the dialogues in this exercise. Keko mashkihki aapaclhtooyan ohowe mekwaac? What kind of medicine are you taking (using) now? uc at io n This type of question is used when you are making an enquiry about the type or kind of something. The question particle keko 'what' is followed by the noun that you arc asking the question about and a verb in the Conjunct order. Here the verb is the Transitive Inanimate verb aapaci htoo 'use s.t.' with the ending yan 'second-person subject and third person inanimate object.' Ed It is easy to make questions of this kind. The verb may be Transitive Animate (vta), Transit ive Inanimate (vti). and Animate Intransitive plus Object (vai+o). Here are some more examples. of TRANSITIVE ANIMATE cu l ty Keko awUyaashHhsh waapamac? What type of animal do you see? Fa TRANSITIVE INANIMATE sit ni v er Kelm wilyaabs mliclyan? What kind of meat are you eating? U ANIMATE INTRANSITIVE PLUS OBJECT ad Keko paashldsikan ataaweyan? What kind of gun are you buying? ke he As with other types of questions. the subject does not have to be second-person only. You can also ask similar questions with a third-person subject. In this case the noun you are asking the question about is marked with the obviative suffix, lni for inanim ate nouns and an for animate nouns. La ( y Keko pimlhsewin waapaDtaman? What kind of airplane do you see? TRANSITIVE INANIMATE Keko mashklhkHnl aapaclhtoot(c) ohowe mekwaac? What kind of medicine is be/she taking (using) now? TRANSITIVE ANIMATE Keko awliyaashllmhan waapamaat(c)? What type of animal does he/she see? 73 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I Review the Words Read and Understand: n In this exercise, once again we will review the new words you have learned in Lesson 4. Review and understand the meaning of the words listed below. Note: When they were introduced, some words and phrases may have had different prefixes and suffixes attached to them. Translations are on page 119. Inanimate No11D5 mashkibki makohshewin aahkosiwin anobkiiwin mihsi Animate Intransitive Verbs manibse piroihse kiishkipoocike makohshe Inanimat.! Intransitive Verbs miskwaawaa of Ed uc at io Animate No11D5 kihci-ayabaa roa<!-bkibkiiwinini wcbwcw niwiiciiwaakan nitookimaam ty ihkin cu l isbibse aapatan naakwan kekishepaayaa maci-kiishikaa tahkaayaa Fa ihkito ahsbawaapi 0 Transitive Inanimate Verbs nihsitawinan ishinan kihkentan aapacihtoon caakinan he ad U ni v Transitive Animate Verbs kaanoosb m.iish naasihkaw wiintamawihshin (2 on 1) pi-naasihkawihsbin (2 on l) er sit y ahshanke Preverbs Partides kekishep OR kekishepaa ami abko OR amiyahko ketahtawen amihjmaa naahpic ahko naanta kaana esbkam aanciko niinehta mekwaa ke aahte- 0 La weshkaciaanatahso. ahko- 74 0 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Useful Expreuions - Translations are on page 120. r nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. miikwehc nitootem. (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin naake. amihiwe kwayahk. amiinahi! amobshahi! n amiicika tabsh ihi maamahkaac ! y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan. amobsha tcpwe! amobsha tabsh iko tcpwe! tepwe (o)bsha! aanahpil ta-pipoon eshinaman? amihi eshkam eshibsek. kaawin mabshi. (statement) Ikaawin mahshi! (command) La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 75 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise J Review Test 0 Useful Expressions: at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit 0 ke he ad U ni v er nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. miikwehc nitootem. (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin naake. amihiwe kwayabk. amiinahi! amohshahi! amiicika tahsh ihi maamabkaac 1 amihimaa wenci-kihkentamaan. amohsha tepwe! amohsha tahsh iko tepwe! tepwe (o)hsha! aanahpii ta-pipoon eshinaman? amihi eshkam eshihsek. kaawin mahshi. ikaawin mabshi! io n This review test has one section only. Before you begin, review the meanings of the phrases very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Space is provided for you below. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Corrections will be done by the instructor. La 1. 0 76 �ADVANCED OilBW E - UNIT 1; LESSO N 5 Exercise A io at uc Ed of ty y Fa 1) Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? 2) Naake kaana tahsh miina ka-waapamin. 3) Kaa-ishi-maawacihitinaaniwank. 4) Piko kekoon. 5) Amohshahi ehkitot(c). 6) Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. 7) Kiisbpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. 8) Pinamaa niwii-anwep. 9) Ta-pwaahtawi-takohshin. 10) Aanti wenci-kihkentaman? 11) Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman? 12) Wtipac kii-aahte-naakwan. 13) Amihimaa wenci-nihsitohtamaan14) Amihimaa ke-ishi~piihinaan. 15) Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan. (Also amiyahko.) n Th.is lesson has two sections. First, we will study fifteen (15) phrases and expressions listed below. Concentrate on the meanings and pronunciations. If you have a partner to work with, take turns repeating them. Translations are on page 121. cu l r Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 77 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exen:iseB Some Words Are Missing Read and Understand: 0 n For this exercise, the phrases and expressions are given below with some words missing. See if you can fill in the blanks with the appropriate phrase or expression. You can refer to Exercise A as a guideline. Answers and translations are on page 121. at io Ta-pwaahtawi-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc Pinamaa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-anwep. Ed _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-kihkentaman? Aan _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ kaa-ishi-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? --------------- ty of Amiahko Keniin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l Kiishpin _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, (ki)ka-_ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa Amohshahi _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ y Amihimaa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-piihinaan. er ------------- 0 ni v Piko sit Wiipac _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-naakwan. U - - - - - - - - - - - - - ina ci-wiicihinaan? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ miina ka-waapamin. ----------------- he --------- La ke Amibimaa ad Kaa-ishi- 0 78 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise C r Expanding Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will rewrite the phrases and expressions, this time, adding more words to each phrase and expression. Phrases and expressions introduced to you in Exercise A will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. New vocabulary will be given further explanation afterwards. Translations are on page 122. 2. This is a reading and understanding exercise only. The new phrases introduced in Exercise C, Section 1 above are listed below. Study and review them very carefully. Remember, most of these phrases are incomplete. Translations are on page 122. sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n (Ki)ka-nantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan ahpii manihseyan? Naake kaana tahsh miina ka-waapamin kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank. Kaa-i.shi-maawacihitinaaniwank (ki)ka-ishi-waapamin kckishepaayaak. Piko kekoon ta-abshankaaniwan kaa-ishi-makobshaaniwank. Amohshahi ehkitot(c) ekaa-e-wii-piishaat(c). Keniin nitaa-kii-i.shaa kiishpin ekaa ontamiihkeyaan. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciwin kiishpin ekaa naanta inentaman. Pinamaa niwii-anwep ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. Ta-pwaahtawi-takohshin kiishpin maci-kii~hikaanik. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman wiipac ci-kasbkatink_ Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman ci-ishiwepahk waapank? Wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan kaa-kii-miskwaawaak kekisbepaa. Amihimaa wenci-nihsitawinanuum ci-mino-kiisbikaak waapank. Amihimaa ke-i.shi-piihinaan ci-pi-takobshiniyan. Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan wesbkaci-kihci-ayahaak. 1) Ahpii manibseyan. ni v er ( 1) 2) 3} 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10} 11) 12) 13) 14} 15) La ke he ad U 2} Kaa-ishi-niiminaaniwank. 3) (Ki)ka-ishi-waapamin kekishepaayaak. 4) Ta-ahshankaaniwan kaa-ishi-makohsbaaniwank. 5) Ekaa e-wii-piisbaat(c}. 6) Kiisbpin ekaa ontamiihkeyaan. 7) Kiisbpin ckaa naanta inentaman. 8) Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. 9) Kiishpin maci-kiishikaanik_ 10) Wiipac ci-kashkatink. 11) Ci-ishiwepahk waapank? 12) Kaa-kii-miskwaawaak kekishepaa. 13) Ci-mino-kiishikaak waapank. 14) Ci-pi-takohshiniyan. 15) Weshkaci-kihci-ayahaak. L 79 incomplete incomplete incomplete complete complete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete incomplete complete �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSONS 3. New Vocabulary: Here is the new vocabulary introduced in Exercise C (2). Each word is given first in its basic fonn and then in the form in which it appears in the example sentence. Translations are on pages 122 and 123. 1) 0 vai conjunct first-person singular (I) manihse io n manihseyan niimi niiminaaniwank vai indefinite subject, conjunct order 3) kekishepaayaa kekishepaayaalc vii conjunct third-singular inanimate 4) ahshanke ahsbaokaaoiwan vai indefinite subject, independent order 5) makohshe makohshaaniwank vai indefinite subject, conjunct 6) ontamiihke OJltamiihkeyaan vai conjunct first-person singular (I) 7) inentan inentaman vti conjunct second-person subject/third-person singular object uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er U vii conjunct third-singular inanimate vii conjunct third-singular inanimate ad he ishiwepan ishiwepabk 0 ni v 10) kasbkatin kasbkatink 11) at 2) vii conjunct third-singular inanimate La ke 12) miskwaawaa miskwaawaak 0 80 �ADVANCED 0.JIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSONS Verbs with Indefinite Subjects Sometimes Animate Intransitive or Transitive Animate verbs may be used with a special ending which indicates the action being done by an unspecified person or group of persons. Here are some AI verbs used in the Independent Order with this ending, which is in bold type. ( 1) niiminaaniwan People are dancing OR there's a dance going on (2) wiihsininaaniwan People are eating. (3) maawacihitinaaniwan There's a gatherin OR, people are gathering together. Ed uc at io n r cu l ty of Almost any AI verb can have an indefinite subject form, and they are very common in the spoken language. For most AI verbs, the indefinite subject suffix has the form naaniwan. With verbs that end in certain sounds, the form of the suffix may change slightly. Notice what happens with a verb that ends in a long aa. y sit er nipaanlwan People are sleeping. U pimohsaanlwan People are walking. ni v Now, notice what happens if the basic verb ends in a long e. he ad makohshaaniwan People are feasting. ke Here, the final e of the verb pimobse 'walk' and makohshe 'have a feast' are dropped and the indefinite subject suffix is added in the form aaniwan. La ( Fa maacaaniwan People are leaving. Indefinite subject forms can also appear in the Conjunct Order, by adding the Conjunct suffix k. Compare the two forms of the Ojibwe verb that means 'people are dancing' in the following table (the Conjunct suffix is in bold type). People are dancing. Independent Conjunct niiminaaniwan niiminaniwank Notice that in the conjunct form the final n of the indefinite subject suffix is often silent when the Conjunct suffix is added (please check with your instructor and follow his or her pronunciation). 81 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS ExerdseD Expanding Your Own Sentences Writing Practice In this exercise, write your own sentences using the words listed below. Try to expand your 1. 0 io at Ed ontamiihke inentam kashkatin ishiwepan miskwaawaa uc manibse niiminaaniwan kekishkepaayaa ah.41-baukaaniwan makobsbaaniwan n sentences as much as you can by using verbs, particles and past, present and future tense etc. The first two examples are done for you. Translations are on page 123. 1) Kiisbpin nantawentaman ci-wiibinaan abpii of yan, pi-kanoonibshin. ty 2) Ta-nHmloaanlwan abpii isbkwaa-anobkiiyank. cu l 3) Fa 4) 5) sit y 6) 0 er 7) ni v 8) U 9) ad 10) he Speaking Practice: La ke 2. For speaking practice, go back to Exercise C, Section l on page 79. Work with a partner for reading and understanding the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. 0 82 �ADVANCED O.TIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON S Exercise E Translation Review Exercise: io n This is a final review exercise of the fifteen phrases and expressions introduced in this lesson. Before you begin the translation, refer to page 77, Exercise A. Study and review the meanings of these phrases very carefully. When you are ready, translate the sentences into Severn Ojibwe. Space is provided for you below. Remember, try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 123 and 124. at 1. uc Do you want me to help you? Ed 2. So, I guess I will be seeing you again later. of 3. At the meeting. ty 4. cu l Anything. s. Fa Thafs what he/she says. 6. y sit ( I should go too. 7. er If you want to go, I will go with you. ni v 8. U I want to rest for a while. ' 9. ad He/she will be arriving late. he 10. 11. ke Where/how so you know? La So, how did you see it will happen? 12. It disappeared quickly. 13. That's where/how I understand it. 14. I will wait for you there or could refer to; a cenain date. L 15. That's what they used to say. 83 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSONS Exercise F More Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: 0 In this exercise, we will continue to study some more phrases and expressions listed below. Concentrate on the meanings and pronunciations. If you have a partner to work with, take turns repeat- 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. io at uc Ed of sit y 15. ty 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. cu l 2. Ikaawin maanenciken! Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Ikaawin tootan! Ikaawin maci-tootan! Sakamaatapin! Waabkamisin! Nimincinawes ! Ninanepewis. Nishikatentaan. Tetako nicaakii. Manaaci-pihci-tootaason! Ka-kii-tootaan ina kiinehta? Kwayahk kanawenimitison. Aasha miina maacii-tahkaayaa. Pi-otaahpinihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. Fa 1. n ing them until you are comfortable with the material. Translations are on page 124. 0 er Negative Imperatives ad U ni v Sometimes you may wish to tell someone not to do something. The most common way is to use the special negative word lkaawln followed by the regular imperative (command) form of the verb. In the following examples, repeated from Exercise F above, the suffix n at the end of the word is the suffix used to make commands addressed to a single person. Ikaawin maanenciken! Don't cause trouble! (2) Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Don't make fun! (4) ke La (3) he (1) Ikaawin tootan! Don't do it! Ikaawin maci-tootan ! Don't do something bad! You may wish to review the material in Introductory Ojibwe (Unit 1, Lesson 4, Exercise A) where imperatives are discussed. 84 0 �ADVANCED OilBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise G Ni ka Te koni io taan. ci at kii. uc Ni n For this exercise. the phrases and expressions are given below with some words or syllables missing. See if you can fill in the blanks with the appropriate phrase or expression. You need to refer to Exercise Fas a guideline. Corrections are on page 124. wes! Ed r Some Words Are Missing Read and Understand: kami ka -tootaaoson! Ka- -tootaan ina cu l ? Fa -otaahpinihshin y Aasba naa er lkaawin sit lkaawin maa ni v kanawenimitison. U tootan! ---- -----tootan! ke he ad Ni._ _ _ _ _ _ _~.____s. 85 -tabkaayaa. ken! kob La ( ty Manaacii- of ta -maacaayan. �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise ff Expanding Phrases and Expressions Read and Undentand: In this exercise, we will rewrite the phrases and expressions by adding more words to each phrase and expression. Phrases and expressions introduced in this lesson will be in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the sentences. New vocabulary will be given further explanation afterwards. Complete translations are on page 125. 1) Jkaawin maanencilcen mekwaac isbkoonooyan. 2) Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin! Kiisbpin nanaatibkosiiyan, awiya (ki)ka-miikaaoik3) Jkaawin tootan ! (Ki)ka-pihci-tootaas. 4) Ikaawin maci-tootan! Kiishpin maci-toownan, (ki)ka-tipaahkooikoo. S) Sakamaatapin mekwaac wiihsiniyan. 6) Waahkamisin! Kiishpin ekaa waabkami~iyan, (ki)ka-pabkihtehokoo. 7) Nimincinawes kaa-kii-wani-kanooninaan. 8) NinaMpewis abko kaa-wiiciiwinan. 9) Nishilcatentaan ahko kaa-maacaayan. 10) Tetako nicaaldi noonkom kaa-kii~hikaak 11) Manaaci-pihci-tootaason mekwaac anohkiiyan. 12) Ka-ldi-tootaan ina ldinehta ci-kiishihtooyan obowe anobkiiwin? 13) Kwayahlc lcanawenimitison ekaa ci-pibci-tootaasoyan. 14) Aasha miina maacii-tahkaayaa noonkom kaa-pimikonakaak. 1S) Pi-otaahpinihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan, keniin e-wii-maacaayaan. This is a reading and understanding exercise only. The new phrases introduced in Exercise C, Section 1 above are listed below. Study and review them very carefully. See and·understand the ones that are complete and that the ones are incomplete. Make sure you understand ..why" the phrase is complete or incomplete. Translations are on page 12S. 0 y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. Q ni v er sit 2. 1) U 2) ad 3) La ke he 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 1S) Mekwaac isbkoonooyan. Kiisbpin nanaatibkosiiyao. awiya (ld)ka-miikaaoik(Ki)ka-pibci-tootaas. Kiishpin maci-tootaman. (ki)ka-tipaahkonikoo. Mekwaac wiihsiniyao. Kiishpin ekaa waabkamisiyan. (ki)ka-pahkitebokoo. Kaa-kii-wani-kanooninaan. Amihi kekaat e-kii-nihshiwanaatisiyaan. Abko kaa-maacaayan. Noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak. Mckwaac anobkiiyan. Ci-kiishihtooyao ohowe anohkiiwin. Ekaa ci-pibci-tootaasoyan. Noonkom kaa-pimikonaakaak. Keniin e-wii-maacaayaan. 86 incomplete complete complete complete incomplete complete incomplete complete incomplete complete incomplete incomplete incomplete complete incomplete 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 3. New Vocabulary: Here we list the new vocabulary in Exercise H( 1). For each word the first line lists the basic fonn of the word. The next line lists the word as it appears in the exercise. Any following lines give other fonns of the basic word. Complete translations arc on pages 125 and 126. vai independent first-person independent second-person 4) tipaahkonike (ki)ka-tipaahkonikoo nitipaahkonaa · kitipaahkonaa vta ad he ke La 12a) kiishibtoon (command) nikiishihtoon kikiishibtoon b) anohkiiwin nitanohkiiwin kitanohkiiwin otanohkiiwin 14) cu l Fa y sit vta independent indefinite subject/third-person object, future preverb independent first-person subject/third-person object independent second-person subject/third-person object er kanoosh kaa-kii-wani-kanooninaan nikanoonaa kikanoonaa amihi kekaat ci-kiishibtooyan 8) independent indefinite subject/second person object, future preverb independent first-person subject/third person object independent second-person subject/third-person object ni v pahkibtebo (command) (ki)ka-pahkihtebokoo nipahkibtewaa kipabkibtewaa U 7) of tootaaso nitootaas kitootaas ty 3) 6) n vta independent third-person subject/second-person subject, future preverb first-person second-person nimiikaaoaa kimiikaanaa ( io miikaash (ki)ka-roiikaanik at 2) vai conjunct first-person independent first-person independent second-person uc ishkoonoo ishkoonooyan nitishkoonoo kitishkoonoo Ed I) pimikonaakaa pimikonaakaak vta conjunct first-person subject/second-person object independent first-person subject/third-person object independent second-person subject/third-person object particle conjunct second-person subject/third-person object vti2 independent first-person subject/third-person object independent second-person subject/third-person object noun first-person possessive second-person possessive third-person possessive vii conjunct third-person inanimate 87 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS Exercise I Expanding Your Own Sentences Writing Practice: ishkoonoo miikaash tootaaso tipaahkon pahkihteho n In this exercise, write your own sentences using the words listed below. Try to expand your sentences as much as you can by using verbs, particles, preverbs and past, present, future tense, etc. The first two examples are done for you. Translations are on page 126. at Ed ty 3) uc kiishihtoon anohkiiwin pimikonakaa 1) Mwaye-antawi-ishkoonooyan, saakitahtoon wepinikan. 2) Ikaawin mllkaason mekwaac lshkoonooyan! sit y Fa cu l 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 0 er 9) ni v 10) U Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, go back to Exercise H Section 1 on page 86. Work with a partner to read and understand the sentences until you feel comfortable with the material. Then do the same with the sentences you wrote yourself. La ke he ad 2. io kanoosh amihi kekaat of 1. 0 0 88 �ADVANCED O.TIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Exercise J Translation Review Exercise: io n This is the final review exercise of the phrases and expressions that you have been working on. Before you begin the translation, refer to page 84 Exercise F. Study and review the meanings of them very carefully. When you are ready, translate the sentences into Severn Ojibwe. Space is provided for you below. Remember, try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 127. at 1. uc Don't disobey! Ed 2. Don't tease! of 3. Don't do that! ty 4. cu l Don't do bad things! (evil things) s. Fa Sit still! Behave yourself! sit ( y 6. 7. er I am sorry! ni v 8. U I am embarrassed (shy). 9. ad I am lonely. he 10. 11. ke I am totally exhausted. La Watch out not to hurt yourself! 12. Can you do it by yourself! 13. Take good care of yourself. 14. Already it is starting to get cold again. L, 1S. Come and pick me up when you leave. 89 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 6 Unit 1 Review Tests n This lesson contains review tests for Lessons 1 through 5 on pages 90 thru 94. For most of the review tests, your instructor will dictate the words or sentences for you to write. You can do the review test for Lesson 5, on your own but you must have your instructor check your translations. You may fmd it helpful to review your notes and lessons before trying the review materials in this section. Check your spelling and translation with your instructor when you are done. io Lesson 1 Review Test: Sixteen Bulldinp Ed uc at Your instructor will say the words for sixteen buildings from the vocabulary you have learned in Lesson 1. Listen carefully as the instructor says each noun. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and give the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Severn OJlbwe of English Translation 1. ty ~ cu l 2. 3. Fa 4. y s. sit 6. ni v 8. U 9. 10. he ke 13. ad 11. 12. 0 er 7. La 14. lS. 16. 0 90 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 2 Review Test: My Relations n r This review test has one section. Before you begin, review the words for "my relations., on page 15. sections 1 and 2. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and give the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Check your spelling and translation with your instructor when you are done. io Severn Ojibwe at English Translation uc 1. Ed 2. 3. of 4. ty s. y Fa 7. 8. 9. sit 10. er 11. ke he ad U ni v 12. La ( cu l 6. 91 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 l'...eaon 3 Review Test: Preverbs Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the preverbs on page 52. Your instructor will say fourteen preverbs from the vocabulary you have learned. Listen carefully as the instructor says each preverb. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Check your spelling and translations with your instructor when you are done. Severn Ojlbwe 0 n English Translation io 1. Ed uc at 2. 3. 4. 5. of 6. ty 7. cu l 8. Fa 9. 10. y 11. sit 12. er 13. 0 La ke he ad U ni v 14. 0 92 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Lesson 4 Review Test: Words and Phrases Severn Ojlbwe io English Translation at 1. uc 2. Ed 3. 4. of 5. ty 6. cu l 7. Fa 8. 9. y 10. sit 11. er 12. ni v 13. U 14. ke he ad 15. La ( n This review test has one section. Before you begin, review the spelling and translation of the words and phrases on page 75. Listen carefully as the instructor says each word. For each word your instructor says, please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. Spaces are provided for you below. Check your spelling and translation with your instructor when you are done. 93 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT l; LESSON 6 Lesson 5 Review Test: Expregions and Phrases This review test has one section. Before you begin, take some time to review the meanings of the expressions and phrases listed below. Then, when you are ready, translate them into English. Severn Ojlbwe Translation io n 1. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? at 2. Piko kekoon. uc 3. Amohshahi ehkitot(c). Ed 4. Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. 5. Pinamaa niwii-anwep. of 6. Ta-pwaahtawi-takohshin. ty 7. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman cu l 8. Wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. 9. Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Fa 10. Ikaawin maanenciken ! y 11. lkaawin nanaatihkoshiin ! er U 15. Waahkamisin! 0 ni v 13. Ikaawin maci-tootan! sit 12. lkaawin tootan! 14. Sakamaatiapin! 0 16. Nimincinawes ! ad 17. Ninanepewis. he 18. Nishikatentaan. ke 19. Tetako nicaakii. La 20. Manaaci-pihci-tootaason! 0 94 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons 1-S Animate Nouns: -Translations are on page 128. niicimohsh niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-toohkaan shoosbkwahikan nitookimaam n io at matwehikan Ed uc ahcanihs kinoosbewahsap nitootem niinehta cu l ty Pronouns: wiinehta Fa kiinehta ni v er ahtaabsouikamik natohtamoowikamik !!:himaakaoihshiiwikamik ayamihewikamik kaahsaniiwikamik waweshahitaapaanewikamik masinabikanikamik kisiipiikinikewikamik mashkihk.i makohshewin aahkosiwin maamawihitowin anohkiiwin he ad U ishkoonoowikamik wiihsiniiwikamilc anwepiiwikamilc metawewikamik masinahikewikamik kipahotookamik ataawikamik sit y Inanimate Noum: ke Animate Intransitive Verbs: kanoohke mino-ayaa nantawentaakosi maanencike manihse waahkamisi ahshanke shikatentam tootaaso La ( mashkihkiiwinini kihci-ayahaa wehwew nahscmaa of I nimoosom nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakan nitanohkiinaakan niwiintanobkiimaakan shoominihs niwiiciiwaakan caak.ihse maatanohkii anwepi makohshe sakamaatapi pimihse nanepewisi ishkoonoo kanawenimitiso 95 wenootisi waaciye kiishkipoocike nanaatihkosii ahsbawaapi mincinawesi ontamiihke caakii nanaahkomi �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; REVIEW SECTION Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: -Translations are on page 129. naakwan aapatan kashkatin ihkin onaakohshin pimikonaakaa kiishowaayaa masinahamaw nanaahkom wiicihi 0 n tahso-kiishikaa tabkaayaa miskwaawaa kekishepaayaa ishiwepan tahso-tipihkaa uc naanaakacihi naasihkaw piihi at io Transitive Animate Verbs: Ed tipaabkon of nihsitawinaw cu l ty Transitive Inanimate Verbs: ishinam aapacihtoon kiishihtoon Fa ishinan kihkentan tootan inentan nihsitawinan caakinan tepwehtan y 0 sit ishinaakwan ni v er Preverbs: kiiwekinipi- kiiahko- U kaka-kiikakwekaawatakarni- koci- wenci- aana- weshkacipi- oncitaa- pwaahtawi- ke he naacinehpiciniipaa- ad aahte- tahso- La Preverbs and Prenouns: kape- maci- mino- Preverbs that occur only in the Conjunct Order: ci- kaa- ke- kii- e- 0 96 �ADVANCED 0.JIBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW SECTION Particles: - Translations are on page 130. waaciye amihimaa kekoon amihiwe kekishep ekwatahsh siyaaken ami ahko naake kape-tipihkaa amohsha ahko tahso-kiishikaa kehcin ishkwaayaac naanta kaana aanciko esbkam amiinahi! amiicika amiicika tahsh ihi maawiin OR maawin naahpic tahswaa amohshahi kwayahk kape-kiisbikaa miikwehc iko tetak.o io n kekisbepaa maamahkaac mahshi Ed uc at mekwaa er sit y Fa cu l ty aanahpil eshaayan? aanahpii waa-ishaayan? aanahpii eshaat(c)? aanahpii waa-ishaat(c)? aanahpii eshaayek? aanahpii waa-ishaayek? aanahpii eshaawaat(c)? aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c)? kinanaabkomin! ikawin maanenciken! ke he ad U ni v ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! ikaawin tootan! ikaawin maci-tootan! sakamaatapin ! waahkamisin! nimincinawes ! ninanepewis ! nisbikatentaan. tetako nicaakii. ka-k.ii-tootaan ina kiinehta? kwayahk kanawenimitison. aanahpii ta-pipoon esbinaman? ikaawin mahshi ! keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. La ( aanti eshaayan? aanti waa-isbaayan? aanti esbaat(c)? aanti waa-isbaat(c)? aanti esbaayek? aanti waa-isbaayek? aanti eshaawaat(c)? aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? kaawin iko naabpic. kaawin kehcin. aanti esbi-anohkiiyan? aanti waa-ishi-anohkiiyan? aanti eshi-apiyan? aanti waa-ishi-apiyan? tahso-kiishikaa. tahso-tipihkaa. ka-maawiin siyaaken. milkwehc nitootem. (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin naake. amihiwe kwayahk. amiicika tahsh ihi maamabkaac! amohsha tepwe! tepwe (o)hsha! kaawin mahshi. kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? piko kekoon. pinamaa niwii-anwep. amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinan. of Expreulons: Note: More expressions and sentences on page 401. 97 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1 Exercise A: Inanimate Nouns 2) restaurant 6) nursing station 10) radio station 14) garage Exercise C: Sectionl 1) e 5) I 2) f 6) k 3) g 7) j 4) h 8) i 3) restroom 7) jail 11) police station 15) library 15) b 12) m 16) a uc 10) 0 11) n at 13) d 14) C Ed 9) p io Match up Numbers and Letters p) tipihki-piihsim ty o) emihkwaan 0 ni v U ad he ke La masinahilcewikamik m11-~bkibkiiwikamik ataawikamik kipahotookamilc metawewikamik anwepiiwikamik ishkoonoowikamik wiihsiniiwikamik kaabsauiiwikamik waweshahitaapaanewikamik masinabikanikamik kisiipiikioikewikamilc ataawikamik kipahotookamik masbkibkiiwilcamik masinabikewikamik er 12 11 10 sit y Match up Pictures and Words ayamihewikamilc ~himaakanibshiiwikamik natohtamoowikamik ahtaahsonilcamik metawewikamik anwepiiwikamik wiibsiniiwikamik ishkooooowikamik 6. 7. 8. d) shikop b) tihtipwepishldkan 1) shooniyaan r) paanahkihk ExerclseD: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. c) piihswe-aanahkonaa g) pahkwesbikan k) shoominihsh cu l i) wacahkohsh m) piihsim q) shoosbkwabikan b) ahsin t) ahcanihsh j) ahsap n) tiiwahkihk Fa a) nahsemaa e) matwebikan of Classmed as Living Thinp Exercise E: recreation hall store church 16) laundromat 4) 8) 12) 0 n 1) school 5) band office 9) warehouse 13) gas station 9 4 3 2 1 13 14 15 16 8 7 6 5 Translate into Severn Ojibwe 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. kisiipiikioikewilwnik kaabsaniiwikarnik wawesbabitaapaanewikamilc masioabikaoikamik ahtaahsonikaroik shimaakaoibsliiiwik:amik oatohtamoowikamik ayamihewikamik 98 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise G: Questions and Answers Question Answer to the school to the restaurant to the restroom to the recreation hall to the band office to the nursing station to the jail to the store When are you going to the warehouse? When do you want to go the radio station? When is he/she going to the police station? When does he/she want to go to the church? When are you (pl) going to the gas station? When do you (pl) want to go to the garage? When are they going to the library? When do they want to go to the laundromat? Today. Tomorrow perhaps. Day after tomorrow. Soon. Later. Much later. Tomorrow maybe. When they're finished working. U io at uc Ed of band office mining station jail store school restaurant washroom recreation ball 4. s. 6. 7. 8. 9. ayamibewikamik 10. shimaakaoibsbiiwikamik 11. natohtamoowikamik 12. ahtaahsnnikamik 13. kisiipiikinikewikarnik 14. rnasinahikanikamik 15. kaahsaniiwikamik 16. wawesbahitaapaanewikamik 9. church 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. ke 2. 3. 8 1 2 3 4 ad i. ty sit 7 he 2. Fa y s 6 er masinahikewikamik mashikihkiiwikamik 3. kipahotookamik 4. ataawikamik 5. isbkoonoowikamik 6. wiihsiniiwikamik 7. anwepiiwikamik 8. metawewikarnik 1. 2. ni v 1. Some Letters Missing La ( cu l Exercise H: n Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you (pl) going? Where do you (pl) want to go? Where are they going? Where do they want to go? 99 police station radio station warehouse laundromat library gas station garage 12 11 10 9 16 15 13 14 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I: Reading and Understanding Question I'm going to the school I want to go to the restaurant He/she is going to the restroom He/she wants to go to the recreation hall We are going to the band office We want to go to the nursing station They are going to thejail They want to go to the store When are you going to the warehouse? When do you want to go the radio station? When is he/she going to the police station? When does he/she want to go to the church? When are you (pl) going to the gas station? When do you (pl) want to go to the garage? When are they going to the library? When do they want to go to the laundromat? rm going today. I will go tomorrow, maybe. He/she is going the day after tomorrow. He/she wants to go soon. We will go later in the evening. We will go after you (pl) finish singing. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is be/she going? Where docs be/she want to go? Where are you (pl) going? Where do you (pl) want to go? Where are they going? Where do they want to go? They will go when they're done working. Fa ExerdseJ: he ke 12. 13. 14. IS. 16. 0 er attawikaroik kipahotookamik ma.~hkihkiiwikamik masinabikewikamik ayamibewikamik ~himaakanibshiiwikamik natohtamoowikamik ahtaahsonikamik metawewikamik anwepiiwikamik wiihsiniiwikaroik ishkoonoowikamik kaahsaniiwikaroik waweshahitaapaanewikamilc kisiipiikinikewikamik masinahikaoikamik ni v s. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. U 2. 3. 4. store jail nursing station band office church police station radio station warehouse recreation hall restroom restaurant school gas station garage laundromat library ad 1. sit y Review Spelling and 'Ihmslation Test La 1. 0 Answer 0 100 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 2. l 1. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. n io 10. at 8. 9. uc 5. 6. 7. Aanti eshaayan? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Aanti eshaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaat(c)? Aanti eshaayek? Aanti waa-ishaayek? Aanti eshaawaat(c)? Aanti waa-ishaawaat(c)? Aanahpii esbaayan? Aanahpii waa-isbaayan? Aanahpii eshaat(c)? Aanahpii waa-ishaat(c)? Aanahpii eshaayek? Aanahpii waa-ishaayek? Aanahpii eshaayan? Aanahpii waa-ishaawaat(c)? Ed 3. 4. Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are you (pl) going? Where do you (pl) want to go? Where are they going? Where do they want to go? When are you going there? When do you want to go there? When is he/she going to there? When does he/she want to go there? When are you (pl) going there? When do you (pl) want to go there? When are they going there? . When do they want to go there? of 2. Translation ty 1. English cu l Lesson2 Severn Ojibwe English y 2. sit ( Fa Exerdse C: 1. niici-toohkan niicimohsh niiciihaa 4. nikayaashim 5. nikayaashim 6. nipehsbohtaahkoomaakan 7. niwiitanohkiimaakao 8. nitanohkiinaakan 9. niici-ihkwe 10. niici-naape 11. niici-kihci-ayahaa 12. nitinaahkoomaakan La ke he ad U ni v er 2. 3. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C 6. 7. my name-sake my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my.co-worker my worker my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my relation Repeat Translations niwiitanohkiimaakan nikayaashim nitanobkiinaakan nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan niici-toohkan niicimohsh my co-worker my sweetheart my worker my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my name-sake my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) 101 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION niiciihaa niici-naape nitinaahkoomaakan niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-ihkwe my spouse my fellow man my relation my fellow elder my fellow woman Exercise D: My, Yours, His/Hers my sweetheart your sweetheart his/her sweetheart my ex-spouse your ex-spouse his/her ex-spouse my close relation your close relation his/her close relation my worker your worker his/her worker my co-worker your co-worker his/her co-worker my cousin (cross cousin of your cousin opposite sex) his/her cousin nimoosom kimoosom kitinaabkoomaakan kiicimobsh kiici-naape kikayaashim kitanohkiinaakan kiiciihaa kiici-kihci-ayabaa Fa y sit er ni v U ad okayaashiman otanohkiinaakanan wiiciihaan wiici-kihci-ayahaan he Englisb my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation myworker my co-worker mycousin my spouse my fellow-woman my fellow-man my fellow-elder my name-sake La ke 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. n my name-sake your name-sake his/her name-sake nipcbshohtaahkoomaakan niwiitanobkiimaakan niici-ihkwe niici-toobkan cu l nitinaabkoomaakau niicimobsb niici-naape 3. io uc of my fellow-elder your fellow-elder his/her fellow-elder nikayaashim nitanohkiinaakan niiciihaa niici-kihci-ayahaa omoosoman otinaahkonmaakauJU1 wiicimobsban wiici-naapen my spouse your spouse his/her spou~ Ed my fellow-woman my fellow-man your fellow-woman your fellow-man his/her fellow-woman his/her fellow-man 2. my relation your relation his/her relation ty 1. 0 at 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. kipcshotaakoomaakan kiwiitanohkiimaakan kiici-ibkwe kiici-toobkan 0 opcshotaakoomaakanan owiltanohkiimaakanan wiici-ihkwen wiici-toohkanan Sevem Ojlbwe nimoosom nikayaashim nipehshohtaahkromaakan uirinaahkonmaakau nitanohkiinaakan niwiitanohkiinaakan niicimohsh niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape niici-kihci-ayabaa niici-toohkan 102 0 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION r Exercise E: 2. Questions and Answers Question Positive Answer Does your sweetheart want to work too? Yes, my sweetheart wants to work too. Negative Answer Question n No, my sweetheat does not want to work too. at Does Henry's sweetheart want to work too? io Positive Answer Ed Negative Answer uc Yes, Henry's sweetheart wants to work too. Mini-Dialogues ExerciseF: Hello my sweetheart. How are you today? I'm fme. How about you? I'm really not too well right now. Why, are you sick? No, I'm tired because I worked too bard yesterday. Oh yeah! I hope you will be well soon. ty A. B. sit ( y Fa cu l 1. of No, Henry's sweetheart does not want to work too. Where does your ex-spouse/girlfriend live? One of my close relations left yesterday. Oh yeah, what is his/her name? Susan is her name. When will she be coming back? She said, "I will be coming back the day after tomorrow". Will you wait for her then? No, I have no reason to wait for her. La ke he C. ad U ni v er I don't know. I don't watch for her. Do you think she is fme? I don't know. I don't watch for her. When was the last time you saw her? I don't know. I don't remember. D. C Hello my relation. What are you doing? Nothing, why? Are you rich? No, not really. Why? I want to ask you if I could borrow a some money? Okay, only a little. 103 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Reading and Writing B. Did your fellow man go home already? Yes, he went home a long time ago already. When will he come again? I don't know. He didn't tell me. When he comes again, tell him I want to see him. He might be back real soon. Okay, for sure I will tell him. I thank you my friend. 0 n When will your fellow woman start working? I don't know. She hasn't told me yet. When do you think she will tell you? I hope soon. What will you do if she doesn't tell you soon? Nothing, I am just going to stay here and wait for her. Is there something I can help you with? Probably not. Thank you. of Ed uc at A. Review Test Exercise H: g) h) i) Engllish 'Ihmslation er sit y Poaemve Nouns ke j) k) 1). ni v f) my sweetheart my ex•spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation my worker my co-worker my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man my fellow elder my oame•sake U b) c) d) e) nimoosom nikayaashim nipehsbohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoomaakao nitanobkiinaakan niwiintanohkiimsakan niicimohsh niiciihaa niici-ihkwe niici-naape oiici-kihci•ayahaa niici-tookaan ad a) Fa Poaemve Nouns: he 1. cu l ty 1. io Exercise G: La 2. a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) my sweetheart my ex•spouse/girlfrieod my close relation my relations myworker my co-worker my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellow man 104 nimoosom nikayaasbim nipehshohtaahkoomaakan nitinaahkoornsakan nitanobkiinaakan niwiintanobkiimaakan niicimohsh niiciihaa niici•ihkwe niici•naape 0 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION k) my fellow elder my name-sake l). niici-kihci-ayahaa niici-tookaan Lesson3 Exercise C: When will you return to work again? I don't know. I don't know yet exactly. B. Where do you want to sleep? Over there near the fireplace. C. Is that right, you're leaving tomorrow? Yes, only if its a nice day (weather wise). D. Is your friend going today? If it is not raining he/she will go home today. E. Does it look like to you it will snow permanently tonight? I hope not. F. Does your dog get mad easily? No, only sometimes if he/she is hungry. G. Every day I work hard. How about you? Yes, me too, I work hard every day. H. Does your spouse work at night all the time? No, only if he/she wanted to. I. Did you go to the store late this morning? Yes, I was sleeping. J. Do you want to try to drink some water again? No, I've drank too much water already. K. The money is fast spent if not kept properly on how it is used. ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n A. he ad U ( Learning How Preverbs Work Do you want to go back to sleep when you're finished eating? No, I want to go and get some firewood. Do you want me to help you? No, I can do it by myself. Tell me if you want me to help you. Thank you my friend. I will call you when I get back. Maybe I will want you to help me when I saw the firewood. That's good. I want to work too. Okay, I guess I will see you later. La A. Dialogue I ke Exercise E: C B. I will try to go again. Every time I want to go it starts to rain. Where do you want to try and go? 105 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTION I'm trying to go to the feast. Oh yeah! What are they serving? All kinds of things they are serving, they say. I hope most likely they are seving traditional food. Yes, that is most likely. they say. Is that so! I should go too. For sure, if you go, come and get me. Okay, wait awhile. I will ask my boss. And, who is your boss? My spouse. n io at ExerdseF: 0 uc Dialogue II It looks like it is going to snow permanently today. Where did you recognize how the day will be? It was a very bad red-coloured sky early this morning. What then did you recognize the red-coloured sky? It was an evening red-coloured sky and it faded away fast. This is what the elders use to say. H there is an evening red-<:oloured sky and it suddenly fades away, it will be a bad day all day long. That is so amazing. That is so true the way it use to happen the way it looks the red-<:oloured sky. Today, it does not happen that way. B. When does it look like it will be winter to you? It looks like to me, it will be a late winter. Where do you recognize when it will be winter? Every day I watch for the geese to fly by to the South when winter approaches. I haven't seen them yet. That is how I know that it is going to be a late winter. H the geese fly by early, there will be an early winter the old timers use to say. Do you believe that then? Yes, it is true that is what I know the way it happened. 0 he Dlaloguem ke Exercise G: ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed A. La Does your daughter get sick easily? She does get very sick easily during the cold weather. Does she use medicine anyway? Yes, the doctor did give her medicine anyway. She uses it up real fast, she uses it all the time. Probably she is using it too much that could be why she is sick. That is what happens sometimes if too much medicine is used, you get sick even more so. 0 106 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H: a) b) c) Do you want to go back to sleep when you finish eating? When I finish eating, I want to go back to sleep. He/she wants to return to work when he/she is finished resting. 2. a) b) c) No, I want to go and cut some firewood. Do you want to go and cut some firewood tomorrow? Did Susan go to work? a) Do you want me to help you? b) I want you to help me. He/she will want you to help him/her. io at uc c) 5. a) b) c) Tell me if you want me to help you. Tell me if you want me to go with you. Tell me if he/she wants me to help him/her. 6. a) b) Thank you my friend. I will call you when I arrive. My friend, call me when you arrive. He/she should call his/her friend when he/she arrives. cu l Fa y ( a) sit c) That's good. I want to work too. That's good that you want to work too. That's good that he/she wants to work too. a) er 7. U ni v b) c) 8. Okay, I guess I will see you later. Okay, I guess we will go later. Okay, I guess we will go later a) ad b) he c) Using the Language ke Exercise I: a) Now once again I will try and go. When will you try to go again? Does he/she want to try to go again? La l. b) c) 2. a) b) c) 3. a) b) c) of b) c) No, I can do it by myself. Are you positive you can do it by yourself? Yes, I can do it by myself. 4 C Ed 3. n l. ty r Learning the Language Every time that I want to go it starts to rain. How many times did you dance yesterday? How many times did your son sing? Where do you want to try and go? I want to try to go to the dance. Where does he/she want to try to go? 107 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION a) 4. I'm trying to go to the feast. Are you trying to go to the feast? c) He/she is trying to go to the feast. a) Oh yeah! What are they serving (food)? Oh yeah! What are you serving (food)? Oh yeah! What is he/she serving (food)? b) c) I hope they are serving traditional food also. You must like the taste of traditional food, I hope. Is Susan serving traditional food? Yes, that is what they are saying. Yes, that is also what I'm saying. Yes, that is want I want to do. a) b) c) 8. a) b) c) a) 9. Is that so! I should go also. Is that so, you want to go also? Is that true? 10. a) b) c) Sure, if you go, come and get me. For sure, if you go, I will go too. For sure, you come too. 1 will come and get you. 11. a) Okay, wait, I will ask my boss. Do you want to aslc your boss first? Does he/she want to ask bis/her boss first? io cu l Fa y sit 0 er b) ni v c) Who is your boss then? My spouse. Is your boss in charge of everything? Who is going with your boss? c) ExerclseJ: Review Test 1. La ke Preverbs: ad U a) b) he 12. ty b) c) at 7. uc c) n All kinds of things (food) they are serving, they say. All kinds of things (food) I'm serving, he/she says. Are you serving all kinds of things (food)? a) b) Ed 6. 0 of s. b) 1. Severn Ojibwe Translation kiiweishi- returning, going back thus; so, there, in the certain way to, that, will, would, could, should the one who; the one that will, would, should, could: FUTURE fast, quickly try to do real, natural, plain 2. 3. 4. cikaa- 6. 7. 8. kekinipikocinato- s. 108 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 3. 4. s. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. kiiweishici- La ke he ad U ni v er sit y (_ C 109 io n returning, going back thus; so, there, in the certain way to, that, will, would, could, should the one who; the one that will, would, should, could: FUTURE fast, quickly try to do real, natural, plain get, fetch, go for permanently, not knowing when to quit at night, happening at night, nocturnal delayed, late so many, so much, a certain number easily at 2. Severn Ojibwe kaa- kekinipikocinatonaacinehpiciniipaapwaahtawitahsowatakmi- uc 1. Translation Ed 2. of 13. 14. ty 12. get, fetch, go for permanently, not knowing when to quit at night, happening at night, nocturnal delayed, late so many, so much, a certain number easily cu l 11. naacinehpiciniipaapwaahtawitahsowatakmi- Fa 9. 10. �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION La.wn4 Exercise A: Additional Sentences 0 Read and Understand: a) b) 6. c) a) b) c) a) n io at uc Ed of ty 0 U 7. cu l s. Fa 4. y 3. c) a) b) c) a) b) c) sit b) It looks like it is going to snow permanently today. If it rains permanently. I will not leave. If you permanently quit your job, I will quit my job too. How do you recognize what kind of day it will be? (weather wise) Do you recongnize what kind of day it will be tomorrow? (weather wise) Where do you want to put your boat? It was a very bad red coloured sky early this morning. It looked very good. the red coloured sky this morning. I'm very happy to see the red coloured sky, How then did you recognize the red coloured sky? Did you look at the red coloured sky this morning? It was a bad red coloured sky this morning. There was an early dawn red coloured sky but then it faded away. If there is an early dawn red coloured sky, for sure it will be a bad day. If there is a red coloured sky and it fades away quickly, for sure it will be a bad day. That is what the old-timers/elders use to say a long time ago. That is what the old-timers/elders use to like to look at red coloured sky. That is what the red coloured sky looks like if it wants to be a bad day. (weather wise) If there is an early dawn red coloured sky early in the morning and suddenly it fades away. it will be a bad day all day long. er 2. a) b) c) a) ni v 1. c) a) b) c) a) b) c) a) Did you see the early dawn red coloured sky this morning? That is so amazing. You are so smart. He/she is so good-looking. And that was w~t roly use to happen, how you recognize the red coloured sky. That was how it was recognized the red coloured sky, that was how it use to happen. The way the red coloured sky is, that is bow the day will be. Now today, that is not how it is. Now today, it never happens that way. Now today, we don't see it happening that way. ke he ad If there is an early dawn red coloured sky and then it fades away quickly, for sure it will be a bad day soon. La 8. b) 9. 10. b) c) 110 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B: Read and Understand: c) 5. a) b) c) 6. ( a) b) c) 7. a) b) c) 8. a) b) c) a) n io at uc Ed of ke 9. ty b) cu l 4. c) a) Fa b) y 3. c) a) sit b) er 2. c) a) ni v b) When does it look like to you it will be winter? Do you think it will be an early winter? Does it look like to you it will soon be summer? To me, it looks like it will be a late winter. I think it will be a late winter. I will be late in falling asleep this evening. How do you recognize when it will be winter? Since when did you know that soon it will be winter? Since when did you know that you are sick? Every day I watch and wait for the geese to fly by. Every day I wait for my friends to come and visit. Every day I wait for you to come. They fly to the south when winter approaches. Are you going south when winter approaches? Is the wind blowing from south? I haven't seen them yet. Don't go yet! I haven't finished yet. That is how I know it will be a late winter. That is how I know he/she will be late in arriving. That is where I am eating from too. Old-timers use to say, if the geese fly by early, it will be winter early. Old-timers use to say, if the ducks fly away early, it will freeze up early. Old-timers use to say, if there is an early winter, in tum it will be an early summer. Do you believe it then? Do you believe that story? I don't believe this story. Yes, it is indeed that is true how I know that it usually happens. How then, do you usually see it to happen? A long time ago that is usually how it truly happened. U a) ad 1. he (' Additional Sentences II La b) c) a) b) c) 10. L 111 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C Additional Sentences III 0 Read and Understand: a) b) c) 5. a) b) c) 6. a) b) 7. c) a) b) c) a) b) n io at uc Ed ke c) 0 La 8. of 4. ty c) cu l b) Fa 3. c) a) y b) sit a) er 2. ni v c) U b) Does your daughter get sick easily? I can get sick easily when the weather is cold. My dog can get very angry easily: He/she can get very sick easily during the cold weather. I can get very cold easily during winter. Do you get easily tired when you do something? Does she usually use/take medicine anyway? How much medicine are you using? I think I am using too much medicine. Yes, the doctor usually gives him/her medicine anyway. Yes, the doctor is sick too. How about the nurse, is she sick too? But then, he/she usually uses them up quickly. I use all the money quickly. Do you use money quickly too? He/she usually uses it too much. Do you use/take medicine all the time? No, I never use medicine. Maybe, perhaps be/she uses too much, that is why he/she is sick. Maybe, perhaps you are using too much medicine, that is why you are sick. Maybe you're taking too much medicine to make you want to sleep. That is what happens sometimes if medicine is used too much, you get sicker. Sometimes I use some medicine too. Sometimes it happens if too much medicine is used, people get sick even more. ad a) he 1. 0 112 �ADVANCED OJIB WE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECT ION Exercise D Review the New Words Read and Understand: He/she is cutting firewood. You tell me He/she is sawing. Do it a certain way. Call, address, speak to - 2. a) Tell me when you mother arrives. b) Tell me when you finish working. c) Tell me if you want money. 3. a) I was sawing when I finished cutting firewood. b) Do you also want to saw? c) When I finish sleeping I will also saw. a) uc Ed of cu l 4. io a) Will you be cutting firewood tomorrow? b) Help me, I want to cut firewood. c) Does your father want to-cut firewood too. at 1. n Me only. ty 1. Never do that again. a) Call your spouse before you go home. b) Call your daughter when you want to leave. c) I will call you when I want you. 6. a) I will be going home alone the day after tomorrow. ni v er sit 5. ad U b) Will you be going alone when you finish sleeping. c) He/she will be singing alone when he/she is finished eating. cutting firewood tell me sawing ke 2. he Writi!lg Practice: La ( y Fa b) If you do that again I will never speak to you again. c) Do it correctly! Do it a certain way cal, address, speak to meonly 113 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E: Continuation of Review New Words Read and Understand: 3. n io at ty 4. get, fetch come and get me a) Mary and Sally will get firewood tomorrow. b) Please hurry up and finish eating soon you will be leaving. a) I will go home and then I will eat. b) I will eat and then I will sleep. a) Every time I want to sleep, someone wakes me up. b) Every time I call you, you are not home. a) I go to the dance all the time. b) Did you use to live there too? a) The airplane can be seen in a distance. b) If it is a nice day, it can be seen in a distance. a) Will you be feasting too tomorrow? b) When will you be feasting again? a) It is indeed not possible that I can do it. b) It is indeed not possible that I can come today. a) So it is possible that you can't come today? b) So are you sick too? a) Go and get your ball. Let's play ball. b) Go and get your car. Let us go for a ride. a) Come and get me when you're leaving. b) When you're going home, please come and get me. uc 2. 0 he/she is feasting it is indeed Ed 1. And, and so, then, and then wait please Every time usually of 1. Fa cu l s. y 6. 0 er sit 7. ni v 8. ke he 10. ad U 9. 2. La Writing Practice: And, and so, then, and then wait! please Every time Usually He/she is feasting It is indeed Is that so get, fetch come and get me 0 114 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise F: Using the New Words in Sentences Read and Understa nd: It is visible I recognize it this morning red coloured sky faded away that is usually a) Your house looks nice. b) Your boat looks old. a) Do you recognize that book? 2 b) Do you recognize where you live? 3. a) I got up early this morning. b) what did you eat this morning? 4. a) There was a red coloured sky in the morning. b) Did you see the red coloured sky yesterday morning? s. a) The red coloured sky faded away quickly this morning. b) Let's go, the rain bas already stopped. a) That is usually what I think too, that soon it will be winter. 6. b) That is usually what I sec happening too. 7. a) While I was sleeping ·my ex-spouse suddenly arrived. b) While I was working, I suddenly got sick. 8. a) Will you be gone all day long tomorrow? b) Did you walk all night long last night? a) For sure, it looks like it will be a bad day tomorrow. 9. b) He/she is always bad. 10. a) I think that it i~ amazing that he/she has not arrived yet. b) That is amazing that it is not winter yet. 11. a) That is amazing what is happening now. b) Do you think that too it is amazing what is happening? 12. a) What is he/she saying? "I am not coming.., be/she is saying. b) You too say it, he/she says to him/her. io n suddenly all the time, all the way through bad amazing happen a certain way say, speak in a cenain way at 1. sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc 1. 115 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Writing Practice: It is visible I recognize it This morning red coloured sky faded away That is usually suddenly all the time, all the way through bad amazing happens a certain way say , speak in a certain way Exercise G: uc at io n 0 of Studying New Words 4. S. 6. 7. 8. cu l Fa y sit er 0 ad U ni v a) Every day I wait for you. b) Every day is a bad day. a) Soon it will rain I see it that way. b) When do you see that it will stop raining? a) Is Mary still watching and waiting this evening? b) Will you be watching and waiting too this evening? a) I saw a snow goose flying by yesterday. b) Do you also want to eat a some snow goose? a) Did you see the geese fly by this morning? b) Are you watching and waiting for the ducks to fly by? a) It is half past one. b) It always happens like that about this time. a) I don't wantto eat yet. b) No, I have not seen him/her yet. a) That is how far I am going to go tomorrow. b) That is where I want to live too. he 3. It is there know what purpose, why is it so a long time ago you believe that is what I know to be it happens ke 2. everyday I see it that way watch and wait snow goose flys by the time is not yet La 1. ty Read and Understand: 1. Ed 2. 116 0 �ADVANCED O,DBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSL ATION SECTIO N 13. 14. Everyday ty 2. of Writing Practice: he Exercise H: ad Fa U ni v er sit y He/she is watching and waiting snow goose he/she is flying by the time is not yet It is there you know what purpose, why is it so a long time ago you believe that is what I know to be it happens cu l I see it a certain way ( n 12. io 11. at 10. uc r a) Do you know already when you will be leaving? b) Do you know when he/she will arrive? a) How do you know that soon it will be a bad day? b) When did you know that you were sick? a) The old timers worked hard all the time. b) The old way of living. a) Do you believe everthing that you bear? b) Yes, I believe everything that is told to me. a) That is what I know too always. b) What do you know then? a) That is what happens all the time before winter. b) Do you see that too that is usually what happens? Ed 9. Learning Words How Its Used In Sentences La ke Read and Understan d: 1. very during medicine doctor although, in vain give to him/her use it all usually use it maybe. perhaps. in some way possible. would, perhaps maybe so. perhaps so. is it possible so it is so sometimes it is used do it anyway. regardless 117 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5. 6. n 0 U La 15. ad 14. he 13. ke 12. ni v er 11. sit y 10. cu l 9. Fa 8. ty of 7. io 4. 0 at 3. It is very cold today. I am very happy to see you for a little while. During the cold weather I went south. During the heavy rain he/she came home last night. What kind of medicine are you using at this time? Are you buying medicine? a) The doctor gave me medicine. b) The doctor is sick too. a) He/she has told him/her not to do that. b) He/she was told not to leave. a) Give him/her shoes before he/she leaves. b) Give me my shoes before you leave. a) Use up all your water right now. b) Now I have almost used up my food. a) I am always thinking of you too. b) He/she always seems busy too. a) You can use some of it too. b) Does he/she want to use some of it too. a) Maybe tomorrow I will go home. b) Perhaps be/she has not arrived yet. a) Maybe its possible I will fall down. b) Maybe its possible that he/she will not come. a) And so I will be leaving tomorrow too. b) So maybe I will not be coming. a) Sometimes I am very lazy to work here. b) Only sometimes I am happy. a) My canoe is being used at this time. b) If it is not being used tomorrow, you can use it. a) Do not plan on going anyway. b) If the child does not eat, he/she will keep on crying anyway. uc 2. a) b) a) b) a) b) Ed 1. Writing Practice: 2. very during medicine doctor all though. in vain give it to him/her use it all usually use it maybe, perhaps, in some way possible, would, perhaps maybe so, perhaps so, is it possible so it is so sometimes it is used do it anyway, regardless 118 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise I: n Inanimate Nouns medicine feast sickness job, work, employment stick of firewood io Animate Nouns elder, old-timers doctor snow goose my spouse my boss Inanimate Intransitive Verbs red coloured sky it happens the time is it is being used it is visible it is morning it is a bad day the weather is cold Transitive Animate Verbs you call him/her you give it to him/her get, fetch you tell me come and get me Transitive I11anlmate Verbs you recognize it look at, which looks so, see in a cenain way to know to use something USC it all uc Ed of ty cu l Fa y sit er he ad U ni v Preverbs to fade away a long time ago all though, in vain every usually at Animate Intramltiv e Verbs cutting firewod flying by sawing he/she is having a feast say, speak in a cenain way he/she is watching and waiting he/she is serving food Particles this morning so it is usually suddenly there very usually maybe, perhaps, in some way is it possible that, would you, perhaps sometimes do it anyway, regardless meonly ke ( Read and Understand: La r Review the Words during 119 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTI ON Useful Expressions: I can do it myself. Thank you my friend. I will call you later. That's good. Is that so!, Is that right! That is it indeed! That is so amazing! That is bow I know. It is indeed true. That is indeed true. That is true. When does it look like to you it will be winter? That is what happens sometimes. Not yet (statement) Not yet! (command) n io at uc Ed of ty Exercise J: cu l ReviewTest Fa Useful Expressions: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y I can do it myself. Thank you my friend. I will call you later. That's good. Is that so!, Is that right! That is it indeed. That is so amazing! That is bow I know. It is indeed true. That is indeed true. It is true! When does it look like to you it will be winter? That is what happens sometimes. Not yet (statement) Not yet! (command) La 1. 0 0 120 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 5 Exercise A: Phrases and Expressions Read and Understand: Do you want me to help you? 2) Perhaps I will see you again later. 3) At the gathering. (meeting) 4) Just anything. 5) 6) 7) 8) That is indeed what he/she is saying. at io n 1) uc I should go to. 13) That is bow/where I understand it. 14) That is where I will wait for you. 15) That is what they used to say. of It faded away quickly. ty 12) cu l How then did you recognize it? Fa 11) sit y How did you fmd that out? Exercise 8: Read and Understand: er Some Words are Missing ni v ( 10) Ed If you want to go, I will go with you. I want to rest for a short while. 9) He/she will be arriving late. U Ta-pwaahtawi-takobshin. ad Pinamaa niwii-anwep. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman? he Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nibsitawinaman? La ke Ami ahko ehkitowaabpan. Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Amobshahi ehkitot(c). Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Wtlpac kii-aahte-naakwan. Piko kekoon. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? L Naake kaana tabsh miina ka-waapamin. Kaa-ishi-maawacihitinaaniwak. Amihimaa wenci-nibsitohtamaan. 121 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT l; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C: Expanding Phrases and Expressions r 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 1) 2) 4) y 5) 2) 3) 4) n ni v U New Vocabulary: La l} ke 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14} 15} 0 er sit 6) 7) 3. io Fa 3) When I cut wood. At the dance. I will see you there in the morning. They will be serving at the feast. He/she does not want to come. If I am not busy. If you don't mind. When I finish working. If its a bad day. (obviative) Early freeze-up. What the weather would be tomorrow. The red-coloured sky this morning. That it would be nice a day tomorrow. That you will be arriving. Old timers/elders. ad 2. at 7) 8) 9) uc 6) Ed 5) of 4) 0 ty 2) 3) Do you want me to help you when you're cutting wood? Perhaps I will see you later again at the dance. I will see you at the gathering in the morning. They serve just about anything at the feast. That is indeed what he/she said that he/she will not come. I should go too if I am not busy. If you want to go. I will go with you if you don•t mind. I want to rest for a short while when I finish work. He/she will arrive late if its a bad day. How did you fmd that out it would freeze-up early. How then did you recognize what the weather would be tomorrow? This morning the red-coloured sky faded away quickly. That is how I understand that it will be a nice day tomorrow. That is where I will wait for you when you arrive. That is what the old-timers/elders use to say. cu l 1) he 1. He/she is cutting firewood. When I am cutting firewood. He/she is dancing. When there is a dance. Be morning. In the morning. He/she is serving food. People are serving food. 0 122 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 5) n io at uc Ed r He/she feasts. At the feast. 6) He/she is busy. Ifl am busy. 7) You think. If you think. 10) Freeze-up. If freeze-up. 11) Be a certain weather. If being a certain weather. 12) A red-coloured sky. If there is a red-coloured sky. Expanding Your Own Sentences of ExerciseD: cu l ty Writing Practice: He/she is cutting firewood. There is a dance. Be morning. They are serving food. There is a feast. He/she is busy. He/she thinks. Be a certain weather, happen in a certain way. There is a red-coloured sky. 1) 2) If you want me to help you when you are cutting firewood, call me. There is going to be a dance after we work. Fa I. he ExerciseE: ad U ni v er sit y ( Translation La ke Review Exercise: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. L 8. 9. 10. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Naake kaana tahsh miina ka-waapamin. Kaa-ishi-maawacihitinaaniwank. Piko kekoon. Amohsbahi ehkit(c). Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Pinamaa niwii-anwep. Ta-pwaahtawi-taohshin. Aanti wenci-kihkentaman? 123 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Aan tahsh kaa-ishi-nihsitawinaman? Wiipac kii-aahte-naakwan. Amihimaa wenci-nihsitohtamaan. Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Ami ahko ehkitowaahpan. Exercise F: 0 More Phrases and Expressions Don't disobey! 2. Don't teasel/mischief 3. Don't do that! 4. Don't do bad things! S. Sit still! 6. Behave yourself! 7. I regret it, I am sorry! 8. I am embarrassed. (shy) 9. I am lonely. 10. I am totally exhausted. 11. Be careful not to bun yourself. 12. Are you able to do it by yourself? 13. Take good care of yourself. 14. Already its starting to get cold (weather) again. 15. Come and get/pick me when you go. io n Read and Understand: sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at 1. Exercise G: 0 ni v er Some Words are Missing U Read and Understand: La ke he ad Nisbikatentaan. Tetako nicaakii. Nimincinawes! Waabkamisin! Sakamaatapin ! Manaaci-pihci-tootaason ! Ka-kii-tootaan ina kiinehta? Pi-otaahpinihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. Aasba miina maacii-tahkaayaa. Ikaawin maanenciken! lkaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Kwayahk kanawenimitison. Ikaawin tootan ! Ninanepewis. Ikaawin maci-tootan ! 0 124 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise H: Read and Understand: 1. 1) Don't disobey while you're at school. 2) Don't tease! If you're teasing. someone will fight you. 3) Don't do that! You might bun yourself. 4) Don't do bad things! If you do something bad, you will be judged by the coun. 5) Sit still while you're eating. 6) Behave yourself! If you don't behave yourself, you will get a spanking. 7) I am sorry that I spoke to you wrongly. 8) I usually get embarrassed when I go with you. 9) I usually get lonely when you go. 10) I am totally exhausted today. 11) Be careful not to hurt yourself while you're working. 12) Are you able to do this by yourself to finish this job? 13) Take good care of yourself so you don't hurt yourself. 14) Already its staning to get cold (weather) again this week. 15) Come and get me when you go I would like to go too. 1) While you are at school. 2) Hyou're teasing, someone will fight you. 3) You will hurt yourself. 4) H you're doing something bad, you will be judged by the court. 5) While you are eating. 6) If you are not behaving, you will get a spanking. Fa 2. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r Expanding Phrases and Expressions sit y ( New Vocabulary: La 3. ke he ad U ni v er 7) That I spoke to you wrongly. 8) That was almost the end of me. 9) Usually when you go. 10) Today. 11) While you're working. 12) To finish this job. 13) So you won't hurt yourself. 14) This week. 15) I want to go also. 1) He/she is attending school Are attending school I am attending school You are attending school C 2) Fight him/her He/she will fight you I am fighting him/her You are fighting him/her 125 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION 3) He/she is doing something to self I am doing something to myself You are doing something to yourself 4) He/she is judging in court You will be taken to court I am taking him/her to court You're taking him/her to court 6) You hit him/her OR You are spanking him/her. You will get a spanking (hitting) I am hitting him/her (spanking) You are hitting him/her (spanking) uc at io n 0 ad U ni v bis/berjob 14) be a week in one week Expanding Your Own Sentences he Exercise I: 0 er my job your job sit 13) job. work. employment y Fa 12) You finish i~ I finish it You finish it ke He/she is attending school. Fight him/her. Doing something to self. You take him/her to court. You give him/her a spanking. (bitting) Call him/her OR Speak to him/her. It is close/nearly. Finish it. job. work be a week La 1. of ty That is close/nearly To finish it cu l 8) Ed 7) Call him/her OR Speak to him/her I spoke to you wrongly I am speaking to him/her You are speaking to him/her l) 2) Before you go to school, take out the garbage. Don't fight while you are at school. 126 0 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECT ION Exercise J: Translation Review Exercise: n io at uc Ed Fa cu l 14. 15. Nimincinawes! Ninanepewis. Nisbikatentaan. Tetako nicaakii. Manaaci-pihci-tootaason! Ka-kii-tootan ina kiinebta? Kwayabk kanawenimitison. Aasba miina maacii-tabkaayaa. Pi-otaabpinihshin abpii ani-maacaayan. of 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. lkaawin maanenciken ! Ikaawin nanaatihkosiin ! Ikaawin tootan! lkaawin maci-tootan! Sakaroaatapin! Waabkaroi~ui! ty 1. 2. 3. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( C 127 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 1; ENGLIS H TRANSLATIONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons 1- 5 0 Animate Nouns: at io n doctor elder snow goose tobacco drum uc my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex) my spouse my fellow woman my fellowman my fellow elder my name-sake ring fish net my friend Ed iron my boss of my sweetheart my ex-spouse/girlfriend my close relation my relation my worker my co-worker raisin my spouse cu l ty Pn>nouns: I alone, me only Fa you alone, you only 0 get used up start work rest feast sit quietly fly along be embarrassed attend school take care of oneself be rich shake hands saw things do mean things be on the lookout be sorry be busy burned out/exhausted er laundromat dug/medicine feast sickness/illness gathering/meeting work/employment he store warehouse radio station police station church gas station garage library ni v ad jail U school restaurant restroom recreation hall band office sit y Inanimate NOUDS: him/her along, him/her only La ke Animate Intransitiv e Verbs: remember be fme, be well, be in good be wanted disobey get firewood to behave give food to people be bored, lonely do s.t. to oneself 128 be thankful 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: r be visible be useful be a red-coloured sky happen a certain way be late afternoon be a week be warm weather borrow from s.o., write to s.o. judge s.o. recognize s.o. thank s.o. help s.o. n freeze up every day be cold (weather) be morning happen so, be such weather every night uc Ed of watch for s.o. fetch s.o., approach s.o. wait for s.o. at io Transitive Animate Verbs: see s.t. a certain way know s.t., find s.t. out do s.t. so think so of s.t. look so, appear so y Fa see a certain way use s.t. finish s.t. recognize s.t. use up s.t. believe s.t. recognize s.t. by sight sit ( cu l ty Transitive lnanlma~ Verbs: ni v er Preverbs: past tense as far as, as long as fade away, disappear what purpose, cause although, in vain delayed, late will, shall be able to try,attempt did easily so many, so much long ago during hither, towards from there, cause would, could ke he ad U returning, going back fast, quickly try to do get, fetch, go for permanently at night La Preverbs and Prenouns: all the way bad good, nice Preverbs that occur only in the Conjunct Order: to, that, will the one who will, would C 129 able to that �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 1; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Particles: every day probably. possibly regardless, anyway sometimes. once in a while (exclamation of amazement) likely, must be it is indeed so right, correct. straight all day thanks, thank you obviously extremely, extensively io at uc of Expressions: ty When are you going? La ke he ad U Anything. I want to rest for a while. I will wait there. y Fa cu l When do you want to go? When is be/she going? When does be/she want to go? When are you going? (pl) When do you want to go? (pl) When are you going? When do they want to go? I thank you. Don't disobey! Don't get into mischief! Don't do that! Don't do bad things! Settle down! (sit still!) Behave yourself! I am sorry! I am embarrassed. (shy) I am lonely, bored. I am burned out/exhausted! Can you do it by yourself. Take good care of yourself. When do you see it being winter? Not yet! I should go too. sit ni v er Where are you going? Where do you want to go? Where is he/she going? Where does he/she want to go? Where are they going? (pl) Where do you want to go? (pl) Where are you going? Where do they want to go? Not really. Probably not. Where do you work? Where do you want to work? Where are you sitting? Where do you want to sit? Everyday Every night I hope not. Thanks my friend! I will call you later. That's good. That is so amazing! That's true! It is true! Not yet. Do you want me to help you? 0 n last it is possible is that so. is that right! it is so really. very. to a high degree so many times. everytime this morning amazing yet Ed hello!. greetings! cenain location. cenain way of something so is that this morning and then (exclamation of surprise) it is usually later all night it is indeed formerly. used to 0 Note: More expressions and sentences on page 401. 0 130 �ad he ke La L y ( sit er ni v U ty cu l Fa of at uc Ed n io I r Part Two Onikamook Singers �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise A Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeat ed three or four times. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r Animate Intransitive Verbs La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 13. ~ L 131 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseB Pronunciation Practice For review of the 16 pictures from the previous page, listen carefully to your instruc tor saying the following words and imitate what you hear. Translations are on page 220. tawebkonehike n Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Words arc broken down for you into syllables to help you identify the pronunciations. Spend some time to repeat them on your own or with your partner. cu l 0 U ni v For writing practice. rewrite the words using section one as a guideline. Space is provide d for you below. he ke 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ad 1. La 3. er 6) 7) 8) pi mi wa nc pi mi ni kc pi moo ci ke ma sbka wii nil na mii wii nta maa kc 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) Fa 3) 4) 5) 9) lcwa yaa nta hci kc 10) pi mi taa pii y 2) pa ye hki ni kc kaa hsii ni kc we pa hi kc wii hlcwe pa hi kc na na ha ci kc ki sii pii ki ni kc we pa baa ko ne ta we hko ne hi kc sit 1) ty of 2. pimitaapii pimiwane piminike pimoocike masbkawii 15) niinamii 16) wiintamaake Ed 7) 8) 9) kwayaantahcike 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) io 5) 6) paychkinike kaahsiinike wcpahikc wiihkwcpahike nanahacike kisiipiikinike wcpabaakonc at 1) 2) 3) 4) 0 uc 1. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 0 132 �ADVANCED OJI BW E - UNI T 2; LES SON 1 Exer cise C Und ersta ndin g the Mea ning of the Wor ds Writing Practice: 8) 9) 10) C io at uc Ed Here is a list of all the items you have learned given in mixe d order. Use the numbered pictures on page 131 to match up numbers and letters in the space provided for you below. Answers are on page 220. pimoocike masbkawii niinamii wiintamaalce pay~bkinike kaahsiinike wepahikc kisiipiikioike i) j) he a) k) 1) ke b) c) d) ad U 2. ni v 11) of 7) y 6) sit 5) er 4) ty announce to people 3) cu l 16) 2) Fa 12) 13) 14) 15) clean things wipe things for cleaning sweep the floor vacuum cleaning tidy things washing clothes shovelling snow snow-plow be ready or available things go along by sled or sleigh carry pack along on back carry things along on one's shoulder carry things strong weak 1) n Here is the list of sixteen Animate Intransitive Verbs once again . In this exercise, before you begin, review the meaning of the words. Then translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 220. 1. m) o) o) p) La e) f) g) h) l._ 2. _ _ 3. _ _ 4._ s. __ 6. _ _ 7._ 8. _ 9. _ 10. _ 11._ 12. - - 133 pimioike pimiwane pimitaapii kwayaantahcikc nanahacike tawebkooehike wepahaakone wiihkwepahike 13. _ _ 14. _ 15._ 16. _ �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise D Match Up Pictures and Words 0 io n In this exercise. there are sixteen ( 16) pictures listed below in mixed order. Accompanying the words is a small box to the right of each word. Using a pencil. match up pictures and words by writing the appropriate number in each box. Use page 131 for corrections. □ pimiwane □ wiibkwepahike □ niinamii □ Fa kaabsiinike □ 0 y ~ tawehkonchikc □ 12. wcpahikc □ □ 13. pimoocikc □ payehkinik~ □ □ U ni v er 4. 11. sit 3. cu l ty ::=====::==::::: of 2. Ed uc at □ 1. ke he ad s. .,.. ~-- kwayaantahcike □ 7. pimitaapii □ wiiritamaakc 8. wcpahaakone □ mashkayii La 6. 14. 134 □ 0 �ADVANCED 0.JIBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise E Here is the list once again of all sixteen verbs given in mixed order in Severn Ojibwe. Translate them into English. The space is provided for you in the right of each word. Try to do this translation on your own without looking at previous translations. Translations are on page 221. 8) n io 4) S) 6) 7) at 3) uc 2) wepahike pimoocike kaahsiinike niinamii payebkinike wiiritaroaake piminike wilbkwepahike Ed 1) of r Translation into English cu l Fa nanabacike 14) kwayaantahcike 15) pimitaapii 16) wepahaakone ty 9) masbkawii 10) kisiipiikinike 11) pimiwane 12) tawehkonehike sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y 13) 135 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise F Singular Forms Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will add the first-person and second-person fonns for each of the new verbs we have learned. Listen carefully as the instructor says the following words. This time, we will not use the pictures, just numbers. Translations are on page 221. 1) nipayehkinike kipayehkinike payebkioike 2) nikaahsiinike kikaahsiinike kaahsiinike 5) ninanahaci.ke ldnanahaci.ke nanahaci.ke 6) nildSllpJI .. ..le.JDJ3' ·1c 7) kikisiipiikinike kisiipiikinike 9) nikwayaantahcike kikwayaantahcike lcwayaantahci.ke 10) nipimitaapii kipimitaapii pimitaapii 11) 14) oimashkawii kimashkawii mashkawii 15) niniinamii kiniinamii niinamii n niwiihkwepahike kiwiihkwepahike wiihkwepahike nitawebkonehike ldtawehkonehike tawehkonehike Ed uc niwepahaakone 8) ldwepahaakone wepahaakone at io 4) 12) nipimioike kipiminike piminike cu l ty of nipimiwane kipimiwane pimiwane 16) sit y Writing Practice: niwepahike ldwepahike wepahike Fa 13) nipimooci.ke kipimoocike pimooci.ke 3) 0 0 Now you know sixteen Animate Intransitive Verbs. For writing practice, write each word as follows: Answers are on page 222. ni v er 2. he ad U I'm La ke You're._ _ _ _ _ __ He/she._ _ _ _ _ __ 0 136 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 3. Let's also practice some negative forms using the words listed below. Remember to use correct negative fonns. Kaawin + verb + hsiin. payehkinike kaahsiinike wepahike wiihkwepahike nanahacike kisiipiikinike wepahaakone tawehkonehike io n 1) I'm not _ _ _ _ _ __ uc at 2) You'rcnot._ _ _ _ __ Fa cu l ty of Ed 3) He/she's not._ _ _ __ La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( 137 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise G Questions and Answers in Singular Forms Speaking Practice: 0 io n Using the words in sentences that you have learned. In this exercise for speaking, work in pairs taking turns asking questions and answers both positive and negative. Use the phrases from Exercise F section numbers 1, 2. and 3. Translations are on page 223. Question uc at Here are some examples: Positive Answer Ed Negative Answer Ebe. nipayebkioike, Kaawin, kaawin nipayebkinikeshsiin. Payebkinikc na Sam? Ebe, payebkinike Sam. Kaawin, kaawin payehkinikebsiin Sam. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Kipayehkinike na? 0 138 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise H 1. In this exercise, you will be learning the plural fonns of the Animate Intransitive Verbs we have introduced in this lesson. Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. The prefixes and suffixes that make these words plural are in bold type. Translations are on pages 223 and 224. 1) nlpayebkinikemin 2) kipayebkinikemin kipayebkinikenaawaa payehkinikewak 5) nlnanahacikemin 6) nikisiipiikinikemin 7)niwcpabaak.ooemin 8) nitawehkonehikemin kinanahacikemin kikisiipiikioikemin kiwepabaakonemin kitawehkonebikemfn kinanahacikenaawaa ldsiipiikinikeuaawaa kiwepabaakonenaawaa ldtawebkonebikenaawaa nanahacikewak kisiipiikioikewak wepabaakonewak tawchkonchikewak 9) nlkwayaantahcikcmin 10) kikwayaantahcikemin kikwayaantahcikenaawaa kwayaantabcikewak io n niwiihkwepahikemfn klwiihkwepabikemfn klwiihkwepahikenaawaa wiihkwepahikewak at nlwepahikemin 4) kiwcpahikemin kiwcpahikenaawaa wepahikewak uc nlkaahsiinikemin 3) kikaabsiinikemin kikaabsiinikenaawaa kaabsiinikewak ty cu l Fa er sit y nimashkawiimln 15) niniinamjimln 16) niwiintamaakcmfn kimashkawiimin ldniinamiimln kiwiintamaakemin kimashkawiinaawaa ldniinamiinaawaa kiwiintamaakenaawaa mashkawiiwak niinamiiwak wiit)tarnsakewak U Y~ can also ask and answer questions using the plural forms that you have just learned. Translations are on page 224. ad 2. 14) nipimitaapiimin 11} nipimiwancmfn 12) nipimini.kemin ldpimitaapiimfn kipimiwanemln kipiminilcemin kipimitaapiinaawaa ldpimiwanenaawaa ldpiminikenaawaa pimitaapiiwak pimiwanewak piminikcwak ni v Question and Answer: he Question ke Kipayehkinikenaawaa na? Kipayebkinikenaawaa na? La ( 13) nipimoocikemin ldpimoocikemin ldpimoocikenaawaa pimoocikewak of Ed r Plural Forms Answer Ebe, nipaycbkioikemin. (exclusive) Kaawin, kaawin nipayebkinikebsiimin. Kika-payebkioikemin na? Kika-payibkioikemin na? Ebe, kika-payehkinikemin. (inclusive) Kaawin, kaawin kika-paycbkinikebsiimin. Payehkioikewak na? Payebkinikewak na? Ehe, payehkinikewak. Kaawin, kaawin payebkinikebsiiwak. Now, write question and answer pairs using the plural verb fonns using the word listed below. kaahsllnlke 139 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Paradigms: Q . 1 niwepahike 1 nikisiipiikinike 2 ldkisiipiikinike 3 ldsiipiikinike 13 ninanabacikemin 21 kinanabacikemin 22 kinanahacikenaawaa 33 nanahacikewak 13 nikisiipiikioikemin 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc Ed of Fa 2 3 13 21 22 33 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 3 13 33 ad Write negative paradigms for the following. The first set of examples has been done for you. he c) 1 2 22 U 33_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ kwayaantahcike 21 ni v 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1 y 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ tawehkoneblke sit WiP.pabaakone l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ cu l Now, write paradigms for the following verbs listed below. er b) 21 kikisiipiikinikemin 22 ldkisiipiikinikenaawaa 33 kisiipHkinikewak ty 21 ldwepahikemin 22 ldwepahikenaawaa 33 wepahikewak at 1 ninanabacike 2 kinanabacike 3 nanabacike 2 ldwepahike 3 wepahike 13 niwepahikem.in io n 3 a) In this lesson, you have learned the meanings of sixteen Animate Intransitive Verbs, including singular and plural forms, and also positive and negative fonns. Below are complete positive paradigms for some of these verbs. For convenience, we have also listed the number codes that indicate the person and number of each verb fonn given. This is just a reminder. You have already used these person and number codes in Introductory and Intermediate levels. (You may wish to ~view your notes or consult your instructor if you are unsure of what each number code stands for.) Translations are on pages 224 and 225. 13 kaawin nipimitaapiihsiim.in La ke 1 kaawio nipi.mitaapiihsiin 2 kaawin kipi.mitaapiihsiin 3 kaawin pi.mitaapiihsiin pimlwane plminfkfl! 1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21 kaawin kipi.mitaapiihsiim.in 21_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22 kaawin kipimitaapiihsiinaawaa 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33 kaawin pimitaapiihsiiwak 140 22._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 33._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 �ADVANCED O.IlBW E .. UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise I Dialogues Read and Understand: Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on singular verbs and how they are used in the dialogues. Words introduced to you in this Lesson are in italic type. Also, some words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary and English translations will be explained aferwards. Translations arc on pages 225 and 226. io n 1. Waaciye nitootem. Aan entootaman? Waaciye nitootem. Mekwaac nipayehkinilce. Kah! Kinantawcntaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Ebe, kimashkawii na? Kiishpin ckaa ontamiihkeyan pi-wiicihihshin. Kaawin nitoontamiibkchsiin obowe mekwaac. Aanahpii tahsh kc-piishaayan? Shemaak nika-piishaa. Kinantawentaan ina kckoon ci-piitooyaan? Kaawin. Amii piko ishi-piisbaan. Aasha kahkina kckoon nitayaan kc-aapacihtooyahk. Amihiwe kwayahk. Aasha nipi-maacaa. Ahaaw, naake kaana tabsb ka-waapamin. B. Waaciyc nitoonci-wiicitaamaakao. Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkom kaa-kekishcpaayaak? Noonkom piko nitishi-wanishkaa. Kah! Kikii-pwaatawi-kawihsbim na eni-tipihkaak? Kaawin, kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiin tipihkonk. Awiya na kikii-amacibik tipihkonk? Ebe, awiya kii-kaahsiinilce kape-tipihk tipihkonk kaa-ishi-taayaan. Kiln tahsh wiin, aan entootaman? Akwaciink nitashiiwihtoo ohowc mekwaac. Kah! Aan entootaman? Nipayehkinike akwaciink. Niwepahilce kaye niwepahaakone. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. ad U ni v er sit y ( Nitayaan nid My possession, I have it Nitoonci-ricitaamaakan na my neighbour Kawlbshimo vai go to bed, lie down on a bed Eni-tiplhkaalc vii last evening Tiplhkonk vii last night Amaclhi vta wake s.o. up Kaa-llbi-taayaan vai where I live (location) Nltashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location La ke A. B. he New Vocabulary: Note: Kape-tiplhk and kape-tlplhkaa means the same which is "all night". C 141 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 1 Writing Practice: 7. Now, write two dialogues of your own. Try to include some of the AI verbs listed on Exercise B on page 132 in each dialogue. Q Speaking Pnctlce: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, work with a partner by reading the dialogues in this lesson, as well as the new ones you wrote yourself. Take turns with your partner so you have the opportunity to say each line. La 3. 0 142 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseJ Review Test Animate Intransitive Verbs: This review test has two sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to answer without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 226. Severn OJlbwe Translation io at 1. payehkinike uc 2. kaahsiinike Ed 3. wepahike 4. wiihkwepahike nanahacike of s. ty 6. kisiipiikinike cu l 7. wepahaakone 8. tawehkonehike Fa 9. kwayaantahcike y 10. pimitaapii I I. pimiwane sit ( 15. niinamii ni v U 14. mashkawii er 12. piminike 13. pimoocike n 1. he ad 16. wiintamaake La ke Note: Check your translations when you have finished. C 143 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and the meaning of the words very carefully. When you arc ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 227. En1ll•h 0 Severn OJlbwe 1. clean things 2. wipe things for cleaning io n 3. sweep the floor at 4. vacuum cleaning uc 5. tidy things Ed 6. wash clothes 7. shovelling snow of 8. snow-plow ty 9. be ready or available things 11. carry pack along on back Fa 12. carry thing along on one's shoulder cu l 10. go along by sled or sleigh y 13. carry things 15. be weak U ni v 16. announce to people 0 er sit 14. be strange La ke he ad Note: Check your translations when you have finished. 0 144 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise A First and Second-Person Transitive Verbs You have already learned how to fonn the sentences with Transitive Verbs. Here are more TA and TI verbs that you can learn how to use. Translations for sections 1 and 2 are on pages 227 and 228. 1. In this exercise, there are twelve (12) TA verbs and twelve (12) TI verbs introduced to you. 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) ( io at uc er sit y Repeat this exercise until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. Let's repeat the exercise with the second-person singular fonns. Again, remember that the grammatical object is third-person. ni v 2. 3) U ke 4) 5) ad 2) VTA Kipaahpihaa Kikihkcnimaa Kikaaoaa Kikanoonaa Kinaasihkawaa Kishikatenimaa Kipahkihtehwaa Kikanawaapamaa Kimibkawaa Kitakwanabwaa Kitanaameuimaa Kitayamiihtamawaa he 1) 6) La 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) C Ed of ty 6) 7) Nipaabpihtoon Nikihkentaan Nikaatoon Nikanootaan Ninaasihkaan Nishikatentaan Nipahkihtehaan Nikanawaapantaan Nimibkaan Nitakwanahaan Nitanaamentaan Nitayamiihtaan cu l 4) 5) vn VTA Nipaahpihaa Nikibkenimaa Nikaanaa Nikanoonaa Ninaasihkawaa Nishikatenimaa ~Hpabkibtehwaa Nikanawaapamaa Nimihkawaa Nitakwanahwaa Nitanaamenimaa Nitayamiihtamawaa Fa 1) 2) 3) n Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Let's begin with the first person singular subject fonns. In these forms the grammatical object is third-person. VTI Kipaahpihtoon Kikibkentaan Kikaatoon Kilcanootaan Kinusibkaan Kishikatentaan Kipahldhtebaan Kilcanawaapantaan Kimibkaan Kitakwanahaan Kitanaamentaan Kitayamiihtaan Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. 145 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise B Third..Person Transitive Verbs In this exercise, you will continue to practice the pronunciation of these words listed below. 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) Qmibkawaan io at ty 10) Otakwanabwaan 11) Otanaamenimaan uc 3) 4) VTI Opaahpibtoon Okihkentaan Okaatoon Okanootaan Onaa.~ibkaao Oshikatentaan Opahkibtebaan _Okanawaapantaan Qmihkaan Otakwanahaan Otanaamentaan Otayamiibtaan Ed 2) VTA Opaahpihaan Okibkcnimaan Okaanaan Okanoonaan Onaasibkawaan Osbikar~nimaan Opahkihtehwaan Okanawaapamaan of 1) n Listen carefully as the instructor repeats them with third-person singular object. Translations are on page 228. 0 cu l 12) Otayamiibtamawaan 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa Repeat these words until you completely understand the meaning of the words and have mastered the pronunciation. La 1. 0 146 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercis e C Questions and Answers First, Second-Person Forms Only You have just learned the meaning of these twelve TA verbs and Tl verbs. In this exercise, you will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in first or second-person form only. Let's begin with TA verbs. Translations are on pages 228 and 229. Question Kipaahpihaa na Saanii? Ebe, nipaahpibaa OR Ed Negative Answer at Answer uc A. io n 1. Kikibkenimaa na Saanii? Ebe, nikibkenimaa. ty B. of Kaawin, kaawin nipaahpibaahsiin. Kikaanaa na kimoosom? OR Ebe, nikaanaa. Kikanoonaa na Menii? Kaawin, kaawin nikaanaahsiin. Ebe, nikanoonaa. er D. sit y ( Fa C. cu l OR ni v OR Kaawin, kaawin nikanoonaahsiin. U Let's also do some examples with TI verbs. ad Kipaahpibtoon ina kimabkisin? C. Ebe, nipaahpibtoon. OR Kaawin, kaawin nipaabpihtoohsiin. Kikihkentaan ina ci-kiiweyan? La B. ke he A. Ebe, nikibkentaan. OR Kaawin, kaawin nikibkentansiin. Kikaatoon ina kipaashkisikan? Ebe, nikaatoon. OR Kaawin, kaawin nikaatoohsiin. D. C Kikanootaan ina kekoon7 Ebe, nikanootaan. OR Kaawin, kaawin nikanootansiin. 147 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: Now, write questions and answers using the new verbs listed below by using the model above. For this exercise, concentrate on questions that have a second-person subject, and answers that have a first-person subject. Translations arc on page 229. . vn VTA ninaasihkawaa nishikatenimaa nipahkihtehwaa nikanawaapamaa io n ninaasihkaan nishikatentaan nipahkibtehaan nikanawaapantaan uc Ed Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Now, work with a panner asking and answering questions with the words you have learned in this lesson. Take turns so that you both have an opportunity to participate. La 3. Q at 2. 0 148 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise D Questions and Answers Third-Person with Obviative 1. In this exercise. you will form sentences by asking questions and answers. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples. Examples will be given in third-person forms only. Obviative endings are in bold type. Translations are on pages 229 and 230. Question n Answer Opaahpihaan na Saaniiwan? Ebe, opaahpihaan. io A. at OR B. uc Kaawin, kaawin opaahpihaahsiin. Okibkenimaan na Saaniiwan? Ebe, okihkenimaan, Ed OR C. of Kaawin, kaawin okihkenimaahsiin. Okaanaan na omoosoman? Ebe, okaanaan. ty OR Okanoonaan na Meniiwan? Fa D. cu l Kaawin, kaawin okaanaahsiin. Ebe, okanoonaan. OR sit y Kaawin, kaawin okanoonaahsiln. Let's do some examples with TI verbs. Opaahpihtoon ina nisitini? Ebe, okihkentaan. OR Kaawin, kaawin okibkentahsiin. he La D. Kaawin, kaawin opaahpihtoohsiin. Okaatoon ina kekoonini? ke C. OR Okihkentaan ina aanti ke-ishaat(c)? ad B. Ebe, opaahpihtoon. U ni v A. er ( Ebe, okaatoon. OR Kaawin, kaawin okaatoohsiin. Okanootaan ina otashiihkewin? Ebe, okanootaan OR Kaawin, kaawin okanootahsiin. C 149 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Writing Practice: Now, write questions and answers using the new verbs listed below by using the model above. For this exercise, concentrate on questions that have a third-person subject. Translations are on page 230. VTA VTI onaasihkawaan oshikatenimaan opahkihtehwaan okanawaapamaan io n onaasihkaan oshikatentaan opahkihtehaan okanawaapantaan Ed uc Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Now, work with a partner asking and answering questions with the words you have learned in this lesson. Take turns so that you both have an opportunity to participate. La 3. Q at 2. 0 150 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise E Just a reminder. it is important in paradigm work to use numbers for the different persons to help in an orderly arrangement and identification of your work. The following numbers are used: 1 First-person 2 Second-person 3 Third-person 13 21 22 33 First-person exclusive First-person inclusive Second-person plural Third-person plural n 1. io r Paradigms VTA ty cu l nipaahpihtoomin kipaahpihtoomin kipaabpihtoonaawaa opaabpihtoonaawaa sit y 13 21 22 33 Fa nipaahpibaamin kipaahpibaamin kipaahpihaawaa opaahpihaawaan Write out some of your own full paradigms using the verbs listed below. Check the corrections with your instructor. The verbs are listed in third-person form. Translations are on page 231. he ad VTA ni v 2. er Writing Practice: U ( 1 nipaahpihtoon 2 kipaahpihtoon 3 opaahpihtoon of VTI I nipaahpihaa 2 kipaahpihaa 3 opaahpihaan 13 21 22 33 Ed uc at Now, let's do some examples using one TA verb and one TI verb. Listen carefully as the instructor says these examples. The number code refers to the subject only. Translations are on page 230. a) C La ke okanoonaan onaasihkawaan 1 b) 2 3 I 2 3 13 21 22 33 13 21 22 33 151 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 l 2 2 3 3 13 13 21 22 33 21 22 33 l 2 2 3 y Fa 3 er sit 13 21 22 U 1 13 he 3 13 21 22 22 33 3. 1 2 La 21 d) ke 3 0 33 ad 2 13 21 22 ni v 33 c) I cu l b) ty of Ed uc VTI okihkentaan okaatoon okanootaan onaasihkaan a) 0 n d) io 1 at c) 33 When you complete your own paradigms, read aloud with your partner for several times until you have mastered the pronunciation. Check with your instructor for proper pronunciation. 0 152 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise F Working With the Language Read and Understand: Here are some simple sentences for reading practice. Each one contains a transitive verb. In this exercise. listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences listed below. Again. we remind you to concentrate on how transitive verbs are used in the sentences. Translations are on page 232. io n 1. uc at a) Nipaahpihaa ahawe naape kaa-mate-pimohset(c). b) Kipaahpihtoon ina nitaacimowin? ty of e) Aan entootaman? Kikaanaa na shooniyaan? t) Kaatoon kipaashkisikan mwaye-maacaayan! Ed c) Nikihkcnimaa ahawe ihkwe kaa-mate-pimohset(c). d) Kikihkentaan ina ekaa ci-kii-tootaman kiinehta? cu l g) Kiwil-kanoonaa na kikayaashim ahpii isbkwaa-anohkiiyan? Fa h) Nikanootaan ishihsewin. sit The sentences above use four TA and four TI verbs. Now try writing some sentences using four TA and TI verbs listed below. Translations are on page 232. ninaa.ciibkaan nishikatentaan nipahkibtehaan nikanawaapantaan ad U Ninaasihkawaa Nishikatenimaa Nipabkibtehwaa Nikanawaapamaa er 2. ni v ( y Writina Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences from above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ke 3. he Speaking Practice: C 153 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise G More Sentences Read and Understand: 0 Here are some more examples of sentences with transitive verbs. In this exercise, listen carefully as the instructor reads the following sentences. You can use your knowledge of Severn Ojibwe words and sentence types to help you understand these sentences. Obviative suffixes are in bold type. Translations are on page 232 io n 1. at a) Aasha okii-mihkawaan otayihsban. uc b) Aasha ina okii-mihkaao ciikahikaninl? Ed c) Otakwanahwaan otaaoihsan. d) Otakwahaan ciimaoini. ty of e) Otanaamenirnaan otooteman. f) Otanaamentaan maci-kiisbikaani- Fa cu l g) Otayamiibtamawaan okosihsan. h) Otayamiibtaan ishibcikewinini. sit Using the sentences above as a model, write at least eight sentences of your own by using the same transitive verbs. ni v Speaking Practice: ke he ad U For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. 0 er 2. y Writing Practice: 0 154 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise H Dialogues Read and Understand: A. n Read and understand the following dialogues. Concentrate on how transitive verbs are used in the sentences. Transitive verbs introduced in this lesson are in italic type. Also, some new words will be introduced to you throughout the dialogues. If you find any new words, underline them. New vocabulary will be explained afterwards. Translations are on pages 232 and 233. Waaciye nitaanihs. Aan entootaman? io 1. Waaciye nitooshim. Aan eshi-ayaayan? Nimino-ayaa. Kiln tahsb wiin? Nimino-ayaa keniin. Niwii-ayamihaa kitaataa. ayapi na? Kaawin, aasba kii-maacaa. Kah! Kikihkentaan ina aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? Kaawin, kaawin wiikaa niwiintamaakobsiin aanahpii mayaam ke-pi-kiiwet(c). Kekoonini ina okaatoon kitinentaan? Ehe, taapisbkooc ohsba kekoonini e-kaatooc nitinentaan. Aan tahsh wenci-inentaman? Ekaa wiihkaa ohsba kekoonini e-wiintamawihshit(c). Kitaana na abko kakwecimaa? Kaawin, kaawin wiibkaa mihsawaac nitayamihikohsiin. sit he ad U ni v er ( y Fa B. cu l ty of Ed uc at Mekwaac nipaahpihaa nitootem. Kah! Aan entootank? Wawiyatisiibke na? Kaawin. Nanaatihkosii. Koobkoohkohoo j~hinibkaaso. Kikihkenimaa na? Kaawin. Aan ishi-naakosit(c)? Wawiyasinaakosi na? Ebe, naahpic wawiyasinaakosi. Kiwii-waapamaa na? Ebe, naahpic nika-minwentaan ci-waapamak. Ahaaw, nika-wiintamawaa ci-piishaat(c) kaa-ishi-taayan. Kaawin, ikaawin mahshi! Pinamaa nika-kakwecimaa nitookimaam. Wtlntamaw kitootem, naake nika-pi-kanoonaa. Ahaaw, wiipac miina ka-ayamibin. ke Note: Here are partial paradigms for the new words in the above dialogues. Let's begin with dialogue A. La VAi 1 niwawiyatisiike 2 kiwawiyatisiike 3 wawiyatisiike C VAi 1 ninanaatihkohsii 2 kinanaatihkohsii 3 nanaatihkohsii 13 21 22 33 niwawiyatisiikemin kiwawiyatisiikemin kiwawiyatisiikenaawaa wawiyatisiikewak. 13 21 22 33 ninanaatihkohsiimin kinanaatihkohsiimin kinanatibkohsiinaawaa nanaatihkobsiiwak. 15S �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 VAi 1 niwawiyasinaakos 2 kiwawiyasinaakos 3 wawiyasinaakosi 13 niwawiyasinaakosimin 21 kiwawiyasinaakosimin 22 kiwawiyasinaakosinaawaa 33 wawiyasinaakosiwak VAi 1 nitishi-taa 2 kitishi-taa 3 ishi-taa 0 io at uc Ed ty 13 nitayamimin 21 kitayamimin 22 kitayaminaawaa 33 ayamiwak of VAi 1 nitayam 2 kitayam 3 ayami n 13 nitishi-taamin 21 kitishi-taamin 22 kitishi-taanaawaa 33 ishi-taawak cu l Dialogue B - Translations are on page 234. Preverb Fa 1 nitaana- sit y 2 kitaana3 aana- 0 ni v er 'Iaapishkooc is a particle which means "alike, even, at the same time" Mihsawaac is a particle which means "even though, although" Now, write your own dialogues using some of the new vocabulary you have learned in this lesson. ad 2. U Writing Practice: ke With a partner, read over your dialogues. Be sure to take turns saying each part. Then try your partner's dialogues. La 3. he Speaking Practice: 0 156 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise I r More About TA Verb Types Subject and Object Combinat ion Listen and Understand: We know already that Transitive Animate verbs are ones that have a grammatical subject (the person or persons doing the action) and a grammatical object (the person(s) or animate thing(s) that the action of the verb is done to). And we know that the grammatical object of a Transitive Animate verb is always animate. For Transitive Animate verbs there arc a large number of different possible combinations of person and number of the subject and object which may be expressed. We indicate these combinations by headings such as (1 acting on 3), which means a first-person singular subject 1, niln with a third-person singular object 3, wiin. uc at io n 1. of Ed We are already familiar with some of these combinations. Here are some examples with verbs we learned in this lesson. In the examples the stem of the verb is in bold type. Remember that the stem is the basic form of a word, to which any prefixes or suffixes are added. Translations for sections 1 and 2 are on pages 234 and 235. (2 acting on 3) nipaahplb aa kloaaslbka111Jaa kisblkat.!nbnaa tipabklbtebwaa kikanawaapamaa cu l ad U ni v opaahplhaan oldhkenlmaao okaanaan okanoonaao sit er (3 acting on 3 obmtive) y Fa niklbken.lmaa olkaauaa nikanoonaa ( ty (1 actln& OD 3) he You have already learned how to ask and answer forms using these questions. We will do some more exercises together in the next section. La ke You may have noticed that in each of the examples in the chart there is an ending aa which comes after the verb stem. As well, for each one the grammatical object is a third-person. 2. C Now compare the forms in the chart above with the forms in the following chart. Again, the verb stem is in bold type. (3 acting on 1) (3 acting on 2) nipaahplb ik niklbk..ohnik kipaabpihi k kildhkenim ik nikaaoik nikanoonik kikaanik kikanooni k 157 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 2 (3 obviative acting on 3) opaabpihikoon okihkenlmikoon okaanikoon okanoonikoon 0 at io n You may have noticed that in each of the forms in this new chart there is a suffix ik following the verb stem. As well, each one of these verb forms bas a third-person subject, unlike the forms in the previous chart, which have third-person object. (3 actin& on 2) (3 acting OD 1) Q. A. of Ebe, nipaahpihik. Yes, he/she is laughing at me. ty Kipaahpihilc na? Is he/she laughing at you? Ed uc Just as before we can ask and answer questions using some of these new Transitive Animate combinations. Here's an example using the first two. 0 Possessor of Subject opaabpihaan. is laughing at him. ad he First-person Nitootem My friend U ni v er sit Now, let's see if we can understand bow to use the final set of forms that we introduced in Exercise A. These forms have a third-person obviative subject and a third-person object: (3 obviative acting on 3). One of the most common ways of using this Transitive Animate number combination is when the subject noun is possessed by a third-person. Compare the following two sentences. In the first one the subject ("friend") is possessed by a first-person. In the second one the ("friend") is possessed by a third-person. ke Third-person Sam otooteman Sam's friend La 3. y Fa cu l Before moving on to another set of examples, work with a panner and ask and answer question s that use the person combinations presented in the sample pair just above. Try using some of the different Transitive Animate verbs introduced in this lesson, or some of the other ones you know. Take turns so that you both get an opportunity to ask and answer questions. Possessor ofSubject opaahpihikoon. is laughing at him. The second sentence means that Sam's friend is laughing at Sam. Notice that in the second sentence we must use the ending lkoon, but in the first we use the ending aan. You can ask a questions such as: Sam na otooteman opaahpihikoon? Is Sam's friend laughing at him? 0 158 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 A positive answer would be: Ebe, opaahpihikoon. Yes, she's laughing at him. Writing Practice: okibkenimaan okanoonaan n Using the examples above as a model, write sentences of your own by using the TA verbs listed below. at io okaanaan onaasihkawaan There is another way to use the 3 obviative form. If the subject of a Transitive Animate verb refers back to the object of a previous sentence that contains an obviative third-person, then the subject of the second sentence must also be obviative third-person. The 3 obviative form would only be used when you have already been referring to the people involved and the subject of the action has previously been referred to in the obviative. For example: cu l ty of 4. Ed uc Before moving on to another set of examples, make sure you understand this section. Ebe, opaabpihikoon. Yes, he/she (3 obviative) is laughing at him/her (3). ni v A. sit (3 obviative acting OD 3) er ( Janet naopaabpihaan? Is Janet (3) laughing at him/her (3 obviative)? y Q. Fa (3 acting OD 3 obviative) ad U Using the examples above as a model, write sentences of your own by using the TA verbs listed below. opabkihtebwaan he oshikatenimaan ke Now, let's look at two more Transitive Animate subject and object combinations. (2 acting OD I) kipaabpibin kikibkenunin kikaaoin kikanoonin kipaahpihibsh kikihkenimihsh kikaanihsh kikanoonihsh La (I acting OD 2) Notice that in both these sets there is no third-person; the subject and object are only first or secondperson. C 159 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 You can also ask and answer questions using these forms: (2 acting on 1) Q. 0 (1 acting on 2) Kipaahpihihsh na? Are you laughing at me? A. Ebe, kipaahpihin. Yes, I am laughing at you. lcikanoonaa io n Using the examples above as a model, write sentences of your own by using the TA verbs listed below. at kikanawaapamaa Ed (2 acting OD 3) (3 acting OD 2) A. A. (1 acting OD 3) (3 acting on 1) ty Q. Q. of Write some more questions and answers using the verbs listed below by using them on these numbers; cu l S. uc Writing Pnctlce: Fa •mihkaw •akwanaho (3 acting on 3 obvlaUve) A. (3 obvlative acting OD 3) 0 er Q. sit y Repeat this writing practice using the same verbs above by using them on these numbers; ni v Speaking PracUce: La ke he ad U For speaking practice, get someone to work with you taking turns by asking questions and answers in sections 1 - S. Pay particular attention to proper pronunciation and the accent of the dialect 0 160 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise J 1. This review test has three sections. Before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words. When you are ready, translate them into English. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 236. io n r Review Test Transitive Animate Verbs: TA Verbs at Ensllsb Translation uc 1. nipaahpihaa of kinaasihkawaa ty s. Ed 2. kikihkenimaa 3. okaanaan 4. nikanoonaa cu l 6. oshikatenimaan 7. nipahkihtehwaa 11. kitanaamenimaa ad U ni v 12. otayamiihtamawaan sit 10. nitakwanahwaa y 9. omihkawaan er ( Fa 8. kikanawaapamaa La ke he Note: .Check your spelling and translations when you are finished. C 161 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Transitive Inanimate Verbs: 2. Translate the following words into English. The words are in the same order from (1 - 12) as in the previous section. Translations arc on page 236. TI Verbs Q n English Translation io 1. nipaahpihtoon at 2. kikihkentaan uc 3. okaatoon Ed 4. nikanootaan . S. kinaasihkaan of 6. oshikatentaan ty 7. nipahkihtehaan cu l 8. kikanawaapantaan Fa 9. omihkaan 10. nitakwanahaan sit y 11. kitanaamcntaan 0 ni v er 12. otayamiihtaan La ke he ad U Note: Check your spelling and translations when you arc finished. 0 162 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 In this final review exercise, there are 24 transitive verbs listed ( 1 - 24) on the left hand side below in mixed order. Accompanying the English translation is a small box. Use a pencil and write the number which matches the translation in the box. Translations are on pages 236 and 237. okaanaan s. nitakwanahwaa 6. kikibkeutaan 7. omihkawaan 8. nipahkihtehwaa 9. kinaasihkawaa 10. osbikateoiroaan 11. nipaahpihtoon 12. kikanawaapantaan 13. nmibkaao 14. nitakwanahaan 15. kitanaamenimaa 16. okaatoon 17. kikibkenimaa 18. nipaahpihaa 19. oshikatentaan 20. nipahkihtehaan 21. kitanaamentaan 22. otayamiihtamawaan 23. nikanootaan 24. kikanawaapamaa n 4. He/she find s.o. io ninaasihkaan He/she is lonesome for s.o. (lonely) at 3. I laugh at s.t. uc nikanoonaa I call s.t., I address s.t. I laugh at s.o. Ed 2. □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ You blame s.o. I cover s.t. of otayamiihtaan He/she is lonesome for s.t. (lonely) ty 1. You know s.t. cu l Fa y sit er ni v U ad La ke ( 3. he r I call s.o., I address s.o. He/she hide s.o. You blame s.t. You looking a t s.o. He/she is speaking for s.o. I fetch s.t., I get s.t. I cover s.o. I hit s.t He/she fmd s.t. You fetch s.o., you get s.o. You know s.o. You looking at s.t. He/she is hiding s.t. I hit s.o. He/she speaking for s.t. Note: Check your answers with your instructor wben you have finished. C 163 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise A Inanimate Intransitive Verbs Read and Understand: 1. 9. 10. mihsbikamaa akaah~ikamaa 7. 8. mankihtikweyaa akaabsmtikweyaa maamihcaasbkaa anwaahtinikamin 11. akontin pimaapoote pimaahoote 12. 13. 15. cu l To help you identify the syllables and pronunciation, we have placed a space between each one. In this section, listen carefully as your instructor repeats the words. After completing this exercise , repeat the exercise in section 1 with your partner for speaking and pronunciation practice. Do not worry about the meanings of the words for now. Concentrate on syllables and spelling. sit a nwaa bti ni ka min a ko ntin pi maa poo te pi maa boo te ka sbka tin maa ci btan moo sbka ban 0 er 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. The words introduced to you in this lesson arc presented to you in mixed order listed ke he below. For writing practice, fill in the missing letters to complete the words. When you are complete, check your spelling. Answers arc on pages 237 and 238. La 3. 10. ni v 6. 7. 8. 9. maa mi bcaa shkaa U 5. a koo te pa nki hsin kii shkaa ya waa paa kwaa mi hshi ka maa a kaa hsi ka maa ma nki bti kwe yaa a kaa hsi bti kwe yaa ad 1. 2. 3. 4. y Fa 2. ty 16. kashkatin maacihtan mooshkaban of 14. io 6. kiishkaayawaa paakwaa 3. at 5. 4. uc 2. ak.oote pankihsin Ed 1. 0 n In this exercise, there are sixteen new Inanimate Intransitive verbs introduced to you listed in sets below. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Translations are on page 237. 1) p_ _k_ _ _ 9) a___hsi_ _ _kwe_ _ _ 2) mi_ _ _ _ka_ _ _ 10) an_ _ _ _ti_ _ka_ _ _ 3) _ _ _ci_ _ _n 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) pi_ _ _ _ _ _te _ _maa_ _ _ _e a_ _ _bsi_ _ _aa _ko_ _ _ _ k_ _ _k_ _ _n _ _ _ki_ _ _kwe_ _ _ 4) a___te 5) m_ _sh_ _h_ _ 6) _ _ _mi_ _ _ _ _ _kaa 7) 8) _ _ _sb_ _ _sa_ _ _ _ _ _ki_ _ _ _ 164 0 �ADVANCED O.DBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 15. maacihtao rooosbkahan n io Ed of La ke he ad U ni v er sit y 16. ty kasbkatin cu l 14. hang (something inanimate) fall (something inanimate) be deep water be shallow water be a big lake be a small lake be a wide river be a narrow river be big waves be a nice and calm body of water float, be in the water drift along on current drift along on waves freeze up ice break up flood. be high water at 1. akoote 2. pankihsin 3. kiishkaayawaa 4. paakwaa 5. mibshikamaa 6. akaahsilcamaa 7. mankihtikweyaa 8. akaabsihtikweyaa 9. maamibcaashkaa 10. aowaahtioikamin 11. akootin 12. pimaapoote 13. pimaahoote Fa r The translation of each new word is given below. Study them and then do the next exercise. uc 4. C 165 �ADVANCED OJIB WE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise B Translation into Sevem Ojlbwe Write and Understand: In this exercise, there are sixteen ( 16) new words listed below in mixed order. Transl ate them into 0 Severn Ojibwe. Remember, try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. The first one has been done for you. Translations are on page 238. 1) be big waves n maamihcaashkaa io 2) be a wide river at 3) be a big lake uc 4) be shallow water a narrow river 6) freeze up 7) ice break up 8) drift along on CWTCDt 9) float, be in the water 10) drift along on waves cu l ty of Ed 5) be Fa 11) fall (some thing inanimate) 13) be a small lake 0 er 15) bang (some thing inanimate) sit 14) be a nice and calm body of water y 12) flood, be high water ni v 16) be deep water La ke he ad U Note: Check your translation when you have finished. 0 166 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercis e C r Translation into English Write and Unders tand: There are sixteen (16) new words listed below in mixed order. Translate them into English. Try to do this on your own without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 238. 1) pimaapoote n 2) kashkatin io 3) maamibcaashkaa at 4) maacibtan uc 5) pimaahoote Ed 6) moosbkahan 7) akaabsikamaa paakwaa of 8) ty 9) akoote Fa y sit er ( 12) mibshikamaa 13) pankihsin 14) kiisbkaayawaa 15) akontin 16) anwaahtinjkamin cu l 10) akaabs\htikweyaa 11) mankjhtikweyaa La ke he ad U ni v Note: Check your translations wben you have finished. C 167 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercis eD Sentences Read and Understand: In this exercise. there are eight (8) sentences listed below. Each sentence uses one of the new words introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If any new words are introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given 0 at ty of Ed uc 1) Akoote ina kimakoot tehsapiwinink? 2) Pankihsin ina pimihsewin noohpimink kitinentaan? 3) Kiishkaayawaa ibiwe saakahikan nitishinaan. 4) Kaawiri ihimaa ka-kii-isbi-pimahkwashiwehsiimin. Onsaam paakwaa. 5) Naahpic mihshikamaa saak3bikan kaa-wii-isbaayaan. 6) Akaahsilcamaa H&kabikan kaa-isbi-taayaan. 7) Manldhtikweyaa siipi kaa-wii-antawi-ishi-kwaashkwepineyaan. 8) Akaahsihtikweyaa siipi kaa-kii-ishi-nihsak moos. io n afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations are on page 239. cu l New Vocabulary: y Fa Here are partial paradigms for the new words in the sentences above. Let's take a look at sentenc e4 first. Translations are on page 239. ni v 13 21 22 33 nipimabkwashiwemin kipimabkwasbiwemain kipimahkwashiwenaawaa pimabkwasbiwewak he Sentence 8: ad U VAi 1 nipimahlcwasbiwe 2 kipimahkwashiwe 3 pimahkwasbiwe 0 er sit Kaawin ibimaa ka-kii-ishi-pimahkwashiwehsiimin. ''We cannot paddle there." La ke Akaahsihtikweyaa siipi kaa-kii-ishi-nihsak moos. "The river is narrow where I killed the moose." VTA 1 ninihsaa 2 kioihsaa 3 onibsaan 13 21 22 33 ninihsaamin kinibsaarnio kioibsaawaa onihsaawaan 0 168 �ADVANCED OilB WE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise E More Sentences Read and Under stand: In this exercise, we will repeat the exercise from the previous page using differe nt II verbs. Once again, there are eight (8) sentences listed below. Each sentence uses one of the new words introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If any new words are introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation wil be given afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations are on page 239. io n 1. at 1) Mamnihcaashkaa ina kibci-saakahikan kitinentaan? uc 2) Mitoni anwaahtinikamin saakahikan. Ed 3) Pimihsewin mate-alcontin siipiink. 4) Pimaapoote mihtik paawihtikonk. Fa cu l ty of S) Pimaahoote ciimaan saakabikanink. 6) Aasha kekaat ta-kashkatin. 7) Aasha wiipac ta-maacihtan siipi. 8) Ta-mooshkahan ishi-naakwan ahpii ishkwaa-maacihtahk. Writing Practice: y Now, write your own sentences in your notebook using the same eight (8) Il sit 2. La ke he ad U ni v er ( C 169 verbs above. �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 3 Exercise F Questions and Answers Read and Understa nd: 0 Q. Aanti csbi-akootek kimakoot? at a) io n In this exercise, we will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate these sets of sentences listed below. Remember, some of these Il verbs will be written in conjunct form throughout the sentences. Translations arc on page 240. Q. Aanti kaa-isbi-pankihsink pimihscwin kitinentaan? Ed b) uc A. Weti naaniyahii ishkwaantemink. A. Naanta maawiin waasha noohpimink. Q. Aminahi ihimaa waa-isbi-kwaashkwcpineyan? A. Kaawin, onsaam lciishlcaayawaa ohomaa. d) Q. lhimaa t.ahsh wiin, onsaam ina paakwaa kitinentaan? A. Kaawin, amihimaa ke-ishi-kapaahshimoyaan. e) Q. Mihshikamaa ina saakahikan kaa-wii-ishaayan waapank? A. Ebe, naahpic mihshikamaa shaakooc tahsh mibshiinatinoon minihtikoon. f) Q. Akaahsikamaa ina saakahikan kaa-wii-isbi-pakitahweyan? A. Ebe, akaahsikamtla shaakooc tahsh kinokamaa. g) Q. Mankihtikweyaa ina siipi kaa-wii-antawi-ishi-nanaantawencikeyan? A. Nahkc piko, kaawin mahshi niwaapantahsiin. h) Q. Akaahsihtikweyaa ina siipi kaa-wii-ishi-nooncihshipeyan? A. Ebe, akaahsihtikweyaa ekwa naahpic mihshiniwak kinooshek. 0 he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of c) ke New Vocabulary: La Here arc partial paradigms for the new words in the sentences above. Let's begin with sentence D. Translations are on pages 240 and 241. VAi 1 nikapaahshim 2 ldkapaahshim 3 kapaahshimo 13 nikapaahsbimomin 21 kikapaahshimomin 22 kikapaahshimonaawaa 33 kapaahshimowak Conjunct form: "kapaabsbimoyaan" (first-person singular, "r) Check translation in translation section. 170 0 �ADVANCED OllBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Sentence E: Shaakooc is a particle which means ..however, nevertheless, after all". Mihshilnatinoon is an Il verb which means ..be a lot of, be many of'. Minlbtlk is an inanimate noun singular which means ..island" (plural minihtikoon) Sentence F: 1 nipakitahwe 2 kipakitahwe 3 pakitahwe n 13 nipakitahwemin at uc Ed of Conjunct form: "pakitahweyan", (second-person singular, 'you') Kinnkamaa is an ll verb which means "be a long lake". Check translations in the translation section. io 21 kipakitahwemin 22 kipakitahwenaawaa 33 pakitahwewak ty Sentence H: 1 ninooncihshipe 2 kinooncihshipe 3 nooncihshipe cu l 13 ninooncihshipemin Fa 21 kinooncihshipemin 22 kinooncihshipenaawaa 33 nooncibshipewak er sit y Conjunct form: "nooncihshipeyan" (second-person singular, 'you') Check translations in the translation section. Now, write your own questions and answers in you notebook using the Il verbs listed below. U 2. ni v Writing Practice: kiisbkaayawaa paakwaa he ad akoote pankihsin 3. ke Speaking Practice: For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the questions and answers above plus your own. Repeat this exercise with your panner until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ( 171 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO N 3 Exerclse G Continua tion of Question s and Answers Read and Understand: 0 In this exercise, once again, we will form the sentences by asking simple questions and answers. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate these sets of sentences listed below. Please note. some of these II verbs will be written in conjunct form throughout the sentences. Translations are on page 241. a) Q. Maamihcaashkaa ina naawic kitishinaan? A. Ebe, maamihcaashkaa ohsha ishi-naakwan. b) Q. Ta-anwaahtinikamin ina ani-tipihkaak kitishinaan? A. Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi nimemecikaayaapatansiin. c) Q. Kckonen ihi kaa-mate-akontink? A. Minihtikwaapihk ohsba ishi-naakwan. d) Q. Ciimaanenhs ina hi kaa-mate-pimaapootek? uc Ed of ty cu l Fa A. Kaawin. Ciipayi-mihtikowash ohsha hi. Q. Kiwaapantaan ina mihtikowash kaa-mate-pimaahootek? y e) at io n 1. sit A. Kaawin! Aanti? Q. Aanahpii ta-ka.shlcatin eshinaman? A. Wiipac maawiin ta-ka.shlcatin nitishinaan. g) Q. Aasha ina kekaat ta-maacihtan kitinentaan? A. Nahke piko. Kaawin nimikoshkaatentamihikohsiin. h) Q. Ta-mooshlcahtm ina kitishinaan ahpii isbkwaa-maacihtahk? ad U ni v er f) 0 he A. Ka-maawiin siyaaken. La ke New Vocabulary: Here are partial paradigms for the new words in the sentences above. Let's begin with sentence B. Translations are on page 241. Kaawin mabshi Dimemecikaayaapantanslln. "I haven't checked up on it yet (by looking)." V11 1 nimemecikaayaapantaan 13 nimemecikaayaapantaamin 2 kimemecikaayaapantaan 21 kimemecikaayaapantaamin 3 omemecikaayaapantaan 22 kimemecikaayaapantaanaawaa 33 omemecikaayaapantaanaawaa 172 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 r SentenceD ciipay-mlhtikowash is an inanimate noun (ni) which means "coffin". SentenceE n mihtikowash is an inanimate noun (ni) which means "wooden box/suitcase" io Sentence G uc Ed of nimikoshkaatentaarnin kimikoshkaatentaarnin kimikoshkaatentaanaawaa omikoshkaatcntaanaawaa cu l 13 21 22 33 ty VTI 1 nimikosbkaatentaan 2 kimikoshkaatentaan 3 omiko~bkaatentaan at Kaawin nimikoshkaate11tamlhlkobslln. "I am not wonying about it.•• Fa SentenceH y sit Writing Practice: Now, write your own questions and answers in your notebook using the ll verbs listed below. kashkatin mooshkaban ad U ni v 2. er ( Ka-maawlln slyaaken OR Slyaaken maawiln kaawin. '"I hope not." Speaking Practice: he . For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the questions and answers above plus your own. Repeat this exercise with your partner until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La ke 3. C 173 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise H Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: n you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson arc in italic type. H there are any new words introduced to you throughout the dialogues, explanations will be given afterw ards. Listen to and imitate these sets of dialogues listed below. Translations arc on page 242. m, io Niibtaawihs ihimaa ayaa? Ebe, kiwii-ayamibaa na? Ebe, niwii-kakwecimaa kekoonini. at A. 0 In this exercise, we will form mini-dialogues by using the Il verbs introduced to uc 1. Ed Brother-In-law comes to the phone. Fa Mab! Kinoontaan ina kekoon? Kaawin, kekoon ina kinoontaan kitinentaan? Ebe, kaake ohsba kekoon panldhsin inibtaakwan. Aanti nebke entanihtaakwabk? lshpimink tanihtaakwan. Kiwii-antawi-memecikaahcike na? Kaawin, nikohtaac. 0 Kiwii-antawi-kwaasbkwepine na? Kaawin, onsaam maamihcaashkaatok saakabikao, Kaa-ishi-akaahsikamaak ohsha saakahikan ldtaa-kii-ishaaminAhaaw, ta-kocihcikaate. Aanabpii tabsh waa-maacaayan? Shcmaak kaana piko, e-mwaye-onsaam-kihci-nootink. Ahaaw, sbemaak nika-kwayaancii. D. La ke he ad U C. ni v er sit y B. cu l ty of Waaciye niihtaawihs. Aan ke-kii-ishi-wiichihinaan noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak7 Kiisbpin ekaa 011tamiihkeyan, ldwii-kakwecimin ci-wiicihibshiyan e-wii-akootoo yaan niciimaan. Ahaaw, pinamaa niwii-kekishepaanebkwe. Miikwehc niibtaawihs. Naake ka-waapamin. Aan waa-tootaman noonkom ke-kiishkaak? Niwii-antawi-namewi-pakitahwe kaa-ishi-kiishkaayawaak siipi. Pahkaao ruin niwii-antawi-ishi-pakitabwe. Aanti eneotaman e-wii-ishi-pakitahweyan? K.aa-isbi-akaahsihtikweyaak siipi. Name na ihimaa papaamaataketok kitinentaan? Weshkac ahko ohowe mekwaac pimaatakcpaniik ihiroaa Siyaaken maawiin kika-kaahcitinaak. 174 0 �ADVANCED OilBW E • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 New Vocabulary: Here are paradigms for the new words in the dialogues above. Let's begin with dialogue A. Nllhtaawim is a dependent animate noun (nad) which means "my brother-in-law." Dialogue B: - Translations are on page 243. io n Jnihtaakwan is a (vii) which means "sound so, be understood so." lnehke is a (pc) which means "in direction of..." nimemccikaahcikemin kimemecikaahcikemin kimemecikaahcikenaawaa mcmecikaahcikewak Ed 13 21 22 33 of 1 nimemecikaahcike 2 kimemecikaahcike 3 memecikaahcike uc at Tanlhtaakwan is a (vii) which means ''to hear a sound in certain location." Memedkaahclke is a (vai) which means "examine things, check up on things." cu l ty DlalogueC: 13 21 22 33 nikocihtoomin kikocihtoomin kikocihtoonaawaa okocihtoonaawaa sit y 1 nikocihtoon 2 kikocihtoon 3 okocihtoon ni v er ( Fa 1a-koclhdkaate is a phrase which means "let's try it." Koclhtoon is a (vti2) which means ''try s.t." Dialogue D: VTI ad U EnePtaman is a conjunct form of lnentan which means ''think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so." he r nitinentaan La ke 2 kitinentaan 3 otinentaan 13 21 22 33 nitinentaamin kitinentaamin kitinentaanaawaa otincntaanaawaa Kaahciduaak is a conjunct form of kaahcitln which means "catch s.o., capture s.o." VTA 1 nikaabr.itinaa 2 kikaabcitinaa 3 okaahcitinaan C 13 21 22 33 nikaabcitinaamin kikaahcitinaamin kikaabcitinaawaa okaahcitinaawaan 175 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own. Be sure to include some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. 0 176 �Creative Writing Read and Understand: 1. In this exercise, we will try some the creative writing by using the Il verbs introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. Any new words introduced in the sentences will be explained afterwards. Listen to and imitate as your instructor reads the following sentences. Translations are on pages 243 and 244. n r ADVANCED 0,DBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise I of Ed uc at io Aanahpii maacaat(c) kitaataa? Aasha ohsha kii-maacaa. WJ..ipac kckishep kii-maacaa. Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? Nahke piko. Kaawin nitoonci-wiintarnaakohsiin. Kiwii-ayamihaa na ahpii takohshink? Ebe, wiintamaw ci-pi-kanoonihshit(c) ahpii takohsbink. Ahaaw nika-wiintamawaa ahpii takohshink. ty Father arrived and returns the call. sit U ni v er ( y Fa cu l Waaciyc nitootem. Kikii-pi-kanoonihsb na? Ebe, kekoon e-wii-kakweciminaan. Ahaaw, aan ke-kii-ishi-wiicihinaan noonkorn kaa-kiisbikaak? Kinantawenimin ci-wiiciiwihsbiyan e-wii-antawi-kwaashkwepineyaan waapank:. Aanti waa-isbaayan? Kaa-ishi-mihshikamaak saakabikan. Kitanenimaak na mihsbiin kinoosbek ibimaa? Ebe, nitanenimaak mihsbiin kinooshek ihimaa obowe mekwaac. Ahaaw, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin kiisbpin ehta ekaa onsaam kihci-nootink. Kiishpin kiishkaayawaak saakahikao, ta-maamihcaashkaa. Kiisbpin onsaam kibci-nootink, kaa-ishi--akaahsikamaak saakabikan ta-ishaaniwan miisbkoc. ad New Vocabulary: he Here are some new words given in the sentences above. La ke 'llmenlm (vta) think s.o. to be there Nltan~oimaa (singular) I think s.o. to be there Nltanenlmaak (plural) I think s.o. (pl) to be there Here is a partial paradigm: - Translations are on page 244. l nitanenimaa 2 kitanenimaa 3 otanenimaan 13 21 22 33 nitanenimaamin kitanenimaamin kitanenirnaawaa otanenimaawaan C 177 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one mini-dialogue of your own. Be sure to try to include at least one or two new words introduced in any of lesson 3. Q Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogue in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. 0 178 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise J r Final Review Tests Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: 1. In this exercise, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into English. They are in mixed order. Try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on page 244. Severn Ojlbwe io at l. anwaahtinikamin uc 2. maamihcaashkaa Ed 3. pankihsin 4. paakwaa akoote of s. ty 6. kiishkaayawaa cu l 7. mooshkahan 8. pimaapoote Fa 9. kasbkatin 11. mankihtikweyaa U 14. pimaahoote ni v 13. mihshikamaa er 12. maacihtan y 10. akontin sit ( n Translation 15. kiishkaayawaa ke he ad 16. akaahsikamaa La Note: Check you translations when you have finished. C 179 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 2. In this section, before you begin, review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready, translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Again, they are in mixed order. Translations are on pages 244 and 245. English Q n Severn Ojibwe io 1. frcei.e up at 2. float, be in the water uc 3. be big waves Ed 4. ice break up 5. be a narrow river of 6. drift along on current ty 7. be a small lake cu l 8. bang (something inanimate) Fa 9. be a nice and calm body of water 10. be shallow water sit y 11. be a big lake 12. drift along on waves ni v er 13. be a wide river 0 14. flood, be high water U 15. be deep water ad 16. fall (something inanimate) La ke he Note: Check you translations when you have finished. 0 180 �ADVAN CED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise A Particles Listen and Understand: Particles are words that cannot be changed in anyway. They do not add any prefixes or suffixes. They will always be the same as follows. In this exercise, there are thirty (30) particles introduced to you listed below. Listen carefully as your instructor repeats them. Do not worry about the meanings of the words for now. Translations will be given on the next page, and also you can fmd them on page 24S. 21. kihcinibkiik 2. akaami-kibcikam 12. aanti piko 22. kwanta 3. akaaroibkana. 13. capasbiihsh 23. pebkihsh 4. akaawaac 14. ciikic 24. 5. ahpii piko 15. enikohk 6. ariaaroaaknnak 16. eniwebk 7. anaamipiink 17. inehke 8. anihshaa 18. kayaash 9. awahsbime 19. 10. aanta Ed ty pchpeshik namacinihkiik cu l 2S. 26. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tcpinaahk 29. tipihkonk 30. wenipan Fa y sit er kaye piko 20. misiwc U ad he ke La C 181 at 11. aanti nehkc uc akaamabkiink ni v ( 1. of io n 1. �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 English Translatio n 0 Read and Understand: 7. akaawaac ahpii piko anaarnaaknnak anaamipiink 8. anihsbaa s. 6. awahshime 10. aanta 11. aanti nehke 12. aanti piko 13. capasbiihsh 14. ciikic 15. enikohk 19. 20. 21. ke 22. La 23. 24. 25. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tepinaahk 29. tipihkonk 30. wenipan 26. Fa y sit er he 18. 0 ni v inehke kayaash kayepiko misiwe kihcioibkiik kwanta pehkihsh pehpeshik U 17. ad eniwehk cu l 9. 16. io 4. at akaamihkana uc 3. - in Europe, abroad - across the ocean - across the road or trail - hardly, scarcely - anytime - under the snow - underwater - by chance, at the last minute - to greater extent, more and more -some, few - whereabouts, which direction -anywhere - low, lower level - by, close to, near to - with more effort, harder - at least, anyhow, okay but - in direction - originally, long ago, former - likely, to be expected, probably - all over, whole, everywhere - on the right - for no reason or purpose - at the same time, while -one by one - on the left - more, quite (-er) - barely, hardly, poorly - carelessly - last night - gone, disappear Ed akaamahkiink akaarni-kibcikam of 1. 2. n Here is the list of the thirty words once again given in English translation. Take some extra time to review the pronunciation and meanings with your instructor. Listen to and imitate as your instrUctor repeats them. ty 2. 182 0 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise B Here is the list of thiny new words once again. Match up the Severn Ojibwe words with the appropriate English translation by writing each number in the correct box. The list in Severn Ojibwe is in order but English translation is not. Try to do this without looking at your notes. You can check your answers on page 246. ahpii piko 6. anaamaaknnak 7. anaamipiink 8. anihshaa 9. awahshime 10. aanta 11. aanti nehke 12. aanti piko 13. capashiihsh 14. ciikic 15. enikohk 16. eniwehk 17. 18. inehke kayaash 19. kayepiko 20. more, quite (-er) in direction for no reason or purpose gone, disappear barely, hardly, poorly on the left at least, anyhow, okay but all over, whole, everywhere y one by one sit er ni v U ad misiwe 21. kihcinihkiik 22. kwanta 23. pehkihsh 24. pehpcshik 25. namacinihkiik 26. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tepinaahk 29. tipihkonk 30. wenipan La C n 5. io akaawaac at 4. last night uc akaamibkana Ed 3. carelessly of akaami-kihcikam on the right ty 2. □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ cu l akaamabkiink Fa 1. ke ( Read and Understand: he r Learning the New Vocabulary by chance, at the last minute at the same time, while under the snow hardly, scarcely more, to greater extent. more and more across the road or trail underwater anywhere originally, long ago anytime across the ocean with more effort. harder in Europe, abroad some.few likely, to be expected, probably whereabouts, which direction by, close to near to low, lower level. downstairs 183 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise C Translation Into Severn Ojlbwe 0 Writing Practice: 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) io at uc Ed of ty 0 ke 22) cu l 9) Fa 8) y 7) sit 6) er S) ni v 4) U 3) ad 2) in direction one by one by, close to, near to anywhere some at the same time, while on the right under the snow likely, to be expected whereabouts, which direction in Europe, abroad carelessly underwater anytime originally, long ago last night at least, anyhow, okay but more, quite (-er) across the ocean on the left with more effort, harder gone, disappear all over, whole, everywhere low, lower level more, to greater extent, more and more barely, hardly, poorly by chance, at the last minute hardly, scarcely across the road or trail for no reason or purpose he 1) n In this exercise, we will do some more translations. Here is the list in English of thirty words you have learned in this lesson given in mixed order. Write appropriate translation in Severn Ojibwe. Try to do this without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 246 and 247. La 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 30) 184 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseD Translation Into English Writing Practice: Here is the list once again in Severn Ojibwc of thirty words you have learned in this lesson given in mixed order. Write appropriate translation in English. Remember, you do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 247 and 248. 10) 11) 12) ( 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) n io at uc Ed of ty ke 22) cu l 9) Fa 8) y 7) sit 6) er 5) ni v 4) enikobk misiwe kayaash inebke aantinebke pehkihsh wenipan kaye piko kihcioihkiik tepinaablc ahpii piko nawac namacinihkiik akaawaac pebpeshik siitawaac akaamabkiink akaamihkana anihsbaa tipihkonk anaamaak'>nak ciikic kwanta anaamipiink aanti piko awahsbime eniwebk akaami-kihcikam U 3) ad 2) aanta capasbiihsh he 1) La 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) C 30) 185 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise E Working With The Language Read and Understand: 0 Ahpii ishkwaa-anobkiiyaan niwii-ishaa akaamahkiink. at Mooshak miikaasowin takwan akaamahkiink. Alcaamahkiink ina kitooncii? Akaami-kihcikam oncii nitootem. Mooshak nootinikewin takwan akaami-kihcikam. Aasha na wiipac wii-kiiwewan otooteman akaami-kihcikam? C) Akaamihkana niwii-ishi-aanci-taa. Akaamihkana ina kitishi-taa? Aanahpii akaamihkana waa-ishaat(c)? D) Akaawaac nitepihse miicim. Akaawaac na kikii-wanishkaa kekiship? Akaawaac kii-tepihsewan roibsm pipoononk. E) Aanti piko nika-ishi-ap. Aanti piko ishi-ahtoon. Aanti piko ta-kii-ishaa. F) Anaamaakonak nika-ahtoon niwanibikan. Anaamaakonak na api kitootaapaan? Anaamaakonak ishi-nipaa nato-pine. G) Kinooshe papaamaatake anaamipiink. Shiihshiip kookii anaamipiink. Kekiin na kiwaapamaa shiihshiip kaa-kookiic anaamipiink? 0 he ke H) ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed B) uc A) io n In this exercise. you will learn to fonn simple sentences that contains panicles. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples listed below. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. H there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences. proper translation will be given afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations are on page 248. Anihshaa wiipac e-kii-k.ibke11tamaan e-sahkitek, ekaa kaa-kii-onci-caakisoyaan. Anihshaa wiipac e-kii-waapamak. ekaa kaa-kii-onci-nihsaapaawet(c). Anihshaa ekaa e-onci-tabkaayaak, ekaa kaa-kii-onci-kawaciyaan. La 1. I) Awahshime ani-aahkosi nitineoimaa, Awahshime ta-tabkaayaa miina pipoonk nitinentaan. Awahshime ta-ani-kiisbowaayaa abpii ani-siikwak. J) Aanta ehta ta-maacaawak waapank. Aanta naapewak kaawin ta-maacaabsiiwak. Aanta ehta kii-aapatanoon mibsan tipihkonk. 186 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 New Vocabulary: Sahkite drown be warm weather Ed Caakiso Nlhsaapaawe Kllshowaayaa be lit, be OD fire be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire of Writing PractJce: Now, try to write one sentence each in your notebook using the particles listed below. Translations are on page 249. akaaroabkiink akaamibkana cu l abpii piko anaamaalcflnak anaamipiink Fa akaawaac For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La ke he ad U ni v er 3. y Speaking Practice: sit ( ty 2. n Ishi-taa Tepihse Kookll io Aanci-taa fight, violence. Also miilcaatiwin be there, exist war, violence move one's residence live there, reside there there is enough of s.t., be sufficient dive at (ni) (vii) (ni) (vai) (vai) (valii) (vai) (vii) (vai) (vai) (vii) uc r Mllkaasowin Takwan Nootinikewin C 187 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise F Learning the Language Read and Understand: 0 n In this exercise, we will repeat a second set of particles by forming simple sentences. Listen carefully and imitate these sets of examples listed below. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given afterwards. Translations arc on pages 249 and 250. Amui nehke waa-isbaayan? Aanti nehke wencinowek? Aanti nehke eshiciwahk? B) Aanti piko ishi-apin! Aanti piko ka-kii-ishi-nipaa. Q. Aanti waa-ishi-ahtoon ohowe? A. Aanti piko. C) Capashiihsh pimakoote pimihsewin. Capashiihsh pimihsewak nibkakCapashiihsh pimaanabkwan noonkom kaa-kii!thikaak D) Ciilcic waabkaabikanink nika-ishi-kipibcii. Ciikic makobsbe-kiisbikaak 'lika-kiiwe. Ciikic waapahk nika-wanishkaa. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io A) sit y I. Enikohk pimipahtoon! Enikohk wiibkopitoon piihsbaakaneyaap! Enikohk ano!J)ciitaa mwaye-tipibkaak. F) Eniwehk keniin nika-piisbaa wapank. Eniwehk piko amihi ishi-maacaan! Eniwehk piihi ci-takobshink. G) Ihiweti inehke ta-isbaaniwan. Weti inehke ishi-taa. Kiiwetinonk inehke onciniwe. La ke he ad U ni v er E) 0 H) Kii-aaoiman kayaash pimaatisiwin. Kii-nibtaaw-anobkiiwak awiyak kayaash. Kii-wenootan nato-miicim kayaash. I) Kaye piko ta-kimiwan ke-tipibkaak. Kaye piko na wiipac kika-maacaa kekisbepaayaak? Kaye piko na kitaataa ta-takobshin wiipac? I) Misiwe ta-papaamobsenaaniwan waapank. Amii piko misiwe ishi-miinihshin kisbooniyaanim. Misiwe papaami-isbaamakao aahkosiwin. 188 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 New Vocabulary: io at uc ty of Ed (vii) flow there, flow so (vii) fly along, fly by (vii) be dawn, be morning (vai) run along, run by (command fonn) (vti) pull s.t. (vai) let's work Amihi (pc) so it is ... Pimaatislwin (ni) life Nihtaa-anohldi (vai) work well, be a good worker Wenootan (vii) be plenty of, be lots of Papaamohse (vai) walk about, take a walk MHnlhshin! (vta) give it to me (command form) Papaaml-ishaamakan (vii) go there Aahkoslwin (ni) sickness, illness lshl-taa (vii) live there. reside there n lshiclwan Pimakoote Waapan Pimipahtoon! WUbkopitoon! Anohkiltaa Now, try to write one sentence each in your notebook using the particles listed below. Translations are on page 250 Fa 2. cu l Writing Practice: aanti neh.ke aanti piko capashihsb y sit ni v Speaking Practice: U For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La ke he ad 3. cilkic enikobk eniwebk er ( C 189 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Imperative Forms That Mean "Let's .••" 0 Here is a sentence from Exercise E. io n Enikohk anohkiitaa mwaye-tipihkaak. Let's work hard before it get's dark. Ed uc at This sentence contains the word anohkiitaa 'let's work,' which consists of the verb stem anobkil 'work' and the suffix taa, which adds the meaning 'let's ... ' to the meaning of the basic verb. You can add this suffix to almost any Animate Intransitive or Transitive Animate verb. Here are a few examples with Animate lntrdllsitive Verbs. of maacaataa ty kiiwetaa niimitaa cu l nikamotaa y Fa You will often find in conversation that these command forms are preceded by the word ekwa 'so,' as in the following example; 0 ni v er sit Ekwa anohkiitaa. Let's work. U As well, you will often find that there are two other common ways of expressing the meaning 'let's ... • Both of the following sentences mean 'let's work...' ke he ad 'la-anC)hkHnaautwan. Ka-anohklimtn. La The first uses the preverb ta- 'future' and the indefinite subject suffix naaniwan, while the second uses the preverb ka- 'future' and the first•person plural suffix min. Both of these ways of expressing 'let's... ' can be used with almost any Animate Intransitive or Transitive Animate verb. 0 190 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise G Read and Understand: 1. Once again, we will repeat the third set of particles by forming simple sentences. Listen carefully and imitate these sets of examples as the instructor reads the sentences listed below. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given afterwards. Translations are on pages 250and 251. io n r Using the Language Kihcinihkiik inehke isbi-washkiin ohomaa! O/dhcinihkiik inehke ishi-niipawin! Kihcinikiik na inehke kiwii-isbi-pimohse? B) Kwanta kaa-piisbaayaan ohomaa. Kwanta ohsha ihkito! Onsaam mishtahi kwanta kitayam! C) Pehkihsh nika-wiihsin mekwaac anohkiiyaan. Pehkihsh niwii-nanaantawaapamaa nitootem ahpii maabarnaanPehkihsh ina panki (ki)ka-maabam ahpii taawinink ishaayan? D) Pehpeshik ta-otaabpinaawak. (animate) Pehpeshik ta-otaahpinikaatewan. (inanimate) Pehpeshik ebta onci-otaabpinanin ! (inanimate) E) Namacinihkiik inehke ishi-apin! Namacinihkiik inehke nika-ishi-pimipahtoo. Namacinihkiik inehke ishi-washkinan ihiweti! F) Nawac anoonaakohshink nika-maacaa. Nawac tahsh wiin ahpii ani-anwaahtik maacilhkwasbiwcyak? Nawac ahpii ani-mino-ayaayaan, nika-maatanobkii. G) Siitawaac nikii-papaamohse onaako. Siitawaac ina kitanohkii noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak? Siitawaac piko pimiwitoon ekaa ci-pilkohsitooyan. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A) C H) lkaawin tepinaahk tootan ! Onsaam mooshak tepinaahk kitanohkii. Tepinaahk piko pinamaa nika-onahtoon. I) Kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiin tipihkonk. Koobkoohkoboo nikii-noontawaa tipihkonk. Kekiin ina kikii-saakahan tipihkonk? 191 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 1) Wenipan niminihkwaakan. Awiya kaana okii-otaahpinaan. Wenipan ahpin nitayihsh. Kii-maaciipahtoo kaana. Wenipan awiya ke-amanihsotaakosit(c). 0 New Vocabulary: Wasbkli Maaham Otaahplnan Otaabpioikaate Wasbklnan Anoonaakobsbln Maacilhkwashiwe Papaamobse Plmlwitoon Pllkobsitoon Onahtoon Noontaw Saakaban (vai) he/she turns uc (vti) tum s.t., steer s.t. (command fonn) at (vii) be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked io (vii) choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. (command fonn) Ed (vii) late in the afternoon (vai) start to paddle, paddle off of (vai) walk about, take a walk (vti2) carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by (command form) ty (vti2) break s.t. by dropping (command form) cu l (vti2) amnge s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. (command form) (vta) hear s.o. y Fa (vai2) go out, exit (command form) 0 er sit Writing Practice: he ad kihcinihkiink kwanta pebkihsb pebpeshik ni v Now, write one sentence each in your notebook using the particles listed below. Translations are on page 251. U 2. n (vai2)goes on a shopping trip, he/she shops namacinibkiiolc nawac siitawaac tepioaabk For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La 3. ke Speakio1 Practice: 0 192 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise H Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will form mini•dialogues by trying to include some particles introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced to you in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words are introduced to you throughout the dialogues, proper explanation will be given after wards. Listen to and imitate these sets of dialogues listed below. Translations are on pages 251 and 252. io n 1. Waaciye nitootem. Aan eshi•ayaayan? Nimino♦ayaa ohowe mekwaac. Kiln tahsh wiin? Keniin nimino♦ayaa. Amii na wahawe peshik kitootem? Ehe, akaamahkiink oncii. Kah! Kipi-kiiwitamik na? Aanahpii kaa-takohshink? npihkonk kii-takohsbin ciikic kaa-ani-aapihtaa-tipihkaak. Aani minilcohk ohomaa ke-ayaat(c)? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi nikakwecirnaabsiin. B. Waaciye niicihkiwesi. Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkorn kaa·kiisbikaak? Kaawin tcpwe nimino♦ayaawamancihohsiin noonkorn kaa-kii!lbikaak Kah! Aanti eshi-aahkosiyan? Nihkaatik. Akaamihkana nikii-isbaa kekishepaa. Akaawaac nikii-pimohse. Kiwiihsakentaan ina? Kaawin naahpic ohowe mekwaac. Siitawaac nitayap. Siyaaken maawiin wiipac (ki)ka-mino♦ayaa. Miikwehc. Siyaaken maawiin. C. Aanahpii miina ke-nanaantawencikeyan? Paanimaa isbkwaa-maacihtahk nika-nanaantawencike. Kika-pimahkwasbiwe ina? Kaye piko, kaawin mahsbi mayaam nikihkentansiin. Aanti nehke ke-isbi-maacaayaan? Kiiwetinonk inehke nika-ishi-maacaa kiishpin ekaa onsaaDl tabkaayaak. Eniwehk hsa kitaa-kii-wiiciiwin kiishpin ekaa onsaam kihtimiyaan. Ahaaw, kiisbpin wii-piisbaayan, (ki)ka•kii-piisbaa. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. La ke he ad U ni v er sit y C D. C Waaciye nitootcm. Kwanta piko kaa-pi-kanooninaan. Kah! Aan esbi-ayaayan? Nimino-ayaa. Kiin tahsh wiin? Keniin piko nimino♦ayaa ohowe mekwaac. Nirnaamitonentaan ci-nanaantawencikeyaan waapank. Kiwii-wiiciiwihsh na? Abaaw, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Aanahpii ke-maacaayan waapank? Ahpii piko kekishepaayaak. Aanti mayaam kaa-wii-ishaayan? Aanti piko. Kaawin mayaam nikibkentansiin. 193 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 New Vocabulary: 0 (pr) this (vai) feeling well (vai2) extremely hurt, feel extreme pain n (vai) sit around, stay around (vti2)know io Wahawe Mlno-ayaawamanciho Wiihsakentam Ayapl Kibkentam Maaclhtan Hsa (pc) emphatic 'Iaa- (pvl) would, could, should, ought, can Ed of Writing Practice: Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own in your notebook, similar to the ones on the previous page. Be sure to include some of the new vocabulary introduced in this lesson. ty 2. cu l ~peaking Practice: Q ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. uc at (vii) ice break up 0 194 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise I Creative Writing Read and Understand: In this exercise, we will practice creative writing by using the particles introduced to you in this lesson. Words introduced in this lesson are in italic type. If there are any new words introduced throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate as your instructor reads the following sentences. Translations are on page 252. n 1. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io Aanahpii ke-pi-takohshik kitootem pakiciiwinink? Nahke piko. Kaawin mahshi nikibkentansiin. Sookihpwan ohowe mekwaac. Awahshime tahsh ta-ani-kihci-sookihpwan ekwa naanta pehkihsh ta-ani-kinikawi-kimiwan nitinihtaan. Kah! Amiicika tahsh ihi ci-niiskaatahk. Misiwe kaana piko amihi ishiwepanitok. Anaamaakonalc kaana (ki)ka-papaamohsemin ahpii ishkwaa-kihci-sookihpwahk. Ka maawiin siyaaken onsaam mishtahi ta-sookihpwansiinoon. Ka maawiin siyaaken. Eniwehk kaana enilcohk (ki)ka-ayamihaamin ekaa onsaam mishtahi ci-sookihpwabk. Tepinaahk hsa ekaa rniibkanan nihkwaakonekin. Ebe, aanta ota kanake. Amil kaana piko ohomaa ke-ayaayahk ci-piihtooyahk ci-pooni-sookihpwahk. Amii kaana piko ehta ke-kii-tootamahk, Ekaa ota wiin mihsawaac naanta ci-kii-ishaayahk. Aan tahsh ke-tootamahk mekwaac piihoyahk? Nahke piko. Oncihta kaana piko naanta kitaa-kii-tootaamin. sit y ( Ktnlkawi- er New Vocabulary: (pv) mixed (vii) be certain weather, happen in certain way Hsa NJhkaakone Ci-pllhoyahk Ota Mlbsawaac Oncita Kanak(> emphatic (vaVii) cover over with snow (vai) to wait (pl) (pc) emphatic (pc) even though, anyhow, anyway, although (pc) puposely,jokingly (pc) at least ni v lshlwepan La ke he ad U (pc) Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one dialogue of your own in your notebook no less than twelve lines similar to the one above. Be sure to include as many as you can of the new words introduced in this lesson. Speaking Practice: C 3. For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogue in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and mastered the pronunciation. 195 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseJ Review Test Particles: Here is a list of all thirty (30) particles you have learned from this lesson given in mixed order. Before you begin. review the spelling and meanings of the words very carefully. When you are ready. give translations into Severn Ojibwe. Do this exercise without looking at your notes. Translations are on pages 252 and 253. Severn OJlbwe 3. at the same time. while 4. one by one s. on the left 6. more. quite (-er) 7. barely, hardly, poorly 8. carelessly 9. last night 10. gone. diappear of ty cu l Fa 11. whereabouts, which direction 12. y anywhere sit 13. with more effort. harder er 14. ni v IS. 16. U 17. ad 18. ke 21. he 19. 20. io for no reason or purpose at 2. uc on the right Ed 1. n Translatio n 0 at least, anyhow, okay but low, lower level by, close to. near to in direction originally, long ago, former likely. to be expected. probably all over, whole, everywher e some. few 22. to greater extent, more and more 23. by chance. at the last minute 24. underwater 25. under the snow 26. anytime, whenever 27. hardly, scarcely 28. across the road or trail 29. across the ocean 30. in Europe. abroad La 0 196 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSONS Exercise A r Review: Dubitatives Review and Understand: In Introductory Ojibwe we saw that the Ojibwe language has ways of expressing the difference at io The dubitative is expressed in English by adding words such as ..seems to be" to the basic idea. For example: Translations are on pages 253 and 254. Uncertain He/she is afraid. He/she must be afraid. He/she seems to be afraid. He/she is probably afraid. Ed uc Certain ty of 1. n between concepts that speakers are certain about and ones that they are uncertain about. When a speaker of Severn Ojibwe is uncertain about whether something is true or not, or did not witness it themselves, they frequently use a special verb suffix referred to as the dubltative. Fa cu l When speakers of Ojibwe are uncertain about something, as discussed above, they will regularly use the dubitative. Similarly, if they do not have personal knowledge of the subject they are discussing, using the dubitative is normal. Compare the following two paradigms for an Animate Intransitive verb. Certain y sit kohtaacitok nikohtaaciminaatok kikohtaaciminaatok kikohtaacinaawaatok kohtaacitokwenak ad U ni v 13 nikohtaacimin 21 kikohtaacimin 22 kikohtaacinaawaa 33 kohtaaciwak er ( Uncertain nikohtaacinaatok kikohtaacinaatok 1 nikohtaac 2 kikohtaac 3 kohtaaci he The following sentence is a statement of fact about Paul. Paul is afraid. ke Kobtaaci Paul. La In comparison, the next sentence indicates that the speaker is uncertain about whether Paul is afraid, so the verb is marked with the dubitative suffix. Kohtaacitok Paul. Paul must be afraid. Sometimes you may fmd that sentences expressing uncertainty not only contain dubitative suffixes, but also particles which express uncertainty such as naanta and kaaoa C Naanta kaana kohtaacitok Paul. Paul is probably afraid. 197 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Severn Ojibwe can make subtle distinctions, for example, the following sentence does not contain a dubitative. The speaker is stating that based on his personal observation Paul looks afraid, even though he isn•t certain that Paul is in fact afraid. Kohtaaciiwi-naakosi Paul. 0 Paul looks afraid. Watch for dubitatives as you listen to Native language speakers talk, and try to use them in your own speech as much as you can. Please concentrate on the following questions and answers given below. Metawetok akwaaciink. Aan entootank kimohshoom? Anohkiitok naanta naasipiink. Paahpaakomo na kitayihsh? Ebe, naanta kaana aahkositok. Ed uc at io n Aan entootank kiciimiic? Ebe, nitaahkosinaatok. Kikibtim na? Ebe, nitayehkosinaatok. Kikimoot na? Ebe. nipaawaniinaatok maawiin kaa-onci-kimootiyaan. cu l ty Kitayehkos na? Please concentrate on the dubitatives in the mini-dialogue below. Translations are on page 254. Fa 2. of Please concentrate on the following second set of questions and answers listed below. Translations are on page 254. 0 he ad U ni v er sit y Aanti kitaataa? Wtipac kekishepaa kii-maacaatok. Aanti .kii-ishaatok. Okaabsi-saakabikauiiokAasha na ani-takohsbinitok kitineutaan? Nahke piko. Naanta kiyaapic pimipisotok. Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwet(c)? Waapank iitok. Awiyan na oka-pi-wiiciiwikoou? Kaawin kebcin. Wun ehta iitok ta-pi-kiiwe. La ke The mini-dialogue above uses two words kehcln 'probably' and lltok 'must be, maybe, or so it is said.' lltok suggests a considerable degree of uncertainty on the part of the speaker. On the other band. kebcln. which is similar to English 'probably', suggests a higher degree of certainty on the part of the speaker. but that one is not completely certain. Writing Practice: 3. Now, write three or four questions and answers of you own in dubitative fonns using the sentences in section 1 as a model. Also, write one mini-dialogue using the one above as a model. Speaking Practice: 4. Work with a partner using sections 1 and 2 plus your own sentences you have just completed. Pay particular attention to dubitatives. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand the material. 198 Q �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerclseB r Review: Preterits Review and Understand: In Introductory Ojlbwe. you were introduced to the use of preterit suffixes on verbs. These arc used to indicate an action, state, or event that occurred in the past but is no longer true. You can recognize a verb that is being used in the preterit because it will contain the suffix pan. io n Nikli-isbaamin abko tabso-sllkwan. "We went there every spring." (inference: "and we still do 0 uc at ) ty of Kil-nihtaawlki mitaamo abkl otaauaaok. "He was born ten years ago." (inference: "and he is still living.") Ed Nl.kil-isbaaminaapan ahko tahso-slikwan. "We went there every spring but we no longer do." y sit ( Nl.kil-ataawe dimaao. "I bought a canoe." (infeience: and I still own it") Fa cu l KU-nihtaawlkilpan mitaahso abkl fltaaoaank. "He was born ten years ago but he is no longer living." U ni v er Nlkil-ataawenaapan rHmaan. "I bought a canoe but I no longer own it." ad Let's take a look at the paradigm listed below. Translations arc on page 254 he Neutral nikibtiminaapao kikihtimioaapan kibtimiipan 13 nikihtiminimin 21 kikibtimimin 22 kikihtiminaawaa 33 kihtimiwak oikihtimiminaapan kikihtirnimioaapan kikihtiminaawaapao kihtimiipaniik ke 1 nikibtim 2kikihtim 3 kibtimi La C Preterit Notice in the paradigm above that if a verb stem ends in a short vowel such as i or o, then the short vowel becomes long U or oo in third•person singular or plural forms when the preterit suffix is added. 199 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Writing Practice: 2. For writing practice, translate the following sentences into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 255. 0 a. n I went there every winter. io b. uc at I went there every winter, but I no longer do. c. Ed He was small four years ago. of d. ty He was small four years ago, but he no longer is. e. f. y I bought a plane, but I no longer own it. Fa cu l I bought a plane. 0 er sit Note: Sometimes in English, terms such as "formerly" are used in a way that is similar to the use of the preterit in Severn Ojibwe. Compare the following two sentences. U ni v Example: Nlkll-wanihlke ahko wesbkac. "I used to trap long ago. he ad Nlkll-wanihikenaapan ahko wesbkac. "I (formerly) used to trap long ago, but I no longer do." La ke For further practice with the preterits, with your instructor's assistance, try to write some of your own sentences. As the English language speakers would say, "Practice makes perfect.., 0 200 �2. emibkwaanihsh ashikanihsh animobshihsh pahkweshikanihsh pimihsewinihsh uc onaakanihsh masiDabikanilzsh paashkisikanihsh As you can see from the list above, the term Pejorative is usually used to denote this ihsh suffix. ty Let's look at another set of examples: Inanimate Nouns abkibkohsh atihkohsh isbkotebkaanaapibkohsh aribkamekohsh masinabikanJabtikohsh wiibsiniiwinaabtikohsh rnihtikohsh rnihtawakohsh 3. sit y Fa cu l Animate Nouns As you can see from the list above, the form of the suffix is slightly different from the first list. Let's take a look at one more set of examples: Animate Nouns ni v er (_ io lnanima~ Nouns at Animat.e Nouns n Sometimes Native language speakers want to indicate that something he/she is talking about is for some reason not very good. In English he/she may describe it as nasty, useless, poorly made, broken down, good-for-nothing, or worn out. In Severn Ojibwe, all these ideas are conveyed in one neat way. The suffixes are in italic type. Check the examples below to see how it is done. Translations are on page 255 for the next 4 sections. Ed 1. of r ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise C Review: Pejoratives U naapewihsh aanabkonaawihsh kinooshewihsh anoominaapoowihsh rnitebiwihsh pirnitewihsh ad pepaawihsh he coocoohshaapoowihsh ke The term pejorative is used to refer to this suffix. As you can see from the examples above, the first sound of the suffix varies, depending upon the last sound of the word it is being added to. As a result, the suffix has the forms ihsh, obsh, and wibsh. To give yourself some practice of "not very good" idea. try the following words listed below. H you are not sure about any of your answers, ask your instructor. La 4. Inanimate Nouns a) C maank ohkaataabk name namekohs piinahikan shooniyaan shooniyaawash memenkwe b) sakime koobkoobkohoo miikihsikwaabson cwaapiibsh pakiciiwin ahcikanaabtik atihkamP.~ pinaahkwaan 201 c) tihtipwepishkikan okaahs kinepik maacii-kitowin cahkaahtehsicikan pahkweshikan masinaabtehsicikan maacishikan �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; LESSO NS ExerciseD Review: Diminutives pepaanhs mitebinhs Ed of Inanimate Nouns emibkwaanenhs pabkweshi.kanenhs ciisbtahikan,.nhs ciimaaoenhs tibkioaakanenhs ty Animate Nouns Fa piihsimohkaanenhs Let's take a look at one more set of examples. This time, we will use the suffix oonhs. sit y 3. uc pimitenhs Now, let's try some examples with enhs. io aanahkonaanhs naapenhs pinenhs at Inanimate Nouns cu l 2. Animate Nouns er AnlmateNoum U obkaataahkoonhs abkibkoonhs 0 ad As the examples shown above, the term diminutive is usually used to refer to the variant forms of the ••nhs, enhs,and oonhs" suffixes. To give yourself some practice this "smallness" thing. try a) ke he these following words listed below. If you are not sure about any of your answers, ask your instructor. maaok La 4. ln•oimau, NOUDS masinabikanaahtikoonhs wiihsiniiwinaabtikoonhs minihtikoonhs ni v waapoosoonhs 0 n How docs the Native language speaker indicate that something is small? There is a special suffix referred to as the DIMINUTIVE. which is used to indicate that the noun it is added to is small. This suffix bas three different fonns: nbs. enhs. and oonbs. Diminutive forms can be made from animate and inanimate nouns. Here are some examples. Let's begin with nhs. The suffixes are in italic type. Translations are on page 256. amihk name namekobs piinahikan shooniyaan sbooniyaawasb memcnkwe b) sakime koobkoohkoboo miikibsikwaabson miikwan pakiciiwin abcikanaabtik atibkaml'!k pinaabkwaao c) tibtipwepisbkikan okaahs kinepik maacii-kitowin cahkaahtehsicikan pabkweshikan masinaahtebsicikan maacisbikan 0 202 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerclseE 1. In this exercise, you will learn to fonn simple sentences by using dubltatlve, preterit, pejorative and cllmlnutive suffixes. Listen to and imitate these sets of examples listed below. Suffixes introduced to you in this lesson arc in italic type. If any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper translation will be given afterwards. Listen carefully and imitate as the instructor reads the sentences. Translations arc on pages 256 and 257. io n r Working With the Language Read and Understand: ' Kihtimitok ekaa kaa-ooci-anohkiit(c). Kaawin awiya ohomaa. roaacaatok. Ciiwcyaa. Kiiyaapic nipaatok. B) Aasha ta-kii-takohshiniipan. Aasha na oncihcibse ci-kii-wiihsiniyaapan? Wesbkac ahpin isbkwaayaac nikii-kiiwenaarnpan. C) Niwaabkaabikanih.rh kii-caakite tipihkonk. Kiciirnaaoihsh ina kii-rnaaciiyaahoote? Opaasbkisikanihsh okaahsiinaao. D) Ahtoon onaakan wakici-wiihsiniiwinaahtikohsh. Aasha kitabkibkohsh iskaaciwaso ! Kinepikohsh otamwaan omakabkiin. E) Pinewihsh kekishepaa-nanaantawi-wiihsini. Memenkwewihsh papaamib~. Mahkwawihsh omiikaanan rnahiiokaoenhsan. F) Pinchshiinshsenhs kekishepaa-nikamo. Pimihsewinenhs pankibsio noohpimink. Piish emihkwaanenhs! G) Piitoon rnasinabikaoubtikoonhs. Kiminohpwaa na obkaataahkoonhs? Atibka~ko onhs papaamaatake anaamipiink. sit er ni v U ad he ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A) La ke New Vocabulary: l., cilweyaa ondhcibse ishkwaayaac caakite maacUyaahoote kaahsllnan lskaaclwaso p.-paarnihse mHkaaso (vii) make no sound, be silent (vii) be the time of, come to happen, the time bas come (pc) last, ultimate (vii) bum up, be burned up (vii) drift away on the waves (vti) wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. (vai) boil dry (vai) fly about (vai) fight 203 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSONS Writing Practice: 2. Now, try to write one sentence each in your notebook with the ending tok, pan, ihsh, ohsh, wihsh, enbs, and oonhs by using any nouns you can think of. 0 Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the sentences above plus your own. Go over the material with your partner and concentrate on pronunciation and the meanings of the sentences. Repeat this until you feel comfortable with the material. La 3. 0 204 �ADVAN CED O.JIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise F 1. In this exercise, we will write mini-dialogues using dubltatlve, preterit, pejorative, and diminutive suffixes. Listen carefully and imitate as your instructor reads the following dialogues. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation. Repeat this exercise several times on your own. H any new words introduced to you throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. The suffixes arc in italic type. Translations arc on page 257. io n r Mini-Dialogues Read and Understand: Aasha na kitaataa kii-takobshin? Kaawin, kiiyaapic ontenti. Aasha na ta-kii-takobshiniipan? Ebe, naanta maawiin ishi-ontamihsetok. Ka-maawiin siyaaken naanta ishi-macihsetok. (Ki)ka-pi-wiintamawin ahpii takobshink. Ahaaw, kehcinaac (ki)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpi takobshihk. B. Aanabpii kitootem ke-kiiwct(c)? Noonkom kaa-ki.i~bikaanik wii-kiiwepan. Kaawin tabsh nitawaac. Onsaam niiskaatan. Aan entootank obowe mekwaac? Nahke piko. Kiiyaapic maawiin nipaatok. Wrintamaw ci-pi-kanoonibshit(c) ahpii wanisbkaat(c)? Aasha na kikii-ishkwaa-waweshihtoon kiciiroaanenhs? Ebe, aasha Dikii-ishkwaa-waweshibtoon. Kipimipanihc.ikanihsh tabsh wiin? (Ki)ka-waweshibtoon ina kaye? Kaawin, kaawin mabshi. Kaawin nikii-tootansiin niinehta. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? Kiisbpin kaana ekaa ontamiihkeyan. Kaawin nitootamiibkchsiin obowe mekwaac. Naabpic nika-minwentaan ci-wiicihinaan. Amihiwe kwayabk. Miikwchc. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at A. ke he ad U ni v er sit y ( K.ekoon ina Jdwaapantaan kitinentaan, ibkwesenhs? Ebe, kaake obsha niwaapamaa mabkonnhs weti. Kiwii-antawi-inaap na? Kaawin, nikobtaac ohsha. (Ki)ka-wiiciiwin. Antawi-inaapitaa. Paasbkisikan ta-maaciiwicikaate. Kiinehta isbaan. (Ki)ka-piihin ohomaa. La C. C 205 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 5 New Vocabulary: n io cu l Speaking Practice: 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogues in section 1 plus you own from section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the pronunciation. La 3. at of Now, write two mini-dialogues of your own similar to the ones on the previous page. Be sure to include some dubitative, preterit, pejorative and diminutives introduced in this lesson. ty 2. Ed Writing Practice: 0 uc ontenti (vai) be absent, be gone ontamlhse (vai) get busy macibse (vai) have something bad happen, have things go wrong waweshihtoon (vti2) fix s.t., repair s.t. niinehta (pr) alone, me only ontamHhke (vai) be busy inaapltaa (vai) let's look {plural command) ta-maacllwlclkaate (vai) will take it along with us kllnehta (pr) alone, you only 0 206 �ADVANCED O,JIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise G Creative Writing Read and Understan d: In this exercise, we will use the variant suffixes introduced to you in this lesson. Suffixes introduced in this lesson are in italic type. H any new words are introduced throughout the sentences, proper explanation will be given afterwards. Listen to and imitate as your instructor reads the following sentences. Translations are on page 2S8. n 1. y Half Hour Later sit Powaan kii-takopiso. Kaawin onci-patotepisohsiin. Moosoonhsan okii-pih~w aan. Amihiwe kaa-kii-onci-pwaatawi-takohshink. er C Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io Aasha kekaat oncihcihsetok ci-wiihsiniyank. Aasha na kabkina awiyak takohsbiniwak? Kaawin, Powaan kaawiJl mahsbi takobshinihsiin. Aasha na ta-kii-takohsbiniipan? Ebe, aasha ohsba ta-kii-takobshiniipan. Keko otaapaanan maaciiwinaapan? Otaapaanenh.nm ohsba omaaciiwinaapaniin. Naanta kaana piikohsewan. Aan tabsb ke-tootamank? Kiiyaapic kaana noomake (ki)ka-piibaarnin. Ka-maawiin siyaaken patotepisotok. Kaawin kehcin. Kiiyaapic noornake ka-piibaarnln. Kiishpin ekaa takohshink aabpita waabkaab~k, oika-maaciipis ci-nantonawak. Amii piko ohomaa .ka-apimin ci-piihaayank. lkaawin awiya ta-mikoshkaatentam. ad ke noomake he pllkobse (na) Paul (pc) what kind or sort, which one (vii) get broken, break down, break by self (vai) break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out (pc) for a while (vai) drive off the road (pc) probably, possibly (vii) go around, be an hour (vta) to go and look for s.o. (vai) arrive by vehicle (vta) bit s.o. accidentally using s.t. U Powaan keko pllkobse ni v New Vocabulary: La patotepiso kehcln waabkaabSI" nantonaw takoplso plhtaho C 207 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Writing Practice: 2. Now, write one dialogue of your own in your notebook no less than ten lines similar to the one above. Be sure to include as many as you can of the suffixes introduced in this lesson. 0 Speaking Practice: io n For speaking practice, get someone to work with you using the dialogue in section 1 plus your own in section 2. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand and have mastered the 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at pronunciation. La 3. 0 208 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise H Read and Write: pimipahtoo wanishkaa aatisoohke maacaa wanihike io paawanii pimohse naasipii ataawe natawihiwe at minihkwe metawe masinahike nantawencike naatabipii uc anohkii kiiwe kohtaaci nipaa wanishkaa n This is the final review test for lesson 5. Translations for sections 1, 2, and 3 are on page 258. • 1. There are twenty verbs listed below. Write the dubitative fonn of each one. Try to do this exercise without looking at your notes. Ed r Suffixes: Review Tests Write preterits using the same verbs above. 3. There are twenty-four nouns listed below. Write pejorative forms of each one. Remember. there are three different forms of suffixes. pootawaan misbtikwaan tashiikewin pakiciwin pahkweshikan maacishikan waawikan mahkisin Fa y sit er ni v aamoo ihkwe pine sakime memenkwe pepaa OOCll nihka There are twenty-four nouns listed below. Write the diminutive forms for each one. Remember, ~ere are three possible different forms for each suffixes. Translations are on page 259. U 4. La ke he name aamoo pepaa oocii mitebi naape kinooshe sakime ad ( ~bikaak namebtek obkaataahk paanahkihk ahcikanaahtik ataawikamik sbeshtak peshikwaapihk cu l ty of 2. maacisbikan moobkomaan masiraahikan piinahikan wiikwaahs wiikweroot shiihshiip waaw waapoos maank ohkaataahk ahkihk ataawikamik sheshtak namehtek ahsapaahtik C 209 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit 2 Review Test This lesson contains review materials for lessons I through 5. For most of the exercise your instructor will dictate words or sentences for you to write. You may find it helpful to review your notes and lessons before trying the review materials in this section. Lesson 1 Review Test: Q Animate Intransitive Verbs Ed uc at io n Your instructor will say sixteen animate intransitive verbs from the vocabulary you have learned in Lesson 1. Listen carefully as the instructor says each verb. For each word you instructor says. please write it in Severn Ojibwe and write the English translation. The spaces are provided for you below. Corrections will be done by your instructor. Animate lntnmsiUve Verbs Enalfsb Tnnsladon of 1. ty 2. cu l 3. 4. Fa 5. y 6. sit 7. er 8. ni v 9. U 10. 11. he La 15. ke 14. ad 12. 13. 0 16. 0 210 �ADVANCED O.IlBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson 2 Review Test: r Transitive Verbs This review test has one section. Here is a list of all 24 transitive verbs you have learned in this lesson given in mixed order. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe as shown below. Be sure to indicate the verb type of each word. Do this exercise without looking at your notes. Spelling and translations are on page 259. • verb n io vta I hit s.o. 2. kilcanawaapantaan vti You looking at s.t. at 1. nipahkihtehwaa He/she is hiding s.t. 4. I hit s.t. 5. You fetch s.o., you get s.o. 6. He/she is speaking for s.t. 7. I cover s.o. of ty cu l Fa You know s.o. 9. He/she finds s.t. sit y 10. 11. er 12. I cover s.t. ke You know s.t. He/she is lonesome for s.t. (lonely) La 19. He/she hides s.o. he 16. 18. You blame s.t. ad 15. You are looking at s.o. I call s.o., I address s.o. U 14. I fetch s.t., I get s.t. He/she is speaking for s.o. ni v 13. 17. Ed 3. 8. ( English Tnmslatlon type uc Sevem OJibwe I laugh at s.o. 20. You blame s.o. 21. He/she is lonesome for s.o. (lonely) 22. I call s.t., I address s.t. 23. You laugh at s.t. 24. He/she finds s.o. C Note: Check your spelling and translation when you are done. 211 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson 3 Review Test: Inanimate Intransitive Verbs Your instructor will say sixteen inanimate intransitive verbs from the vocabulary you have learned on page 174. Listen carefully as the instructor says each verb. For each word your instructor says. please write it in Severn Ojibwe and also write the English translation. The spaces are provided for you below. Corrections will be done by your instructor. ' Inanimate Intransitive Verbs io n Enallsb Translation Q at l. uc 2. Ed 3. 4. of s. ty 6. cu l 7. 8. Fa 9. y 10. sit 11. er 12. 0 ni v 13. U 14. 15. La ke he ad 16. 0 212 �ADVANCED O,IlBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson 4 Review Test: r Particles There are thirty particles listed below in Severn Ojibwe. Translate them into English. Translations are on pages 259 and 260. 1. akaamahkiink 2. akaami-kihcikam io n 3. akaamihkana at 4. akaawaac uc 5. ahpii piko 6. anaamaa.konak Ed 7. anaamipiik of 8. anihshaa 9. awahshime ty 10. aanta cu l 11. aanti nehke Fa 12. aanti piko 13. capashihsh y 14. cilkic sit ( 15. cnikobk er 16. cniwebk ni v 17. inebke ad 19. misiwe U 18. kayepiko 20. kihcinibkiik he 21. kwanta ke 22. kayaash La 23. pehkihsh 24. pehpesbik 25. namacinihkiik 26. nawac 27. siitawaac 28. tepinaabk C 29. tipibkonk 30. wenipan 213 �ADVANCED OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Continuation of Particles Q There are thirty particles listed below in English in mixed order. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on pages 260 and 261. . 1. on the right 2. careless io n 3. last night at 4. more. quite(-cr) uc 5. in direction Ed 6. for no reason or purpose 7. gone. disappear of 8. barely, hardly, poorly ty 9. on the left cu l 10. at least, anyhow, okay but 11. all over, whole, everywhere Fa 12. one by one 13. by chance. at the last minute sit y 14. at the same time, while 0 er l 5. under the snow ni v 16. hardly. scarcely 17. more, to greater extent, more and more._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ad 19. underwater U 18. across the road or trail he 20. anywhere 21. originally, long ago ke 22. anytime 23. across the ocean La 2. 24. with more effort. harder 25. in Europe, abroad 26. same, few 27. likely, to be expected. probably_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 28. whereabouts, which direction _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 29. by, close to, near to 0 30. low. lower level 214 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Lesson S Review Test: r 1. Dubitative There are sixteen phrases listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. Translations are on page 261. English Translation 1. He/she must be working. io n 2. He/she must be leaving. at 3. He/she must be going home. uc 4. He/she must be afraid. Ed 5. He/she must be sleeping. 6. He/she must be getting up. of 7. He/she must be drinking. ty 8. He/she must be playing. cu l 9. He/she must be writing. Fa 10. He/she must be hunting. 11. He/she must be starving. er 14. He/she must be healing. y 13. He/she must be buying. sit ( 12. He/she must be walking. ni v 15. He/she must be going to the shore. La ke he ad U 16. He/she must be sick. C 215 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Preterit 2. There are eight phrases listed below. Translate them into Severn Ojibwe. 0 1. We went there every winter but we no longer do. (exc.) 2. io n I bought a house but I no longer own it. at 3. uc He got married a long time ago but he no longer is. Ed 4. of He was working there the day before yesterday but he no longer docs. 5. ty We went there many times but we no longer do. (cxc.) cu l 6. Fa She bought a car yesterday but she no longer has it. 7. sit y I (formerly) lived there a long time ago but I no longer do. 8. 0 There are twelve words listed below. Write pejoratives on each one. Remember, there are three kinds of endings. Translations for sections 3 and 4 are on page 262. La ke he emibkwaan onaakan paashkisikan pimihsewin ad 3. 4. Pejontlve U ni v er He (formerly) hunt there ten years ago but be no longer docs. paanahkihk mihtik sakimc mcmenkwe pimite aanohkonaa mihtawak ahkihk Diminutive There are twelve words listed below. Write diminutives on each one. Remember, there are three kinds of endings. pine pimite aanabkonaa pepaa onaakan piibsimohkaan dimaao pimihsewin 216 mahkwa ohkaataahk tiiwabkibk maaok 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Let's Look Back At What You Have Learned: Lessons 1-S niihtaawihs ashikan aamoo shcshtak k.imohshoom miikwan mishtikwaan ahsapaabtik uc at io kitayihsh mikisi namehtek Powaan n Animate Nouns: payehkinike kaahsiinike kwayaantahcike pimitaapii pimiwanc piminike pimoocike mashkawii ty pimihsewin mihtikowash pootawaan pimaatisiwin ciipayi-mihtikowash tihkinaakan nootinikewin waawi.kan sit ( y Fa cu l minihtik wiikwaahsi..ciirnaao miikaasowin tasbiikcwin aahkosiwin of Ed lnanlma~ Nouns: La ke he ad U ni v er wepahike wiibkwepahike nanahaci.ke k.isiipiikinike wepahaakone tawehkonehike kawihshimo tashiiwihtoo wawiyasinaakosi ishi-taa ayami pakitahwe aanci-taa washkii caakiso caakaban anohkiitaa ayapi piiho ayehkosi kimooti C niinamil wiintamaake wawiyatisiihke nanaatihkohsii kapaahshimo nooncihshipe mernecikaahcike kookii maaciikwashiwe pimipahtoo wiihsakentam papaamohse kohtaaci kihtimi wanihike 217 iskaaciwaso papaamihse miikaaso ootenti ontamibse macihse inaapitaa ontamiihke takopiso patotepiso akiso pimahkwashiwe mihshiinatinoon mikosbkaatentam tepihse maahan nihsaapaawe mino-ayaawamaciho nibtaawanohkii nibkaakone paabpaakomo paawanii �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW SECTION Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: io n 0 at uc pabkihteho kaash akwanaho shikatenim kaahcitin noontaw akwaahshim Ed paahpibi pankihsin anwaahtinikamin mihshikamaa 'pimaahoote inihtaak.wan takwan kocihcikaate kiishowaayaa ishiwepan waapan nihtaawiki oncihcihse maaciiyaahoote . waabkaabse of akaahsihtikweyaa kiishkaayawaa akontin akaabsikamaa kashkatin eni-tipihkaak tanihtaak.wan tepihse maacihtan ishiciwan tahso-siikwan papaami-isbaamakan tabso-pipoon caakite piikobse Fa cu l ty akoote maamihcaashkaa paak.waa pimaapoote makihtikweyaa mooshkahan otaapinikaate sahkite nibkaakone pimakoote tahso-niipin ciiweyaa tahso-ahki maaciiwicikaate akite sit y kanawaapam kanoosb anaamenim er amacihi ni v miinibshin pihtabo kihkenim mihkaw naasibkaw ayamiihtamaw tanenim nantonaw nihsi 0 U Transitive Inanimate Verbs: he ad paahpihtoon kanawaapantan kanootan anaamentan pahkihtehan kaatoon akwanahan inentan kiiwenotan kaahcitinan otaapinan La ke ayaan shikatentan mcmecikaayaapantan pimiwitoon kihkentam kaahsiinan onahtoon kihken~ mibkan naasihkan ayamiihtan kocihtoon wiihkopitoon washkinan piikobsitoon waweshihtoon akwaahsitoon Preverbs: _ _1aa_-_ _ _ _ _ _ _n_an_aa_n_ta_w_i•_ _ _ _ _ _ma_1_e-_ _ _ _ _ _P_a_p_aann __ ·-_ _ ___,I 218 Q �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; REVIE W SECTIO N Pronouns: ( ' l~_w_ah_a_w_e____ __ik_w_e_n_iw__ ak _ _ _ _ah_a_w_e_ _ _ _ _ _o_k_w_en_i_w_ak _____ ....J Particles: sit er ni v U ad he ke La 219 n eniwebk kayaash kibcinibkiik pehpesbik siitawaac kilcaatoon ina kipaashkisikan? okaatoon ina opaasbkisikan? More expressions and phrases on page 401 C io at uc awabshime isbkwaayaac aanti piko y kipaahpihaa na? opaahpihaan na? Note: kanakc Fa Exprealons: ( Ota anaaroaakonak cu l ahpii pi.ko oncita anihshaa otaanaank aanti nehke noomake capashiibsb kayepiko kwanta namacinibkiik Ed kinika inehke wenipan akaamihkana of tepinaahk akaamahkiink hsa akaawaac mibsawaac anaamipiink kebcin aanta kcko enihkobk ciikic misiwe pebkihsb nawac ty shaakooc tipihkonk akaami-kibci.kam �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 1 Exercise B: 14) 15) 16) ExerclseC: 10) 11) 12) 13) n io at uc Fa y sit ke 14) er 7) 8) 9) ni v 6) 0 U 4) 5) payehkinik~ kaahsiinike wepabike wiibkwepahilce nanahacike kisiipiikinike wepahaakone tawehkooehilce kwayaantabcike pimitaapii pimiwane riminike pimoocike mashkawii niinamii wiintamaake ad 2) 3) Understanding the Me.anlng of the Words he 1) Ed 11) 12) 13) of 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 0 ty 2) 3) 4) clean things wipe things for cleaning sweeping vacuuming tidy things wash clothes shovelling snow snow-plow be ready or available things go along by sled carry pack along on back carry things along on one's shoulder carry things strong weak announce to people cu l 1) Pronunciation Practice La 15) 16) Match Up Numbers and Letters: 1.e 2.f 3.g 4.p 5.m 6.h 7.o 11. j 14.b 15. C 8.o 12.1 16.d 9. l 10.k 13. a 0 220 �·ADVANCED O.IlBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Exercise E: Exercise F: Read and undentand: I am cleaning things. You are cleaning things. He/she is cleaning things. 3) I am sweeping. You are sweeping. He/she is sweeping. 5) I am tidying up (things). You are tidying up (things). He/she is tidying up (things). 7) I am shovelling snow. You are shovelling snow. He/she is shovelling snow. 11) he I am getting things ready. You are getting things ready. He/she is getting things ready. n io at I am cleaning, wiping things. You are cleaning, wiping things. He/she is cleaning, wiping things. 4) I am vacuuming. You are vacuuming. He/she is vacuuming. 6) I am washing clothes. You are washing clothes. He/she is tidying up (things). 8) I am snow-plowing. You are snow-plowing. He/she is snow-plowing. ad U ni v er sit y 2) ke La 9) uc Fa cu l Singular Forms 1) ( Ed of He/she is sweeping. He/she is carrying things. He/she is cleaning things. He/she is weak. He/she is wiping things for cleaning. He/she is announcing to people (telling). He/she is carrying things along on one's shoulder. He/she is vacuuming. He/she is strong. He/she is washing clothes. He/she is carrying pack along on back. He/she is snow-plowing. He/she is tidying up (things). He/she is getting ready (things). He/she is pulling something along on sled or sleigh. He/she is shovelling snow. ty 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) Translate into English 10) I am pulling something on sled. You are pulling something on sled. He/she is pulling something on sled. I am carrying a pack on my back. You are carrying a pack on your back. He/she is carrying something along on his/her back. C 221 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N 12) I am carrying something along on my shoulders. You are carrying something along on your shoulders. He/she is carrying something along on his/her shoulders. 0 13) I am carrying things. You are carrying things. He/she is carrying things. 14) 15) I am weak. You are weak. He/she is weak. 16) I am telling (announcing). You are telling (announcing). He/she is telling (announcing). uc at io n I am strong. You are strong. He/she is strong. Kikaabsiinike Kinanabacike Kitawebkonehike Kipimiwane Kimasbkawii Fa y sit er ni v U Kaahsiinike Nanabacike Tawebkonebike Pimiwane Masbkawii Kiwepahike Kikisiipiikinike Kikwayaantabcike Kipiminike Kiniinamil 0 Wepabike Kisiipiiikioike Kwayaantahcike Pimimioike Niinamji ke he ad Payebkinike Wtlbkwepahike Wepahaakone Pimitaapil Pimoocike WtlDtarnaake of Kipayehlcioike Kiwiibkwepahike Kiwepahaakooe Kipimitaapii Kipimoocike Kiwiintamaake Niwepahike Nikisiipiikinike Nikwayaantahcike Nipimioike Nipiminike Niniinarnii ty Nikaahsiinike Ninanabacike Nitawebkonebike Nipimiwane Nipimiwane Nimasbkawii cu l Nipayehkioike Niwiihkwepahike Niwepahaakone Nipimitaapii Nipimoocike Nipimoocike Niwiiotamaake Ed Writing Pracdce: La Negadve Forms: 1) Kaawio oipayebkinikehsiio. Kaawio oioanahacikehsiin. KaawiJ, oikaabsiioikebsiio. Kaawin nikisiipiikioikebsiio. Kaawin oiwepahikehsiio. Kaawin oiwepahaakonehsiio. Kaawin oiwiihkwepahikebsiio. Kaawin oitawebkooebikehsiin. 2) Kaawin kipayebkioikehsiio. Kaawin kinanahacikebsiio. Kaawin kikaahsiioikehsiio. Kaawin kildsiipiikinikehsiin. Kaawin kiwepahikebsiio. Kaawin kiwcpabaakooehsiio. Kaawin kiwiibkwepahikebsiio. Kaawin kitawebkooebikehsiio. 222 0 �ADVANCED OilBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION 3) Kaawin payehkinikehsiin. Kaawin nanahacikehsiin. Kaawin kaahsiinikehsiin. Kaawin kisiipiikinikehsiin. r Exercise G: Kaawin wepahikehsiin. Kaawin wepahaakonehsiin. Kaawin wiihkwepahikehsiin. Kaawin tawehkonehikehsiin. Questions and Answers in Singular Form ' Exerdse H: We are cleaning up. (exc) We are cleaning up. (inc) You (pl) are cleaning up. They are cleaning up. 2) 3) We arc swecping.(exc) We are sweeping. (inc) You (pl) are sweeping. They are sweeping. 4) 5) We are tidying up. (exc) We are tidying up. (inc) You (pl) are tidying up. They are tidying up. 7) 9) ty cu l y Fa We are vacuuming. (exc) We are vacuuming. (inc) You (pl) are vacuuming. They are vacuuming. We are washing clothes. (exc) We are washing clothes. (inc) You (pl) are washing clothes. They are washing clothes. We are shovelling snow. (exc) We are shovelling snow. (inc) You (pl) arc shovelling snow. They are shovelling snow. 8) We are snow-plowing. (exc) We are snow-plowing. (inc) You (pl) are snow-plowing. They are snow-plowing. We arc getting things ready. (exc) We arc getting things ready. (inc) You (pl) are getting things ready. They are getting things ready. 10) We are pulling something on the sled. (exc) U ni v er sit 6) ke he ad 11) io We are cleaning things. (exc) We are cleaning things. (inc) You (pl) are cleaning things. They are cleaning things. of 1) Ed PluralFonm La ( Negative Answer No, I'm not cleaning up. No, Sam is not cleaning up. uc Positive Answer Yes, rm cleaning up. Yes, Sam is cleaning up. at Question Are you cleaning up? Is Sam cleaning up? n Speaking Practice: We arc pulling something on the sled. (inc) You (pl) are pulling something on the sled. They are pulling something on the sled. We are carrying a pack on our back. (exc) We are carrying a pack on our back. (inc) You (pl) arc carrying a pack on your back. They are carrying a pack on their back. 223 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 12) We are carrying something along on our shoulder. (exc) We are carrying something along on our shoulder. (inc) You (pl) are carrying something along on your shoulder. They are carrying something along on their shoulder. 0 io n 13) We are carrying things. (exc) We are carrying things. (inc) You (pl) are carrying things. They are carrying things. Ed uc at 14) We are strong. (exc) We are strong. (inc) You (pl) are strong. They are strong. Questions and Answers: U ni v Question Are you (pl) cleaning up? Are you (pl) cleaning up? 0 er 2. sit y Fa 16) We are making an announcement. (exc) We are making an announcement. (inc) You (pl) are making an announcement. They are making an announcement. cu l ty of 15) We are weak. (exc) We are weak. (inc) You (pl) are weak. They are weak. Are we (inc) going to clean up? Are we (inc) going to clean up? Answer Yes, we (exc) are cleaning up. No, we (exc) are not cleaning up. he ad Yes, we (inc) are going to clean up. No, we (inc) are not going to clean up. Are they cleaning up? Are they cleaning up? La ke Yes, they are cleaning up. No, they are not cleaning up. He/she is cleaning things. 3 a) Paradigms 1 2 3 I am sweeping. You are sweeping. He/she is sweeping. 13 21 22 33 We are sweeping. (exc) We are sweeping. (inc) You (pl) are sweeping. They are sweeping. 224 0 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTI ON 1 I am tidying up. 13 We are tidying up. (exc) 2 You are tidying up. 21 We are tidying up. (inc) 3 He/she is tidying up. 22 You (pl) are tidying up. 33 They are tidying up. I am washing clothes. You are washing clothes. He/she is washing clothes. 13 21 22 33 We are washing clothes. (ex~) We are washing clothes. (inc) You (pl) arc washing clothes. They are washing clothes. I 2 3 Niwepahaakone Kiwepahaakone Wepahaakone 13 21 22 33 Niwepahaakonemin Kiwepahaakonemin Kiwepahaakonenaawaa Wepahaakonewak 1 2 3 Nitawehkonehike Kitawehkonehike Tawebkonehike 13 21 22 33 Nitawebkonebikemin Kitawebkonebikemin Kitawebkonebikenaawaa Tawehkonehikewak 1 2 Nikwayaantahcike Kikwayaantahcike Kwayaantahcike 13 21 22 33 Nikwayaantahcikemin Kikwayaantahcikemin Kikwayaantahcikemin kwayaantahcikewak er 1 2 3 Kaawin nipimiwanehsiin. Kaawin kipimiwanebsiin. Kaawin pimiwanebsiin. I Kaawin nipiminikehsiin. 2 3 Kaawin kipimioikehsiin. Kaawin pimioikebsiin. U ad he ke Exercise I: io at 13 21 22 33 Kaawin nipimiwanebsiimin. Kaawin kipimiwanebsiimin. Kaawin kipimiwanebsiinaawaa. Kaawin pimiwanehsiiwak. 13 21 22 33 Kaawin nipimioikebsiimin. Kaawin kipimioikcbsiimin. Kaawin kipiminikehsiinaawaa. Kaawin piminikehsiiwak. Dialogues Read and Understand: A. uc Ed of ty cu l sit Negative Paradigms: ni v c) La ( Fa 3 y b) n 1 2 3 Hello my friend. What arc you doing? Hello my friend. I am cleaning right now. Oh yah! Do you want me to help you? Yes, are you strong? If you are not busy, come and help me. I am not busy right now. When will you come then? 225 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I will come right away. Do you want me to bring something? No, just come as you are. I have everything we need to use. That's good Then I will be on my way. Okay, I guess I will see you later. n io at uc Hello my neighbour. How are you this morning? I just got up now. Oh yeah! Did you go to bed late last night? No, I didn't sleep too good last night. Did someone keep you awake last night? Yes, someone was cleaning all night last night at my place. What about you, what are you doing? I'm busy outside right now. Oh yeah! What are you doing? I am cleaning up outside. I am sweeping and also I am sh9velling snow. Ed B. 0 ExercJseJ: of Review Test cu l ty Animate Intransitive Verbs 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y He/she is cleaning up. He/she is cleaning up things. He/she is sweeping. He/she is vacuuming. He/she is tidying up. He/she is washing clothes. He/she is shovelling snow. He/she is snow-plowing. He/she is getting things ready. He/she is pulling something on sled. He/she is carrying a pack on back. He/she is carrying something on shoulder. He/she is carrying something. He/she is strong. He/she is weak. He/she is making an announcement. La 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Fa Fnglish Translation 0 226 �ADV ANC ED O.IlB WE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION 2. Sever n Ojlbw e 11. io ty 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. at 10. uc 6. 7. 8. 9. Ed 5. of 3. 4. n payehkinike kaahsiinike wepahike wiihkwcpahike nanahacike kisiipiikinike wepahaakone tawebkonehike kwayaantahcike pimitaapii piminiwane piminike pimoocike masbkawii niinamii wiintamaake 1. 2. cu l Leaonl Exercise A: Fa Flnt and Second-Person Transitive Verbs I am laughing at him/her. I know him/her. 3) I am biding him/her. 4) I am calling him/her. 5) I am fetching him/her. 6) I am missing him/her. 7) I am bitting him/her. 8) I am looking at him/her. 9) I found him/her. 10) I am covering him/her. 11) I am blaming him/her. 12) I am speaking for (on behalf of) him/her. ke he ad U ni v er sit 1) 2) La ( y VTA 227 VTI I am laughing at it. I know it. I am biding it I am calling it. I am fetching it. I am lonely. I am hitting it. I am looking at it. I found it. I am covering it. I am blaming it. I am speaking for it. �ADVANCED OJIBWE ., UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N VTA VTI ExerdseB: at uc VTA of VTI He/she is laughing at him/her. He/she knows him/her. 3) He/she is hiding him/her. 4) He/she is calling him/her. 5) He/she is fetching him/her. 6) He/she is missing him/her. 7) He she is bitting him/her. 8) He/she is looking at him/her. 9) He/she found him/her. 10) He/she covers him/her. 11) He/she is blaming him/her. 12) He/she is speaking for him/her. cu l Fa y sit er ni v 0 ad U Questions and Answen Fint, Second-Person Fonm Only Answer Are you lauging at Sally? Yes. I am lauging at her. No. I am not laughing at her. ke he Question La A. He/she is laughing at it. He/she knows that. He/she is biding it. He/she is calling it. He/she is fetching it. He/she is missing it He/she is hitting it. He/she is looking at it. He/she found it. He/she covers it. He/she blames it. He/she is speaking for it. ty 1) 2) ExerdseC : 0 n You are laughing at it. You know it. You are hiding it. You are calling it. You are fetching it. You are missing it. You are hitting it. You are looking at it. You found it. You cover it. You blame it. You are speaking for it. io You are lauging at him/her. You know him/her. 3) You are hiding him/her. 4) You are calling him/her. 5) You are fetching him/her. 6) You are missing him/her. 7) You are hitting him/her. 8) You arelooking at him/her. 9) You found him/her. 10) You cover him/her. 11) You are blaming him/her. 12) You are speaking for him/her. 1) 2) Ed 2. B. Do you know Sally? Yes. I know her. No. I don•t know her. C. Are you biding your sweetheart? Yes. I am hiding him/her. No. I am not hiding him/her. D. Are you calling Mary? Yes. I am calling her. No. I am not calling her. 228 0 �ADVANCED OHBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION TI Verb Are you laughing at your shoe? Yes, I am laughing at it. No, I am not laughing at it. B. Do you know that you arc going? Yes, I know. No, I don't know. C. Are you hiding your gun? Yes, I am hiding it. No, I am not hiding it. D. Are you calling something? Yes, I am calling it. No, I am not calling it. of VTA Fa cu l ty I am fetching him/her. I am missing him/her. (lonely) I am hitting him/her. I am looking at him/her. sit er Questio ns and Answe n Third-Person with Obviative ad U ExerciseD: ni v I am fetching it. I am lonely. I am hitting it. I am looking at it. y VTI Is be/she laughing at Sally? Yes, he/she is laughing at her. No, he/she is not laughing at her. he Answer ke A. Questio n La ( io at uc Ed Writin& Practice: 2. n A. B. Does he/she know Sally? Yes, be/she knows her. No, be/she does not know her. C. Is he/she hiding he/her sweetheart? Yes, be/she is hiding his/her sweetheart. No, he/she is not hiding his/her sweetheart. D. Is he/she calling Mary? Yes, he/she is calling her. No. He/she is not calling her. 229 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION TI Verbs Is he/she laughing at my feet? Yes, he/she is laughing at it. No, he/she is not laughing at it. B. Does he/she know where to go? Yes, he/she knows. No, he/she does not know. C. Is he/she hiding something? Yes, he/she is hiding it. No, he/she is not hiding it. D. Is he/she call his/her village? Yes, be/she is calling it. No, he/she is not calling it. 0 Ed uc at io n A. Writing Practice: of VTA Fa cu l ty He/she is fetching himlbcr. He/she is missing him/her. He/she is hitting him/her. He/she is looking at him/her. ad he er 13 Niinawint 21 Kiinawint 22 Kiinawaa 33Wrinawaa La ke 3WJ.in Paradigms U ExerdseE: 1 Niin 2 Kiln 0 ni v He/she is fetching it. He/she is lonely. He/she is hitting it. He/she is looking at it. sit y VTI VTA VTI 1 I am laughing at him/her. 2 You're laughing at him/her. 3 He/she is laughing at him/her. 1 I am laughing at it. 2 You're laughing at it. 3 He/she is laughing at it 13 We (exc) arc laughing at him/her. 21 We (inc) arc laughing at him/her. 22 You (pl) are laughing at him/her. 33 They are laughing at him/her. 13 We (exc) are laughing at it. 21 We (inc) are laughing at it. 22 You're (pl) are laughing at it. 33 They are laughing at it. 230 0 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTI ON Writing Practice: 1 Nikihkenimaa 2 Kikihkenimaa 3 Okikihkenimaan b) 13 Nikibkenimaamin 21 Kikihkenimaamin 22 Kikihkenimaawaa 33 Okikibkenimaawaan 1 Nikanoonaa 2 Kikanoonaa 3 Okanoonaan d) 13 Nikanoonaamin 21 Kikanoonaamin 22 Kikanoonaawaa 33 Okanoonaawaan cu l Fa 1 Niltihkentaan 2 Kikihkentaan 3 Okihkentaan sit ad U ni v 13 Niltihkentaamin 21 Kikibkentaamin 22 Kikibkentaamin 33 Okibkentaanaawaa ke he 1"'Nikanootaan 2 Kikanootaan 3 Okanootaan 13 Nikanootaamin 21 Kikanootaamin 22 Kikanootanaawaa 33 Okanootanaawaa La c) 1 Nikaatoon 2 Kikaatoon 3 Okaatoon y b) er a) io at ty 13 Ninaasihkawaamin 21 K.inaasihkawaamin 22 K.inaasihkawaawaa 33 Onaasibkawaawaan VTI ( 1 Ninaasibkawaa 2 Kinaasibkawaa 3 Onaasihkawaan n 13 Nikaanaamin 21 Kikaanaamin 22 Kikaanaawaa 33 Okaanaawaan of c) l Nikaanaa 2 Kikaanaa 3 Okaanaan uc a) Ed r VTA d) 13 Nikaatoomin 21 Kikaatoomin 22 Kikaatoonaawaa 33 Okaatoonaawaa 1 Ninaa~ibkaao 2 Kinaasibkaan 3 Onaasibkaao 13 Ninaasibkaamin 21 Kinaasibkaamin 22 Kinaasibkaanaawaa 33 Onaasibkaanaawaa 231 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise F: Working with the Language Read and Understand: 0 io n I am laughing at that man walking over there. Are you laughing at my story? I know that woman walking over there. Do you know that you can•t do that by yourself? What are you doing? Are you hiding the money? Hide your gun before you leave. Do you want to call your ex-spouse when you finish work? I am speaking for the situation. at a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) Read and Understand: 0 ni v er sit y Fa He/she has already found his/her dog. Has he/she already found the axe? He/she is covering up bis/her daughter. He/she is covering up the boat. (canoe) He/she is blaming his/her friend. He/she is blaming the bad weather. He/she is speaking for bis/her son. (on behalf of) He/she is speaking for the situation. U a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) Ed More Sentences of ExerclseG: ty I am fetching it. I am lonely. I am bitting it. I am looking at it. cu l I am fetching him/her. I am missing him/her. (lonely) I am bitting him/her. I am looking at him/her. uc Writing Practice: Dialogues ad ExerciseH: ke Hello my daughter. What are you doing? I am laughing at my friend right now. Oh yeahf What is be/she doing? Is he/she doing something funny? No. he/she is being miscbievious. He/she is called an owl. Do you know him/her? No. what does he/she look like? Does be/she look cute/funny? Yes. he/she is very cute/funny. Do you want to see him/her? Yes, I would be very happy to see him/her. Okay, I will tell him/her to come to my home. No, not yet! Wait awhile I will ask my boss. Tell your friend I will call him/her later. Okay, I will talk to you again soon. La A. he Read and Understand: 232 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N at io n Hello, my nephew. How are you? I am well. How about you? I am fine too. I wanted to speak to your father, Is he home? No. he left already. Oh yeah! Do you know when he will be home? No, he never tells me exactly when he will be borne. Do you think he is hiding something? Yes, it seems like he is hiding something, I think. Why do you think so? He never tells me anything. Do you ever ask him? No, I never do, he never talks to me anyway. uc B. Ed VAi 1 I am doing something funny. 2 You are doing something funny. 13 We (exc) are doing something funny. of 21 We (inc) are doing something funny. 3 He/she is doing something funny. cu l ty 22 You (pl) are doing something funny. 33 They are doing something funny. 13 We (exc) are being mischievious. 21 We (inc) are being miscbievious. 22 You (pl) are being mischievious. 33 They are being mischievious. er sit y 1 I am being mischievious. 2 You are being mischievious. 3 He/she is being mischievious. ni v VAi ke VAi 13 We (exc) look cute/funny. 21 We (inc) look cute/funny. 22 You (pl) look cute/funny. 33 They look cute/funny. he ad U 1 I look cute/funny. 2 You look cute/funny. 3 He/she looks cute/funny. 1 I live there. 2 You live there. 3 He/she lives there. La ( Fa VAi 13 We (exc) live there. 21 We (inc) live there. 22 You (pl) live there. 33 They live there. VAi 1 I am speaking. 2 You are speaking. 3 He/she is speaking. 13 We (exc) are speaking. 21 We (inc) are speaking. 22 You (pl) are speaking. 33 They are speaking. 233 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION DialogueB 0 Preverb 1. even though I ... 2. even though you ... 3. even though Exercise I: at io n More About TA Verb Types Subject and Object Combinations uc Listen and Understand: Ed (1 acting on 2) cu l ty of I am laughing at him/her. I know him/her. I am biding him/her. I am calling him/her. y sit ni v (3 acting on 3 obviative) 0 er You are fetching him/her. You are lonely for him/her. You are bitting him/her. You are looking at him/her. Fa (2 acting on 3) ke (3 acting on 1) He/she is laughing at me. He/she knows me. He/she is hiding me. He/she is calling me. La 2. he ad U He/she is laughing at him/her. He/she knows him/her. He/she is hiding him/her. He/she is calling him/her. (3 acting on 2) He/she is laughing at you. He/she knows you. He/she is hiding you. He/she is calling you. 0 234 �ADVANCED OilBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N (3 obviative acting on 3) He/she is laughing at him/her. He/she knows him/her. He/she is hiding him/her. He/she is calling him/her. Writing Practice: uc at io n He/she knows him/her. He/she is calling him/her. He/she is hiding him/her. He/she is fetching him/her. of Ed He/she is lonely for him/her. He/she is hitting him/her. ty ( 1 acting on 2) Fa cu l I am laughing at you. I know you. I am hiding you. I am calling you. er ad Writing Practice: U ni v You are laughing at me. You know me. You are hiding me. You are calling me. sit y (2 acting on 1) ( (2 acting OD 3) Kiroihkawaa Da? Q. (3 acting on 2) Kimihkawik Da? Q. (2 acting on 3) Kitakwanawaa na? Q. (3 acting on 2) Kitakwanahook na? Q. (3 acting on 3 obviative) Omibkawaan na? Q. (3 acting on 3 obviativc) Otalcwanshwaan na? La ke he Q. C (1 acting on 3) A. Ebe, Diroihkawaa. A. (3 acting on 1) Ebe, nimihkawik. (1 acting OD 3) A. Ebe, nitakwanawaa. A. (3 acting on 1) Ebe, nitakwanahook. A. (3 obviative acting on 3) Ebe, omibkaakoon. A. (3 abviative acting on 3) Ehe,otakwanahokoon. 235 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION ExerciseJ: Final Review for Lesson 2 Transitive Animate Verbs: 1. 0 English Translations: I am laughing at him/her. 2. You know him/her. 3. He/she is hiding him/her. 4. I am calling him/her. 5. I am fetching him/her. 6. He/she is lonely for him/her. 7. I am hitting him/her. 8. You are looking at him/her. 9. He/she found him/her. 10. I am covering him/her. 11. I am blaming him/her. 12. He/she is speaking for him/her. Engllsh Transladons: I am laughing at it. You know it He/she is biding it. I am speaking for it. s. I am fetching it. 6. He/she is lonely. 7. I am hitting it. 8. You are looking at it. 9. He/she found it. 10. I am covering it. 11. I am blaming it. 12. He/she is speaking for it. Fa 2. cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 1. 0 He/she is speaking for s.t. I call s.o. I address s.o. I fetch s.t. I get s.t. 4. He/she is hiding s.o. s. I cover s.o. 6. You know s.t. 7. He/she fmds s.o. 8. I hit s.o. 9. You fetch s.o. You get s.o. 10. He/she is lonesome for s.o. 11. I laugh at s.t. 1. 2. 3. La 3. ke he ad U ni v er sit y 1. 2. 3. 4. 0 236 �ADVANCED OilBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION You are looking at s.t. 13. He/she find s.t. 14. I cover s.t. 15. You blame s.o. 16. He/she is hiding s.t. 17. You know s.o. 18. I laugh at s.o. 19. He/she is lonely. 20. I hit s.t. 21. You blame s.t. 22. He/she is speaking for s.o. io at uc I call s.t. I address s.t. You are looking at s.o. Ed 23. 24. n 12. Lesson3 Inanimate Intransitive Verbs of Exercise A: cu l Fa he ad U ni v er sit ( 1. hang 2. fall 3. be deep water 4. be shallow water 5. be a big lake 6. be a small lake 7. be a wide lake 8. be a narrow lake 9. be big waves 10. be nice and calm body of water 11 .. float, be in the water 12. drift along on current 13. drift along on waves 14. freeze up y 1. ty Read and Undentand: 3. La ke 15. ice break up 16. flood, be high water 1. p ~ 2. mih:-hjkarou 3. 1Jl11Ci1Uln 4. akggte 5. mmisbklhm 6. maamihcashkaa 7. kilsbwyalY,U s. pankihsin 9. akubsihlikwem 10. anl!il,lhtinikamjn 237 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 11. pimaapoote 12. J2imaahoote 13. akalhsibmaa 0 14. akomin 15. killhkitin 16. mmlcihtikwem ExerclseB: 'lranslation into Severn Ojlbwe io n Write and Understand: 1. maamihcaashkaa uc at 2. mankihtikweyaa 3. mih~hikamaa 4. paakwaa Ed 5. akaabsihtikweyaa 6. kasbkatin of 7. maacihtan 8. pimaapoote cu l y Fa paokibsi11 moo~bkaban akaabsikamaa anwaahtioikamio akoote kiishkaayawaa sit 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. ty 9. akootin 10. p.imaahoote Exercise C: 0 er Translation into English ni v Write and Understand: La ke he ad U 1. drift along oo current 2. freeze up 3. be big waves 4. ice break up 5. drift along on waves 6. flood. be high water 7. be a small lake 8. be shallow water 9. bang s.t. 10. be a narrow river 11. be a wide river 12. be a big lake 13. fall s.t. 14. be a deep water 15. float, be in the water 16. be nice and calm body of water 0 238 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise D: Read and Understand: at io n 1. Is your coat hanging on the chair? 2. Do you think the airplane crashed into the bush? 3. That lake looks deep to me. 4. We can't go paddle there. It is too shallow. 5. The lake is very big where I want to go. 6. The lake is small where I live. 7. The river is wide where I want to go and fish. 8. The river is narrow where I killed the moose. uc r Sentences Ed New Vocabulary: 22 33 We paddle (exc) We paddle (inc) You (pl) paddle They paddle I kill s.o. You kill s.o. He/she kills s.o. 13 21 22 33 We kill s.o.(exc) We kill s.o. (inc) You (pl) kill s.o. They kill s.o. sit er ni v 1 2 3 y VTA More Sentences U Exercise E: ad Read and Understand: ke he 1. Do you think the big lake has big waves? 2. It is a very nice and calm lake. 3. There is an airplane in the river over there. 4. There is a branch drifting along on current by the rapids. 5. The canoe is drifting along on waves on the lake. 6. Very soon it will be freeze up. 7. Very soon the ice in the river will break up. 8. It looks like there will be a flood after the ice breaks up. La ( ty 13 21 cu l I paddle Youpaddle He/she paddles Fa 1 2 3 of VAi 239 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION ExerciseF: Questions and Answers Read and Understand: 0 Q. A. Where is your coat hanging? Over there beside the door. b) Q. A. Where do you think the airplane crashed. Perhaps maybe far away in the bush. c) Q. A. Is that where you want to go fishing? No, the water is too deep here. d) Q. How about there, do you think the water is too shallow? No, that is where I will go swimming. Q. Q. cu l Is it a small lake where you want to set your fish net? Yes, it is a small lake although it is a long lake. A. Fa Is it a wide river where you want to go hunting? I don't know, I haven't seen it yet. Q. Is it a small river where you want to go duck hunting? A. Yes, it is a small ri~er and very many fish. y h) Q. A. sit g) at ty A. f) uc of Is it a big lake where you want to go tomorrow? Yes, it is a very big lake although there are many islands. 0 er e) Ed A. io n a) ni v New Vocabulary: U VAi I am swimming. 2 3 You are swimming. He/she is swimming. 13 21 22 33 We are swimming. (exc) We are swimming. (inc) You (pl) are swimming. They are swimming. 13 21 22 33 We are fishing with a net. (exc) We are fishing with a net. (inc) You (pl) are fishing with a net. They are fishing with a net. 13 21 22 33 We are hunting ducks. (exc) We are hunting ducks. (inc) You (pl) are hunting ducks. They are hunting ducks. ke he ad 1 La SentenceF: 1 2 3 I am fishing with a net. You are fishing with a net. He/she is fishing with a net. SentenceH: 2 I' am hunting ducks. You are hunting ducks. 3 He/she is hunting ducks. 1 240 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION r Writing Practice: hang S.l. fall s.t. deep water shallow water Exercise G: io n Continuation of Questions and Answers d) Q. A. e) Q. A. ( f) Q. A. g) Q. A. h) Q. A. uc Ed of What is that thing that is floating? It looks like a rock island. ty A. Is that a small canoe drifting along on current? No, it is a coffin. cu l Q. Fa c) Do you see that wooden box drifting along on current? No, where? y A. Do you see it that the water will be nice and calm this evening. I don't know. I haven't checked up on it yet. When do you see that it will freeze up? I see that it will probably freeze up soon. sit Q. er b) Does it look like the waves are big in the middle of the lake? Yes. it looks like there are big waves. Do you think the ice will break up soon? I don't know. I am not worried about it. ni v A. Do you see it there will be a flood when the ice breaks up? I hope not. U Q. ad a) at Read and Understand: ke VTI he New Vocabulary: I am checking up on it. You are checking up on it. La 1 2 3 He/she is checking up on it. 13 21 22 33 We are checking up on it. (exc) We are checking up on it (inc) You (pl) are checking up on it. They are checking up on it. 13 21 22 33 We are worrying about it. (exc) We are worrying about it. (inc) You (pl) worrying about it. They are worrying about it. VTI 1 2 3 I am worrying about it. You are worrying about it. He/she is worrying about it. 241 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Writing Practice: - be big waves - float, be in the water - freeze up - flood, be high water Exercise H: 0 Mini-Dialogues at io Is my brother-in-law there? Yes, do you want to talk to him? Yes, I want to ask him something. uc A. n Read and Understand: cu l Listen! Do you hear something? No, do you think you heard something? Yes, I thought it sounds like something fell. What direction did it sound like? It sounds like it came from up there. Do you want to go and check up on it? No, I am scared. 0 er sit y Fa B. ty of Ed Hello my brother-in-law. How can I help you today? If you are not busy, I want to ask you to help me. I want to hang up my boat. Okay, wait I want to eat my breakfast. Thank you my brother-in-law. I will see you later. Do you want to go fishing? No, the lake has big waves. We should go to a small lake. Okay, lets give it a try. When do you want to go then? I guess right away, before it gets too windy. Okay, I will get ready immediately. D. What do you want to do today? I want to go trout fishing with a net where the river is deep. I am going to a different place to fish with a net. Where, do you think you want to go to fish with a net? Where the river is narrow. Do you think there is a trout swimming around there? A long time ago about this time, they use to swim around there. I sure hope you will catch them. La ke he ad U ni v C. 0 242 �ADVANCED OilB WE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION New Vocabulary: Dialogue B: 1 2 3 I am checking up on things. You are checking up on things. He/she is checking up on things. 21 22 33 We are checking up on things. (exc) We arc checking up on'things. (inc) You (pl) are checking up on things. They are checking up on things. I3 21 22 33 We are trying it. (exc) We are trying it. (inc) You (pl) are trying it. They are trying it. 13 3 of Dialogue D: U ni v I caught s.o. You caught s.o. He/she caught s.o. er sit VTA 1 2 3 13 21 22 33 We caught s.o. (exc) We caught s.o. (inc) You (pl) caught s.o. They caught s.o. CreaUve Writing he ad Exercise I: ke Read and Understand: When is your father leaving? He left already. He left early this morning. When will be be coming home? I don't know. He didn't tell me. Do you want to talk to him when be arrives. Yes, tell him to call me when he arrives. Okay, I will tell him when he arrives. La A. We think SO. (CXC) We think so. (inc) You (pl) think so. They think so. Fa 13 21 22 33 cu l I think so. You think so. He/she thinks so. y ( ty vn 1 2 3 at You are trying it. He/she is trying it. uc I am trying it. Ed 1 2 io n Dialogue C: Hello my friend. Did you call me? Yes, I want to ask you something. Okay, how can I help today? 243 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I want you to go with me, I want to go fishing tomorrow. Where do you want to go? Where there is a big Jake. Do you think that there are plenty of fish there? Yes, I think there are plenty of fish there at this time. Okay, I will go with you if only it isn't too windy. If the lake is deep, there will be big waves. If it is too windy, we will go to a small lake instead. n 0 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 2. I. 2. 3. 4. s. 6. 7. 8. at cu l Fa y sit er ni v 8. 9. U 6. 7. 0 ad s. he 3. 4. it is calm, clear water be big waves fall s.t. be shallow water hang be deep water flood, be high water drift along on current freeze up float, be inlhe water be wide river ice break up be big lake drift along on waves be deep water be small lake ke 2. Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: La 1. uc Final Review Lesson 3 ExerdseJ: 1. We think s.o. to be there. (exc) We think s.o. to be there. (inc) You (pl) think s.o. to be there. They think s.o. to be there. Ed 13 21 22 33 of I think s.o. to be there. You think s.o. to be there. He/she thinks s.o. to be there. ty l 2 3 io New Vocabulary: Severn Ojlbwe: kashkatin akontin maamihcaashkaa maacibtan akaahsibtikweyaa pimaapoote akaahsikamaa akoote 0 244 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION 9. r anwaahtinikamin 10. paakwaa 11. mihshikamaa 12. pimaahoote 13. makihtikweyaa 14. mooshkaban 15. kiishkaayawaa 16. pankibsin Exercise A: io n Leuon 4 uc at Particles 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. of ty cu l Fa y sit La 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. er 14. 15. 16. 17. ni v 10. 11. 12. 13. U 9. ( ad 6. 7. 8. he s. in Europe, abroad across the ocean across the road or trail hardly, scarcely anytime, whenever under the snow under the water by chance, at the last minute to greater extent, more and more some, few whereabouts, which direction anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with more effort, harder at least, anyhow, okay but in direction originally, long ago, fo'nner likely, to be expected, probably all over, whole, everywhere on the right for no reason or purpose at the same time, while one by one on the left more, quite barely, hardly, poorly carelessly last night gone, disappear ke 1. 2. 3. 4. Ed Listen and Understand: 30. C 245 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B: 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. n io at uc Ed of ty cu l Translation into Severn Ojibwe inehke pehpeshik ciikic aanti piko aanta pehkihsh kibcinihkiik anaamaakonak kayepiko aanti nehke akaamahkiink La 1. 0 ke Exercise C: 2. 3. 4. Fa 21. 22. y 19. 20. sit 16. 17. 18. er 13. 14. 15. ni v 11. 12. U I 0. 0 ad 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. in Europe. abroad across the ocean across the road or trail hardly. scarcely anytime, whenever under the snow under the water by chance, at the last minute to greater extent. more and more some, few whereabouts, which direction anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with more effort, harder at least, anyhow, okay but in direction originally, long ago. former likely, to be expected, probably all over. whole, everywhere on the right for no reason or purpose at the same time, while one by one on the left more, quite barely, hardly, poorly carelessly last night gone, disappear he I. 2. Learning the New Vocabulary 0 246 �ADVANCED O.JIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION n io at uc Ed of 2S. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. tepinaahk anaamipiink ahpii piko kayaash tipihkonk eniwehk nawac akaami-kihcikam namacinihkiik enikohk wenipan misiwe capashiibsb awasbime siitawaac anibsbaa akaawaac ahami bkaana kwanta ty (' 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 11. 12. 13. 14. Fa y sit er La 15. 16. 17. ni v 7. 8. 9. 10. U 6. ad 3. 4. 5. some, few low, lower level with more effort, harder all over, whole, everywhere originally, long ago, form'er in direction whereabouts, which direction at the same time, while gone, disappear likely, to be expected on the right carelessly anytime more, quite on the left hardly, scarcely one by one barely, hardly, poorly in Europe, abroad across the road or trail by chance, at the last minute last night under the snow by, closer to, near to for no reason or purpose he 2. ( Translation into English ke 1. cu l ExerciseD: 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. t:-2425.. 247 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. underwater anytime to greater extent, more and more at least. anyhow. okay but across the ocean Exercise E: 0 Working the Language n Read and Understand: When I finish with work I want to go to Europe. There is always fighting (war) in Europe. Are you from Europe? B) My friend came from across the ocean. There is always fighting (war) in Europe. Does his/her friend want to go home soon across the ocean? C) I want to change my place of residence to across the road. Do you live across the road? When does he/she want to go across the road? D) I scarcely bad enough food. Did you barely get out of bed this morning? There was barely enough wood this winter. E) I will just sit anywhere. Just put it anywhere. He/she will go anywhere. F) I will set my trap under the snow. Is your vehicle under the snow? The partridge sleeps under the snow. G) The fish is swimming underwater. The duck is diving underwater. Do you also see the duck diving underwater. H) By chance I found out quickly there was a fire that is why I didn't get burned. By chance I saw him early enough that is ~by he didn't drown. By chance it was not cold that is why I didn' t freeze. 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io A) I) I think he/she is getting even more sicker. I think the weather is going to be even more colder next winter. The weather will be even more warmer when spring comes. J) Only a few will leave tomorrow. Some men will not go. Only a few wood were used last night. 0 248 �ADVANCED OJIBW E • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Writing Practice: - in Europe, abroad - across the road, trail - hardly, scarcely - anytime - under the snow - underwater ExerciseF: io n Learning the Language B) Just sit anywhere. You can just sleep anywhere. Q. Where do you want to put this? A. Anywhere. C) The airplane is flying low. The geese arc flying low. The clouds arc low today. D) I will stop near the house. Close to Christmas day I will go home. Near morning I will get up. E) Run bard! Pull the rope harder. Let us work hard before night fall. F) Anyhow I will be coming too tomorrow. Just go anyway! Wait for him to arrive anyway. ty cu l Fa y sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( Ed What direction do you want to go? What direction is the wind coming from? What direction is it flowing? of A) uc at Read and Understand: G) Let's go over there in that direction. He/she lives over there in that direction. The wind is coming from the north direction. H) A long time ago life was bard. A long time ago people were constantly working. There was plenty of traditional food a long time ago. 249 �ADVANCED OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION I) It will likely rain tonight. Is it likely that you will be leaving early in the morning? Is it likely that your father will arrive sooner? J) We will walk all over tomorrow. Just give me all your money. The sickness is going around all over. 0 io n Writing Practice: Exerdse G: ty Using the Language cu l Read and Undentand: Tum on the right here! y Stand by his right side! Do you want to walk on your right side? Fa A) of Ed uc at whereabouts, which direction anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with more effort. harder at least, anyhow, okay but I came here for no reason. He is saying it for no reason. You are talking too much for no reason. C) I am going to eat at the same time while I am working. I want to look for my friend at the same time when I go shopping. Are you going to do some shopping at the same time when you go to town? D) One by one we will take them. One by one we will take them. Just take them one by one. E) Sit on the left side. I will nm on the left side. Tum on the left side over there. 0 F) G) La ke he ad U ni v er sit B) I will leave closer to the afternoon. How about we paddle away when the wind calms down? Close to the time when I am feeling well I will start working. I walked around barely yesterday. 0 Are you working barely today? Carry it carefully so you won't break it. 250 �I) I did not sleep good last night. I heard an owl last night. Did you go out too last night? J) My cup in no where to be seen. Someone must have taken it. My dog has dissappeared. He must have ran away. Everyone is gone, no one to be heard from. io Don't do it carelessly. You are always working too carelessly. I will just arrange it carelessly for now. at H) n ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION uc Writing Practice: cu l ty of Ed - on th right - for no reason or purpose - at the same time -one by one - on the left - more, quite - carelessly Exercise H: Fa sit y Read and Understand: A) Hello my friend. How arc you doing? I am well right now. How about you? I am also well. Is this one of your friends. Yes, he/she is from Europe. Oh yeah! Did he/she come to visit you? when did he/she arrive? He/she amved last night close to midnight. How long will he/she be here? I don't know. I haven't asked him/her yet. B) Hello my brother. How arc you today? I am not really feeling too well today. Ob yeah! Where are you sick? My leg. I went across the road this morning. I barely could walk. Are you feeling pain? No, not too much right now. I can barely sit around. I hope you will be getting better real soon. Thank you. I hope so. La ke he ad U ni v er ( Mini-Dialogues C) C When will you go hunting again? Much later after the ice breaks up, I will hunt. W'dl you be paddling away? 251 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION It is possible, I don't exactly know for sure yet. Which direction will you be going? I will be going the north direction if it isn't too cold. I could at least go with you if I am not too lazy. Okay, if you want to come, you can come. n io Hello my friend, I am calling you for no reason. (of importance) Oh yeah! How are you? I am fine, how about you? As for myslelf, I am just fine too right now. I am thinking about going hunting tomorrow. Do you want to come with me? Okay, I will go with you. When will you leave tomorrow? Anytime in the morning. Where do you want to go exactly? Anywhere. I don't exactly know. Exercise I: cu l ty of Creative Writing Read and Undentand: When is your friend arriving at the airport? I don't know, I don't know yet. It is snowing right now. It is going to snow even more and maybe at the same time it will start to rain I bear. Ob yeah! So it is going to be miserable weather. Perhaps the weather is like that all over. We will probably walk around under the snow when it stops snowing. I hope it won't snow too much. I hope not. We could probably pray harder anyway that it won't snow too much. As long as the road don't get buried with snow. Yes, at least for some. I guess we'll just stay here to wait for it to stop snowing. I guess that is all we can do. We can't go anywhere anyways. What will we do while we wait? I don't know. We should do something anyhow. {purposely) 0 ke ExerciseJ: he ad U ni v er sit y Fa A) Ed uc at D) 0 Final Review Leuon 4 La Particles: Ojibwe Translation: I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. kihcinihkiik kwanta pehkibsh pehpeshik namacinibkiik nawac 0 252 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N n io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa sit Leaon5 er ExerclseA: ad For Example: Certain Uncertain Kohtaaci Kobtaacitok Kobtaacitok Kohtaacitok he 1. U Read and Undentand: ni v Review ke ( 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. La r 8. 9. siitawaac tepinaahk tipihkonk wenipan aanti nehke aanti piko enikohk eniwebk capashiibsb ciikic inebke kayaash kaye piko misiwe aanta awabshime anibsbaa anaamipiink artaarnaakllnak ahpil piko akaawaac akaarnibk.ana akaami.kihcikam akaamahkiink y 7. Certain Uncertain 1 I am scared. 2 You•re scared. 3 He/she is scared. I must be scared. You must be scared. He/she must be scared. 13 wc•rc scared. (exc) 21 we•rc scared. (inc) 22 You're (pl) scared. 33 They're scared. We must be scared. (exc) We must be scared. (inc) You (pl) must be scared. They must be scared. 253 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION What is your younger sibling doing? They are playing outside. 0 What is your grandfather doing? He is probably working down the shore. n Is your dog throwing up? Yes, he is probably sick. io Are you tired? Yes, I must be sick. Ed Are you stealing? Yes, I must be starving, perhaps that is why I am stealing. uc at Are you lazy? Yes, I must be tired. ty cu l 0 er sit y Fa Where is your father? He must have left early this morning. Where could he have gone? Pickeral Lake. Do you think he is arriving by now? I don't know. Maybe he is still driving. When will he be returning? Maybe tomorrow. Will someone be coming with him? Probably not. Maybe he will be coming home alone. of 2. Minl-dJalogues Exercise 8: U Review and Understand: ni v Review Preterits he ke Neutral ad Paradigm La 1 I am lazy. 2 You are lazy. 3 He/she is lazy. 13 We are lazy. (exc) 21 We are lazy. (inc) 22 You (pl) are lazy. 33 They are ~azy. Preterit I was lazy, but no longer am. You were lazy, but no longer are. He/she was lazy, but no longer is. We were lazy, but we are no longer. We were lazy, but we are no longer. You were lazy, but no longer are. They were lazy, but they no longer are. 0 254 �ADVANCED OilBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Writing Practice: Exercise C: Animate Nouns Inanlma~ Nouns worn-out kettle useless caribou broken down stove spoiled whitefish cu l ty of Ed broken down airplane broken down plate worn-out book broken down gun Fa poorly made pencil useless table good-for-nothing branch Animate Nouns useless heart good-for-nothing lard useless pepper spoiled milk mosquito owl beadwork jackfish (pike) air strip table whitefish comb c) U useless man poorly made bannock spoiled fish poorly made porridge b) ad loon carrot sturgeon trout bag/purse money wallet butterfly he a) ke 4. Inanimate Nouns sit 3. useless spoon worn-out sock good-for-nothing dog spoiled flour La ( IDanima~ Nouns ni v 2. Animate Nouns y 1. Review Pejoratives n e. f. io d. at b. C. Nikii-ishaa weti tahso-pipoon. Nikii-ishaanaapan ahko weti tahso-pipoon. Kii-akaahsheshi niiwi-ahki otaanaank. Kii-akaahsheshiipan niiwi-ahki otaanaank. Nikii-ataawe pimihsewin. Nikii-ataawenaapan pimihsewin. uc \ a. er r 255 bicycle pickcral snake telephone camera flour television scissors �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise D: 1. Animate Nouns Inanimate Nouns little bannock little boy, boy little partridge little lard little pepper little heart Animate Nouns Inanimate Nouns little spoon little flour little clock little fork little canoe little cradle board Animate Nouns Inanimate Nouns little rabbit little carrot little elk little pencil little table little island 0 a) c) sit er wallet bicycle pickeral snake telephone camera· flour television scissors at 0 ni v butterfly ExerciseE: ad U Working the Language Read and Understand: ke he He/she is probably lazy that is why he/she is not working. No one here. he is probably gone. It is silent. he must be still sleeping. He/she could have arrived by now. Is it time for us to eat already? It has been a long time since I went home last. La B) mosquito owl beadwork feather landing strip table whitefish comb y sturgeon trout bag money A) uc Ed b) beaver 1. of ty loon cu l 4. Fa 3. io n 2. Review Dimunltives C) My broken-down house burnt down last night. Did your worn-out canoe float away? He is cleaning up his useless gun. D) Put the plate on top of the broken-down table. Your worn-out kettle is boiled dry. The useless snake is eating the frog. 256 0 �F) The little bird is singing in the morning . The little airplane crashed in the bush. Bring the little spoon! G) Bring the little pencil. Do you like the taste of the little carrot? The little whitefish is swimming around under water. Exercls eF: uc Mini-Dialogues ke he ad U ni v er sit y of ty When is your friend going home? He wanted to go home today, but it's too miserable (weather). What is be doing now? I don't know. He is probably still sleeping. Tell him to call me when he gets up. Did you already finish fixing up your little canoe? Yes, I have already finished fixing it up. What about your little out-board motor? Will you be fixing it up too? No. not yet. I can't do it by myself. Do you want me to help you? Only if you are not busy. I am not busy right now. I would be very happy to help you. That's good. Thank you. La ( B) Fa cu l Did your father arrive yet? No. he is still gone. Sbouldn't he have arrived by now? Yes, perhaps maybe he got busy. I sure hope nothing bad happened. I will come and tell you when be arrives. Okay. for sure I will call you when he arrives. Ed Read and Understand: A) io The useless partridge is looking for his morning meal. The nasty butterfly is flying around. The good-for-nothing bear is fighting the little wolf. at E) n ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTI ON C) Do you think you see something. little girl? Yes. I think I see a bear cub over there. Do you want to go and look? No, I am scared. I will go with you. Let us go and look. We will take a gun along. You go alone. I will wait for you here. 2S7 �ADVANCED OJIBW E - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION Exercis e G: Creativ e Writin& Read and Unders tand: 0 1. ty of Ed uc at io n It is probably almost time for us to eat. Has everyone arrived yet? No, Paul has not arrived yet. Shouldn't he have arrived by now? Yes, he should have arrived by now. What sort of car did he take along? He took the little car along. Perhaps, maybe it broke down. What shall we do then? Maybe we should wait for him a little while yet. I sure hope be didn't drive off the road. It's not possible. We will wait for him a little while yet. If he does not arrive in half an hour, I will drive (go) to look for him. We will just sit right here to wait for him. Don't anyone get worried. cu l Half hour later Fa Paul anived by vehicle. He did not drive off the road. He hit a little moose. That is why be arrived late. y 0 sit ExerdseR: er Suff'axes work going home U 1. ni v Read and Write: ad scared be skinny run walk go to the shore buy s.t. heal s.o. getting up (from bed) tell legends leave trap 3. La ke he sleep getting up (from bed) drink play write hunt fetch water campfire head community air strip flour scissors back shoe skunk smoked fish carrot frying pan table store thread one dollar bee woman partridge mosquito butterfly pepper house fly goose 258 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 4. sturgeon scissors knife book bag/purse birch bark birch bark basket bee pepper house fly heart man fish mosquito rabbit loon carrot kettle store thread smoked fish shuttle for net making duck egg io n Lesso n6 lcikihkenimaa 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. y sit er VTA VTA ni v VTI VTA U VTI VTI V11 VTA VTA VTA VTI VTI ad 17. 18. 19. kikanawaapamaa otaayamiihtamawan nikanoonaa kitanaamentaan okaanaan nitakwanahaan kikikentaan osbikatcntaan nipaabpihaa he 16. kimibkaan ninaasihkaan kitanaaroenimaa oshikat.-.nimaan nikanootaan kipaahpihtoon omi.hkaawaan ke 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. cu l 8. Fa 7. VTA Lesson 4 Review Test: Particles English Translation 1. 2. 3. Ed ty nipahkihtehaan naasihkaw otaayamiihtaan nitakwanahwaa VTA VTI VTI VTI VTA VTI VTA VTA V11 VTI VTA of nipahkihtehwaa kikanawaapantaan okaatoon La ( 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Verb'Iype uc Severn Ojibwe at Les.1on 2 Review Test: Transitive Verbs in Europe, abroad across the ocean across the road. trail 259 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N s. n io at uc Ed of ty cu l ad 4. kibcinihkiik tepinaahk tipihkonk nawaac he 1. 2. 3. 0 U Continuation of Particles inchke ke 6. kwanta 7. wenipan 8. siitawaac 9. namadnihkiik 10. eniwehk 11. misiwe 12. pehpeshik 13. akaawaac 14. pehkihsb 15. anaaroaakonak 16. eniwchk 17. awahshime La 2. Fa 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. y 18. sit 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 0 er 6. 7. hardly, scarcely any time under the snow underwater by chance, at the last minute even more some, few which direction just anywhere low, lower level by, close to, near to with great effort, harder at least, anyhow, okay, but in that direction perhaps all over, whole, everywhere on the right for no reason or purpose originally, long ago at the same time, while one by one on the left more, quite (-er) barely, hardly, poorly careless last night gone, disappear ni v 4. 5. 0 260 �ADVANCED OilB WE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECT ION uc at io n akaamihkana anaamipiik aanti piko kayaash ahpii piko akaami-kihcikam enikonk akaamahkiink aanta kaycpiko aanti nehke ciikic capashihsb Les.wnS anobkiitok 2. maacaatok 3. kobtaacitok 4. kobtaacitok 5. nipaatok 6. wanisbkaatok 7. minibkwetok 8. mitawetok 9. masinahiketok 10. nantawenciketok 11. paawanitok 12. pimobsctok 13. ataawetok 14. natawihiwetok 15. naasipiitok 16. aabkositok of Review Test: Dubitatives ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty l. Preterit 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Nikii-isbaaminaapan tahso-pipoon. Nikii-maniwaahkaahikanenaapan. Kii-wiikitoopan wesbkac. Kii-anohkiipan awahsinaako. Nikii-isbaarninaapan mibshiiniwaa. Kii-ataawepan ooaako. Nikii-isbitaanapan wesbkac. Kii-isbi-nanaantawencikepan mitaabso ahki otaanaak. ke he 2. La ( Ed 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 261 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTIO N Pejorative 3. useless spoon useless plate useless gun useless airplane useless frying pan useless branch useless ear useless kettle useless mosquito useless butterfly uselc!ss lard useless bannock little plate little clock little canoe little airplane little bear little carrot little tea pot little loon io at uc Ed 0 ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of little partridge little lard little bannock little pepper La 4. n Diminutive 0 0 262 �ADVA NCED O.JIB WE - UNIT 2; ENGL ISH TRAN SLAT IONS Let's Look Back At What You Have Learne d: my brother-in-law sock your grandfather feather head shuttle bee uc at thread your dog eagle smoked fish Paul n Animate Nouns: io r Lessons 1-5 ni v er sit y be ready, available things go along by sled or sleigh cany pack along on back carry things along on one's shoulder cany things strong ke he ad U clean things wipe things for cleaning sweep the floor vacuum cleaning tidy things ·washing clothes shovelling snow snow-plow goto bed be occupied certain location look cute, look funny live there, reside there Fa Animate lntranslUve Verbs: speak, talk ·fish with a net move one's residence La ( turns burn s.o. up go out! let's work sits around, stays around wait coffin cradle board war, violence back cu l ty airplane suitcase, wooden box fireplace, campfire life of island birchbark canoe fight, violence village.settlement sickness, illness Ed Inanimate Nouns: weak announce to people do funny thiings do mean things to s.o. swim hunting ducks check up on things dive start paddling, paddle off run along, run by feel extreme pain walk about, take a walk be afraid, get scared be lazy trap tire, be tired steal 263 boil dry fly about fight absent, gone busy (by accident) it goes wrong for him let's look busy (by doing things) arrive by vehicle drive off be counted, belong paddle along, paddle by be a lot of, be many worry, be concerned there is enough of go on shopping trip drown feeling well, feeling better work well, work all the tim cover with snow s.t. anima vomit be skinny, be starving �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Inanimate Intransitive Verbs: be narrow river be deep water float, be in the water be small (as a lake) freeze up last evening be beard certain location 0 n sounds like it be there, exist being tried warm weather happen so, be such weather be dawn bebom the time has come drift away by waves go around, be an hour io there is enough of at break up of Ed uc flow there, flow so every spring it goes here and there every winter bum up, be burned up break down, get broken hit s.o. hide s.o. cu l Transitive Animate Verbs: laugh at s.o. look at s.o. call, speak s.o. suspect, blame s.o. wakes.o. up gave it tome hit s.o. accidentally fall down be calm water be big (as a lake) drift Along on the waves ty hang s.t. inanimate big waves be shallow water drift along in the current be wide river flood, there is high water be taken be lit, be on fire cover with snow s.t. inanimate fly along, fly by every summer silence every year be taken away be counted, belong 0 ni v er sit y Fa know s.o. fmd s.o. cover s.o. get s.o.• fetch s.o. be lonesome for s.o. speak for s.o. catch s.o.• capture s.o. think s.o. to be there hears.o. to go look for s.o. unload s.o.• take s.o. off the water kill s.o. U Transitive blanlmat.e Verbs: La ke he ad laugh at s.t. look at s.t. call for. speak for suspect, blame s.t. have s.t. think certain way return to s.t. carry s.t. clean s.t. unload s.t., take s.t. off the water hit s.t. hide s.t. cover s.t. be lonesome examine s.t. by looking catch s.t., capture s.t. take s.t. know set s.t. in a certain way know s.t., fmd s.t. out find s.t. get s.t.• fetch s.t. speak for s.t. try s.t. out pull s.t. tum s.t., steer s.t. break s.t., smash s.t. fix s.t., repair s.t. Pffverbs: would, could, should seek visible in distance 264 about, around, no definite goal 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE - UNIT 2; ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS Pronouns: r thi·s_ _ _ _ _ _ _th_e_m_ _ _ _ _ _ _th_a_t_o_ne_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _th_o_s_e_ _ _ _ ___,1 ' - 1_ _ _ Particles: cu l Are you laughing at him/her? Are you hiding your gun? Is he/she hiding his/her gun? sit y Is he/she laughing at him/her? er More expressions and phrases on page 40I. La ke he ad U ni v Note: n Fa Expremons: ( io ty of anytime purposely. jokingly by chance, at the last minute last, behind. previously whereabouts, which direction for a while low. lower level likely, to be expected for no reason or purpose on the left at mix in direction gone. disappear cross the road/street emphatic under the snow at least to greater extent, more and more last anywhere at least, anyhow, okay but originally, long ago, form.er on the right one by one barely, hardly, poorly uc carelessly in Europe, abroad emphatic hardly, scarcely even though. anyhow, anyway underwater probably, possibly some what kind of son with more effort, harder close to, near to all over, whole, everywhere at the same time more, quite (-er) Ed however. nevertheless last night across the ocean 26S �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Guide to the Glossaries This section is divided into two parts: Anihshininiimowin-English Glossary. and EnglishAnihshininiimowin Glossary. The glossaries contains listings of basic words (word stems) and some 0 prefixes. In order to make the glossaries more useful we will explain the way that entries are organized and the information they contain. We will treat the Anihsbininiimowin-English and English- io n Anihshininiimowin sections separately, because they are organized differently. at The glossaries are intended only to be a listing of words used in the books in this series. Because uc there are often local variations in pronunciation and vocabulary, students are encouraged to make Ed notes in the glossaries about aspects of the usage and vocabulary of their instructor which are not already indicated there. As well, the glossaries do not present detailed information about all the of possible different forms which many Anib~hininiimowin words may take. especially nouns and cu l ty verbs. In both sections the following alphabetic order is used for Anih.shininjjmnwin words, in which long c e h i ii km no oops sh t w y sit y a aa Fa vowels are sorted after the corresponding short vowels: 0 er ANIHSHININIIMOWIN-ENGLISB GLOSSARY WORD, ni v In the Anibshioioiimowin-English section, each entry contains at least an Anibshininiimowin HEAD an abbreviation for the WORD CLASS code, and an English translation, as in the following entry. U Notice that the Anihsruoioiirnowin head word is in bold print, the word class code is in italic type, he ad and the English translation is in plain type. ke kiiwe vai go home, return La Each Anihshininiimnwin word is assigned a word class code. We will review examples of each type, and will explain the types of information which may be found in entries for different word classes. Nouns There are two main types of nouns, ANIMATE and INANIMATE. Their word class codes are as follows. na animate noun ni inanimate noun 0 266 �ADVANCED OJIBW E GLOSSARY Typical entries for each are given here. ahcaap -Ilk na bow minihkwaakan -an ni cup The head word for a noun is usually the SINGULAR fonn of the noun. PRmxEs and SUFFIXES may be n added to this fonn to give extra meaning and grammatical information. The head word for a noun is at io followed by the form of the PLURAL suffix that the noun takes. This suffix can be added directly to uc the bead word (minus the hyphen) to make the plural form. So for example. the entry for the noun ahcaap 'bow' given above contains the plural suffix -Uk. They can be combined to give the plural Ed form ahcaapllk 'bows.' of There are also two other types of nouns. which are called DEPENDENT nouns. Their word class codes dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun cu l nad ty are as follows. Fa Dependent nouns are nouns that must always occur with a POSSESSlVE prefix to indicate who the noun belongs to (the 'possessor'). Dependent nouns are nearly always words for body parts or kinship sit y terms. In the glossary dependent nouns for kinship terms are always given in the fonn in which the er basic word is preceded by the first-person prefix ni or n. U ni v nimihsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mibses-/. Also'. nlmlh.cens CW) he ad The head word is the prefixed form that means 'my older sister.' You will see that after the English translation appears the notation 'Stem: /-mihses/.' The form that is given in angled brackets is called the S'Il!M. It is the basic form of the word without any prefixes or suffixes. This is the form of the ke word that is used when you wish to make other forms of this word by adding prefixes or suffixes. For many glossary entries the bead word and the stem are identical, so the entry does not need to La ( give any special indication of what the stem is. As with dependent nouns, we will sec that other types of words may contain information indicating that the stem is slightly different from the head word. Entries for dependent nouns for body parts are slightly different from those for kinship terms. They are given in the form that contains the prefix mi or m, which means 'someone's.' Here is an example. 267 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ 0 Note that the entry is indicates what the stem of the word is. There are also a small number of entries that have the following class code: animate noun with participle io n na-pt uc at Entries of this type are mostly only found with names for months of the year. Ed kaa-tahkwekisoc pllbslm na-pt shorter month, February of This is a noun which consists of two pans. The first part is a participle form of an Animate Intransi- ty tive verb {in this case kaa-tahkweklsoc 'the one which is shorter') and the second part is an animate cu l noun {in this case pllbslm 'moon, month') Verbs Fa Apart from nouns, there are several different types of VERBS. We will first discuss the two main types no OBJECT. Their word class codes are as follows. sit JECT but y of INTRANSmvE verbs. ANIMATE INTRANSmvE verbs are those that have an animate grammatical sueanimate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-.am,'11) vai+o animate intransitive verb + object ni v er vai 0 U The head word for any animate intransitive verb is usually the THIRD-PERSON singular form, that is, ad the one that means 'he/she is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. he Here is a typical entry for an animate intransitive (vai) verb. La ke anobkH vai work The class of animate intransitive verbs referred to as vai2 are very similar to animate intransitive verbs of the vai class. Here is the entry for a typical example. saakabam vai2 go out, exit The entry for a verb of the vai2 class will always have a head word that ends in am. Vai2 verbs are 268 Q �ADVANCED OJIBW E GLOSSARY slightly different than other animate intransitive verbs because in any form that involves a FIRST· or SECOND-PERSON the end of the verb stem changes. For example the first-person form for the vai2 verb stem just mentioned is nisaakahaan 'I go out' {first person). There is one other type of animate intransitive verb, refererred to as vai+p. Verbs of this class resemble ordinary verbs of the vai class, but frequently occur with a grammatical object. There are not many verbs of this type, and only a few are used in the books in this series. Here is an entry for a at io n verb of this type. Ed uc ataawe vai+o buy s.t. INANIMATE INTRANSITIVE verbs are those that have a grammatically inanimate subject but no gram- of matical object. There is only one word class code for inanimate intransitive verbs. ty vii inanimate intransitive verb The bead word for any inanimate intransitive verb is usually the third-person singular form, that is, Fa cu l the one that means 'it is... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. Here is a typical entry for an iDanimate intransitive (vii) verb. er sit y ahte vii be in a certain place ni v Some animate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form {the form that means 'they... '). U As a result the bead entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually ad wak. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. ke he nlbsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nibsi-/ Similarly, some inanimate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in La ( a plural form. In the glossary the bead entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they (inanimate) ... '). As a result the bead entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually oon. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. nlbsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ 269 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Transitive verbs are those that have a subject and an object. There are several different types of transitive verbs. Their word class codes are as follows. transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-.imJ/-u) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (-QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (-i) 0 n vta io All transitive verbs have a grammatically animate subject. TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs are those that at have a grammatically animate object. uc For transitive animate verbs, the head word of the glossary entry is always the form of the verb that Ed means you are telling someone to do the action to someone, or to some entity that is grammatically animate (this is called the IMPERATIVE form). of The entries for some transitive animate verbs contain extra information about what the stem is, as in cu l ty the following example. Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ y The head word is still the imperative form, but you will notice there is extra information about the sit stem of the word. To make other forms of the word, prefixes and suffixes are added to the form 0 er between the diagonal slashes. rather than to the head word. ni v The head word for some transitive animate verbs ends in sh. When a transitive animate verb ends in U sh. the stem is not identical to the head word. he ad mifsh vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ke Notice that the stem of this word is given in the entry as /miiN-/. The capital N means that in certain forms the fmal consonant of the stem is an n sound, as in nimHnaa 'I give it to him/her' (with prefix La nl and suffix aa). But in others the fmal consonant of the stern is sh. as in command forms such as the head entry. If the entry for a transitive animate verb does not contain information about the stem, then other forms of the verb may be made by adding prefixes and suffixes directly to the head word of the entry. Here is a typical example. 0 kanawaapam vta look at s.o. 270 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Notice also that the entries for transitive animate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation •s.o.' This is short for 'someone.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive animate verb must be animate, and so it may refer to a human being, an animal, or anything else that is classified as animate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation •s.o.' to refer to any of io n these possibilities. uc at Here is a typical entry for a TRANSJ11VE INANIMATE verb which has the word class code vti. Ed caaklsan vii bum s.t. of Verbs of this class nearly always have a head word that ends in an. To make other forms of verbs of this class it is necessary to change the final an to 88D for many of the forms that will be used in the ty books of these series. For example, 'I am burning it up' is nicaakisaan, with the first person prefix Fa cu l ni. More rarely the an is changed to am when other endings are added: '(that) I bum it up' would be caakisamaaa, with the suffix aan. Here is a typical entry for a transitive inanimate verb which bas the word class code vti2. sit y ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ Verbs of the vti2 class contain a long vowel oo at the end of the basic stem. The fmal n which fol- ni v er lows the long oo in the head word is a suffix found in the command forms. You will find that nearly all of the different forms of words of the vti2 class which you will learn also have a suffix of the U form n. ad There are very few verbs of the vti3 class. Here is an example. ke he mlldn vti3 cat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ The n at the end of the head word is an imperative suffix. As with the vti2 verbs, most of the forms La ( of vti3 forms that you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. The entries for transitive inanimate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.t. • This is short for 'something.• We know that the grammatical object of a transitive inanimate verb must be inanimate, and so it may refer to anything that is classified as inanimate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.t.' in glossary entries. Particles 271 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY There are several other word classes in Anihshininiimowin. There are two different types of PARTICLES. This tenn is used to refer to words that do not take any prefixes or suffixes to indicate informa- tion such as person or number. Here are the word class codes for the two types of particles. pc uninflected particle nu number particle 0 n The term 'uninflected particle' emphasizes that these particles never take suffixes for what are io sometimes called 'inflectional' information, such as person and number. Here is a typical entry for uc at an uninflected particle. Ed mitoni pc really, entilely so, completely. Also: tetako of The number particles are forms of numbers which never take any prefixes or suffixes. Here is a cu l ty typical entry for a number particle. Fa peshik nu one y In Anih.~hininiimowin, numbers may take many different forms. This means that not all of them are sit number particles. Some may be verbs. prenouns, or preverbs. er Pronouns 0 ni v The word class code for PRONOUNS is as follows. pr U pronoun ad Here is an example of a entry for a pronoun. ke he niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La Prenouns and Preverbs All of the word classes we have discussed are for items that can be words on their own. However there are certain word classes whose members never occur on their own, but must always be followed by another word. pren prenoun prev preverb ~ ~~~~ 0 A PRENOUN must always be directly followed by a noun. The head word of the entry for a prenoun is 272 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the prenoun must be followed by a noun. Because prenouns may be followed by many different nouns, the entry for a prenoun does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a prenoun follow~. io n sblipaa- pren beneath at A PREVERB must always be directly followed by a verb. The head word of the entry for a preverb is uc always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the preverb must be followed by a verb. Because Ed preverbs may be followed by many different verbs, the entry for a preverb does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the of books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a preverb follows. cu l ty saaklci- prev out Fa Some elements may be used both as a preverb and as a prenoun. The word class code pre is assigned to these. A typical entry is as follows. ni v er klhci- pre big, great, very sit y ( Other Information in Gloaary Entries U Some glossary entries contain information about sub-dialects of Anihshininiimnwin. In the section ad 'Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe)' we discussed how in the 'Western' he Anjhshininiimowin communities, such as Bearskin Lake and Muskrat Dam, the sound n is not pronounced before another consonant. Information about pronunciation variation is recorded in La ke glossary entries, such as the following one. kwayaancll vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacll (W) This notation '(E)' indicates that the head word reflects the 'Eastern' pronunciation, which includes the sound n before the c. As an alternative form, the entry also includes the 'Western' form of the c word, in which then before c is dropped (the 'W' indicates that it is the 'Western' form):kwayaacii (W). 273 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY Some entries also include information about alternative pronunciations of the word, as in the following entry. 0 aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] io n Note that this entry also contains further infonnation about the head word in square brackets. uc at A few entries for preverbs contain an abbreviation 'IC' in their translation. Ed waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- of This abbreviation refers to INmAL CHANGE, which is a change in the pronunciation of the vowel in the first syllable of certain forms of verbs. The notation 'IC<Wii-' means that waa- is the form of ty the preverb wif. which has undergone Initial Change. WU- also has an entry. The differences in the cu l use of waa- and wii- are explained in the lessons. Fa Some entries may also tell you what the form with Initial Change is. 0 er sit y ishi- prev to. Also: in a cenain place, in a cenain way. Also: shl-. IC> eshi- The notation 'IC> eshl-' means that the form of the preverb ishi- with Initial Change is esbi-. U ni v Now look at the following entry, which also makes use of the right-pointing arrowhead. he ad lsbinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> esbinihkaaso= The entry for this verb tells us what the form of the basic verb is when it has Initial Change. How- ke ever there is an equal sign (=) at the end of the form with Initial Change. This is to indicate that La appropriate endings need to be added. For example if you were asking 'someone what their name was you would need to add the suffix yan 'second-person Conjunct Order': Aan eshinihkaasoyan? 'What is your name?' You will also find that other entries contain an arrowhead '>• or '<.' amohsba pc it is indeed. < amli oluba 0 274 �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY The left.pointing arrowhead indicates that the head word is based on a sequence of words which are contracted, much like English 'don't' is a contraction of 'do not.' Some entries may also contain further information about related words, ~ in the following. n naanHmi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nilml io The notation "Reduplication of: niimJ' indicates that the head word is related to the separate word uc at nilml 'he/she dances' by a pattern of word formation called REDUPLICATION. In this case reduplication involves copying the first consonant of the shorter word at the beginning of the word and adding the Ed vowel aa, as if the basic word nllml is modified and becomes n-aa•nllml (the hyphens are only used of for illustrative purposes and are not normally written). The meaning of the reduplicated word is related to the shorter word, but slightly different. Hence nllmi means 'he/she dances,' but oaanHmi ty 'he/she keeps on dancing.' cu l means Fa ENGLISB-ANIHSHININDMOWIN GLOSSARY In tlie English•Anib§hininiimowin section the head word is an English word or phrase. Each head sit y word may include reference to one or more Anih.~hininiimowin words. The following entry contains er information about one Anihshininiimowin term. ni v AIRPLANE U pimihsewin •an ni airplane, plane The Anihshininiimowin entry given under this head \YOrd is identical to the entry given in the ad Anibshininiimowin•English section. ke he Some headwords may include entries for more than one Anibshininiimowin term. AND La ( ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 21S �ADVANCED OJIBWE GLOSSARY 0 Word Class Codes animate noun ni inanimate noun nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun na-pt animate noun with particle vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb {-am/-aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb + object vii iriaoimate intransitive verb vta transitive animate verb Vii transitive inanimate verb {-am/-M) vti2 transitive irianimate verb (:gQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (:i) pc uninflected particle 0 ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n na number particle prenoun ad pren U nu he prev ke pre La pr preverb prenoun and preverb pronoun Other Abbreviations s.o. someone, something animate s.t. something 0 276 �ANIH SffiN INIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawenlwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative) ahcaap -Ilk na bow n ahcanlhah -ak na ring at io ahclkanaahtlk -oon ni table. Also: ahclkan uc ahklhk -wak -ook na pail, kettle Ed ahko pc usually, formerly, used to, keep on cu l ty ahplhkwehshlmon -an ni pillow ahpll pc when, at that time Fa ahpll ahpln pc finally when y ahpll plko pc anytime sit ( of ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length er ahpllhcl- prev to a certain extent. Also: apllhcl- ni v ahpllhclklnl vai be a certain size. Also: apllhclklnl U ahpln pc when, since, then, for a reason, gone, subsequently he ad ahap -Ilk na net ke ahapaahtlk-ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making La ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahahake (W) ahahawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahahawaapantan (W) ahshawaapl vai be on the lookout, lie in wait ahsl vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs•/ C ahaln -Ilk ns stone, rock 277 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky 0 ahtaahsonlkamlk -oon ni warehouse ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade ahte vii be in a certain place io n ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ at akaahshenahl vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshl (W) Ed uc akaahslhtlkweyaa vii be a narrow river akaahalkamaa vii be a small fake of akaamahkllnk pc in Europe, abroad (E). Also: akaamahkllk (W) cu l ty akaaml• pren across, right across Fa akaaml-klhclkam pc across the ocean y akaamlhkana pc across the road or trail er 0 ni v akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely sit akaamlnk pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamlk (W)" U akohke vai stick on, adhere ad akoncln vai float, soak (E). Also: akocln (W) he akontln vii float, soak (E). Also: akotln (W) ke akoocln vai hang, be in sky (as sun, moon, and stars) La akoote vii hang akwacllnk pc outside (E). Also: akwacllk (W) akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ amaclhl vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ 0 aml ahko pc used to, usually 278 �ANIH SIDN INIIM OWI N - ENG LISH GLOSSARY amlhl pc so, it is. < amil lhlwe. Also: amlhiwe r amlhi pc that1s amlhlmaa pc that is where, there in a certain location amlhlwe pc so is that n amlhk -wak na beaver at uc amlhko-wliyaahs ni beaver meat Ed amlhkohkonlm -lln ni beaver dam of amll pc so, it is ty amllclkahl pc that is so cu l amllnahl pc is that so, is that right Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ y amohsha pc it is Indeed. < amll ohsha sit ( er amohshahl pc it is indeed so. < amll ohaha lhlwe. Also: amohahahl i ni v anaamaakonak pc under the snow U anaam~nlm vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. he ad anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. ke anaamink pc under something (E). Also: anaamlk (W) La anaamlpllk pc underwater anl• prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time anl-naakoal vai be seen going (from the speaker) anlhshaa pc by chance, at the last minute anlhahlnaape -k na Indian, person C io amlhko-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amlhko-wanlhllkan anlhshlnlnl -wak na Indian, person 279 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY anihsfilnlnHmo vai speak the Native language anlhshlnlnllwihkwe 0 na Native woman, Indian woman. Also: anlhshinlnlihkwe anlipilwaa vii be green anllpllwlsl vai be green n na dog io animohsh -ak at anohkll vai work Ed uc anohkllnaakan -ak na worker anohkllwl-kllshikaa vii be Monday ty na porridge cu l anoomlnaapoo of anohkllwln -an ni job, employment, work Fa anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon y anwaahtln vii be calm (not windy) sit anwaahtlnlkamln vii be a nice and calm body of water 0 ni v er anwepllwlkamlk -oon ni restroom/washroom na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak ad apwl -yak -wak U apl vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home na sock ke ashlkan -ak he asheplte vii go backwards La ashklpwaaw -an ni potato ashtotln -an ni hat; cap ataawe vai+o buy s.t. ataawlkamlk -oon ni store, trading post atlhk -wak na caribou (locally called deer) atlhkamek -wak 0 na whitefish 280 �ANIH SIDNI NIIMO WIN - ENGL ISH GLOSSARY atihko-wilyaahs ni caribou meat atlhtemlni-pllhslm na ripe berry month, August awaashlhsh -ak na child awaashlhahllwl vai be a child io n awahahlme pc to greater extent, more and more at awahalnaako pc day before yesterday uc awahalte pc beyond, back Ed awahalwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahalwaapak (W) of awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen cu l ty awaao vai wann oneself Fa awlya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awllya awlyaashllhshlwl vai be an animal. Also: awllyaaahllhahlwl sit ( y awlyaashllhsh -ak na animal. Also: awllyaashllhah ni v er ayaa vai be, be there ayaan vti have s.t. ad U ayaan vti my possession, It belongs to me he ayaaw vts have s.o.• have pennission to use s.o. ke ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa La ayaml vsi speak, talk ayamihaa vsi pray ayamlhe-kiishlkaa vii be Sunday ayamihewlkamlk -oon ni church ayamllhtamaw vta speak for s.o. C ayamlihtan vti speak for s.t. 281 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api aylnaanemltana nu eighty 0 ayinaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew aylnaanewaaplhk na eight dollars io n aylnaanewlnoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ at ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen Ed uc ayinaanewlahaap tahswaaplhk na eighteen dollars ayinaanewlwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ ty of aylnaapi vai look around. Reduplication of: lnaapl cu l aylntootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayltootam (W) Fa aacaan pc go! sit aahkoslwln -an ni sickness, illness y aahkosl vai be sick 0 ni v er aahkwatln vii be frozen up, be frozen over U aahte- pv fade away, disappear ad aahtl pc please, why don't you, let me! Also: maahti he aaklm -ak na snowshoe ke aamoo •k na bee La aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanl, aanlln aan tahsln pc how many aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow, aanahkonaa •k na bannock aanahpll pc when? aancl-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aacl-taa (W) 282 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaclko (W) aanclpo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aaclpo (W) aanl pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanlln, aan aanlln pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani io n aanlman -oon vii be difficult, be hard at aanlmlhae vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated pc some, few Ed aanta uc aanlmlal vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky of aantl pc where cu l ty aantl nehke pc whereabouts, which direction Fa aantl plko pc anywhere aapaclhclkan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment y aapaclhtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ ni v aapatlal vai be useful er aapatan vii be useful, be useable sit ( ad U aaplhsakahlkan -an ni key prev half ke aaplhtaa- he aaplhta pc half La aaplhtawaaplhk -ook na half dollar aaplhtawan vii be Wednesday aaplkoshllhsh -ak na mouse rN). Also: waaplkoshllhsh (E) aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay aashokan bridge C aatlsoohkaan -an ni legend 283 �ANIBS HININ IIMOW IN • ENGLI SH GLOSS ARY aatlsoohke vai tell legends aaw pc well, well then, sure 0 caahcaamohkl vai sneeze a lot caaklhse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted io n caakll vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy at caakln vta use s.o. up Ed uc caaklnan vti use s.t. up caaklsan vtl bum s.t. of caaklao vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be bumed up cu l ty caaklao vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ Fa caaklte vii bum up, be burned up 0 ni v er capashllhah pc low, lower level sit cahkaahtehalclkan -an ni camera y caam ni jam cl• prev to, that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal) -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat {E) he cllkahlk an ad U cl•kll• prev could. cl-+ kll- 'potential' ke cllklc pc by, close to, near to La cllmaan -an ni canoe, boat cllpay -ak na ghost, corpse cllpayl•mlhtlkowaah -an ni coffin cllshtahlkan -an ni fork cllweyaa vii be silent, be no sound 0 clke pc tor sure. Also: clkema 284 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY na breast coocoohsh -ak r coocoohshaapoo ni milk cwaaplihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapllhsh e- prev (conjunct subordinator] n ehe pc yes. Also: eha at io ehshay pc oh yuck! uc ehta pc only pc don't (E). Also: lkaawln (W) of ekaawln Ed ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] cu l ty ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then ekwa tahah pc and so, and then, but then y enl-tlplhkaak vii last evening. IC < anl-tlplhkaa sit ( na spoon, ladle Fa emlhkwaan -ak pc sometimes U eshkam anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ni v enlwe hk pc er enlkohk pc with more effort, harder he ad eahkan -an ni ice chisel ke hlmaa pc there. Also: lhlmaa La homaa pc here. Also: ohomaa haa pc emphatic haha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: ohaha lhl pr that. Also: lhlwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] lhlmaa pc there. Also: hlmaa C nlwe pr that. Also: lhl, lhlwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative ] 285 �ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ihiwetl pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti 0 ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem ihklto vai say, speak in a certain way lhkwaamaclwe vai climb a hill io n lhkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: lhkwaatawe (W) uc at lhkwe -wak na woman, female Ed lhkweaenha -ak na girl (E). Also: lhkwesehs -ak (W) of lhpahlwe vai run to a certain place for cover ty lltok pc maybe, must be cu l lkaawln pc don't (W). Also: ekaawln (E) Fa lklwenlwak pr those. Also: lklwe~iwak. [animate plural demonstrative] y lko pc emphatic sit lko pc [emphatic} 0 ni v er Ina pc (yes-no question marker]. Also: na. U lnaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to ad lnaapl vai take a look, take a peek he lnanklao vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Afso: lnaklso (W) ke lnanklte vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: lnaklte (W) La lnehke pc in direction of lnentam vai2 think so, feel so lnentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so lnentl vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: lnetl (W) lnlhtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so lnlweniwan pr those. Also: lnweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] 286 0 �ANI HSH ININ IIM OW IN • ENG LISH GLOSSARY ishaa vai go to a certain place r Jehl vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ lshi- prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shl-. IC> eshi, lahi-taa vai live there, reside there at lahihse vii It happens so, continues so, ran so, the time is. Also: lsihae Ed lahlnan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way uc lahlhse vai fly in a certain direction of lshlnlhkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eahlnlhkaas0= cu l ty lahlnlhkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshl nlhkaate= Fa ishlwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshlwepa= sit lshkoonlwlkamlk -oon ni school y lshkil vai be tired of doing something ( ni v er lshkoonoo vai attend school. Also: lshoonoowi, lshkoonl l lahkotehkaanaaplhk -ook na stove, heater ad U lahkotewaapoo ni whisky, liquor he lshkwaa- prev after, comi:,leted vii event is over ke lshkwaahkamlkan La lshkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: lshkwaatem (W) lahkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate lahplmlnk pc up above (E). Also: lshplmlk (W) lskaaclwaso vai be boiled dry lskaaclwate vii be boiled dry c,t1 io n ishiclwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so vai have such things happen to one 287 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kaa- prev one who, one that. {conjunct relativizer] kaa-tahkweklsoc pilhslm na-pt shorter month, February 0 kaahcltln vta catch s.o., capture s.o. kaahaanll ni gasoline io n kaahsanllwlkamlk -oon ni gas station uc at kaahahaa vii be sharp Ed kaahalln vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. of kaahsllnan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. ty kaahallnlke vai wipe things for cleaning cu l kaahsflnlnaakane vai wash dishes Fa kaahsllnltlao vai clean oneself y kaahsllnkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: kaahallkwe (W) sit kaak -wak na porcupine ni v er kaakaakl -wak na raven 0 U kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps ad kaanlka pc I wonder, I wish, I hope he kaaah vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ ke kaatoon vti2 hide it La kaawln pc no, not. Also: kwaan kaawln mahahl pc not yet kaawln wllhkaa pc never kaawlnlln pc no < kaawln + wlln kahkllwe vai to portage, make a prtage, go across land to water kahklna pc all, every 288 0 �ANI HSH ININ IIMO WIN • ENG LISH GLOSSARY kakweclm vta ask s.o. r kamaawln pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maaw in kanake pc at least kanawaapam vta look at s.o. io n kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) at kanawenlm vts look after, take care of s.o. uc kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. Ed kanoohke vai+o remember of kanoohkem vta remind s.o. cu l ty kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. Fa kanooah vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. pre all the time, all the way, through ni v kape - er kapat -an ni cupboard y kapaa vai get off, disembark sit ( U kapehahlwln -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room he ad kaahkatln vii freeze up ke kaahkatlnoo-pllhslm na freeze-up month, November La kaahkawan vii be misted over, fogged in kaahklhl vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go Stem : /kashkih-/ kaahkll-tlplhkaa vii be pitch dark kaahkll-tfplhkanlhae vii be night kawacl vai be cold (of a person) C uwihahimo vai lie down, go to bed 289 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kayaash pc originally, long ago, former 0 kaye pc and, also, too, as for kaye plko pc likely, to be expected, probably ke pc as for. See: kenUn, keniinawlnt, keklln, kekllnawlnt, kekilnawaa, kewiln, kewiinawaa io n ke- prsv will, should, could. (Changed future and modal] uc at kehcln pc probably.possibly Ed kehclnaac pc certainly, for sure of keka pc finally, eventually ty kekaat pc nearly, almost cu l keklln pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] Fa kekllnawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] y kekllnawlnt pr us too, as for us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kekllnawlt (W) 0 er sit keklshep pc this morning (past). Also: keklshepaa ni v keklahepaanehkwe vai have breakfast U kekiahepaayaa vii be morning ad keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort he kekonen -an pr what ke kenlln pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La kenllnawlnt pr us too, as for us: [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. (E) Also: kenllnawlt (W) ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly kewiln pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. (third person singular personal pronoun] kewllnawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] klclkwaashkonl vai jump out 0 klhci- pre big, great, very 290 �ANIHSHININIThfOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kihcl-ayaa na elder r kihci-mitaahsomltana nu thousand. nllshwaa kihci-mitahsom itana 'two thousand', etc. klhcinlhkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) klhclpiaon -an ni belt io vii be known at klhkentaakwan -oon n klhkenlm vta know s.o. Ed uc klhkentam vai2 know klhkentamoosh vta infonn s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentam ooN-/ of klhkentan vti know s.t. cu l ty ldhklnoohamaw vta teach s.o. Fa klhldnoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. klhtlm l vai be lazy sit ( y ldhsaapaawanltlao vai wash oneself ni v er kll- prev [past tense]. Also: kllh-. IC> kaa- U klin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] ad kllnawaa pr you. (second person plural personal pronoun) he kllnawlnt pr we, us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kllnawlt r,N) ke klinehta pr you alone, you only La kllnehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kllnehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: klinehtaw lt r,N) kllnlahtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal prono un]. Also: klishlhl vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kllahlhtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo -/ l.cnahlk ni sky, day 291 nllnlhtam �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kHshlkaa vii be day kiishlkaahte vii be moonlight 0 klishlpakaawl-plihslm na leaves are fully grown month, July kllshlsan vtl cook s.t.. done io n kllshiso vai be cooked done uc at kllshlte vii be cooked, done Ed kllshltepo vai cook of klishlwaayaa vii be wann weather ty kllshkaayawaa vii be deep water cu l kilshklpooclke vai saw things, cut things with the saw Fa kllshowaayaa vii be wann weather y kllshpln pc if 0 er sit kllwe vai go home, return U kliwekoote vii fly back ni v kliwe- prev returning, going home, going back ad kllwenotan vti retum to s.t. he kllwetlnonk pc north (E). Also: kllwetlnok rN) ke kllwewlsh vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ La kllwewltoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewetoo-/ kllweyaahsln vii retum through air, blow back kllwlke vai visit (especially in one's own community) kllwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kllyaaplc pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaaplc 0 kimiwan vii rain. Also: klmowan 292 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N • ENGLISH GLOSSARY kimootl r vai+o steal s.t. kinepik -ook na snake. Also: kineplk -wak klnik a pc mix klnlpl• pv fast io at klnlpll vai hurry, be quick, be fast Ed uc klnokaapawl vsi stand tall, be tall klnooshe -k na fish ty of klnooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: klnoosheha rN) cu l klnwaakaaah pc for a tong time have long hair Fa klnwaanlhkwe vai sit klpaahkwahltllwlkamlk -oon ni jail y klnwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: klnweah (W) ( ni v er klplhcll vai stop U klplhaln -oon vii be closed ad klplhtln~n vti block s.t. (in an action), stop s.t. he klahaakamlte vii be hot (liquid) ke klahllclwan -oon vii be a fast current La klahllwemakan vii be loud klshlte vii be hot (atmosphere) klshlwaaal vai be angry, be mad klallhalpaao vai take a shower klaliplikll vai take a bath, wash self l.., klsllpllklnlke n kiniplhae vsVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) vai wash clothes 293 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY klsilpllklnlkewlkamlk -oon ni laundromat 0 kltohclke val play a musical instrument klyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kliyaashk n kocl• pv try to do, to attempt io koclhclkaate vii be tried uc vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate. Stem: /kocihpw-/ Ed koclhpo at koclhpltan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate of koclhtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ ty kohsl vta fear s.o., afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ cu l kohtaacl vai be afraid, get scared Fa konclpanlhclkaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: koclpanlhclkaate (W) er ad U kookll vai dive koon -ak na snow 0 ni v koohkoohkohoo -k na owl sit y konclpanlhl vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /koncipanih-/ Also: koclpanlhl (W). Stem:/ kocipanih-/ he kooshta pc oopsl oh myl Also: ooshta ke koshkosl vai awaken La koahkoal vai be awake, wake up kotak -lyak pr the other. [animate altemative pronoun] kotak -lyan pr the other. [inanimate altemative pronoun] kwaaahkonl vai jump kwaaahkweplclkan -ak na fishhook 0 kwaaahkweplclke vai fish with a hook 294 �ANIH SHINI NI™O WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kwaashkweplne val fish with a hook kwaashkwepleh vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ kwaashkweplso vai be hooked kwanta pc for no reason or purpose io n kwayaancll vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacll (W) at kwayaantahclke vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahclke {W) kwllkwllh8 -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwllhwllhshl -wak ty of maacaa vai go, leave cu l maacaamakan vii go, leave Fa maaclclwan vii start to flow y maaclhtan vii be ice breaking up maacll- prev start, begin sit ( Ed uc kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) ni v er maacllhatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk U maacllhkwaahlwe vai start to paddle, paddle off ad maacllhs -ak na match he maacllhse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) ke maacllkltowln -an ni telephone La maacllpahlwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ maacllpahlwaatan vti run away from s.t. maacllpahlwe vai run away from maacllpahtoo vai set out running, start running maacllplso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off l., maacllwlclkaate vii be taken away, be carried away 295 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maacllwlsh vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ 0 maacllwltoon vti 2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maacliyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves n maaciahlkan -an ni scissors io maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ uc at maaham va/2 go on a shopping trip, shop Ed maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing of maamaw pc all together, in total cu l maamltonenlm vta think about s.o., consider s.o. ty maamlhcaaahkaa vii be big waves Fa maamltonentam vai be thinking 0 er sit maanenclke vai disobey, bother things y maamltonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. ni v maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) U maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, also, else ad maataho vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ he maatanohkll vsi start to work ke maatlnawe-kllshlkaa vii be Saturday La maawac pc most; most of all maawaclhltowln ni gathering, meeting maawatoonan vti gather s.t. maawln pc most likely; perhaps; maybe; must be. Also: maawlln macentaakwan vii be dull, boring 0 macl- pre bad 296 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macl-naakoal vai be bad looking maclhclke vai do something bad, get into trouble maclhpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ io n maclhse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong uc at mah! pc listen! Ed mahllnkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahllkan (W) of mahkatewaa vii be black ty mahkatewaanlhkwe vai have black hair cu l mahkatewlsl vai be black Fa mahkehshl --wak ns fox. Also: waakohsh sit mahko-pllhslm na bear month, May er ( y mahklsln -an ni shoe, moccasin U mahkwa •k ns bear ni v mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) ad mahahl pc yet he makohshe vai feast, give a feast ke makohahe-kllahlkanl-pllhaim na feast day month, December La makohshewln -an ni feast makoot -ayan. Also: -an ni coat; dress; skirt; jacket mamaanll vai do something bad, make mistakes mamlahlm vta mamishlntan tell on s.o. vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamlshftan (W) l., mamlalwe- prev all over, everything 297 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY manehtek .wak na smoke fish manlcoohsh -ak na bug, insect 0 manihse val get firewood manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ io n maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house uc Ed manoway .ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ of mashkash •ilk nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ ty mashkawaahkwatin -oon vii be frozen solid cu l mashkawll val be strong Fa mashklhki •In ni medicine, drug ni nursing station y mashklhldiwlkamik -oon at manklhtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) 0 er sit maahklhkllwlnlnl -wak na medicine person, doctor ni v maahkilk -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp U maainaahtehaiclkan -an ni television ad maainahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper he maainahlkan -an ke maainahlkanaahtlk -oon ni pencil, pen La maainahlkanlkamlk -oon ni library maalnahlke vai write, borrow, get credit maslnahlkewlkamlk -oon mate- ni office, band office prev visible (at a distance) matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matlkwaan matwehlkan -ak na drum 298 0 �ANIH SIDN INIIM OWI N • ENG LISH GLOSSARY matwehike r vai be drumming mawl vai cry mawlnehlke vai compete, attack mayaam pc exactly io n mekwaa pc while, during, at the time uc at mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now Ed memeclkaahclke vai examine things, check up on things ty memenkwe -k na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) Fa sit metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything y memeplaon ..n ni swing, blanket cradle cu l memeplao vai swing oneself ( er metawe vai play ni v metawewlkamlk -oon ni recreation hall U mlcaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap•/ ad mlhkaat -an nid leg. Stem : /-hkaat-/ ke he mlhkan vti find s.t. La mlhkaw vta find s.o. mlhkwam •Ilk na ice mlhaan ni firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural of: mlhal mlhaat ..n ni stomach mlhaawaac pc even though, anyhow, although L nlhahlln of memeclkaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memeclkaayaapatan (W) pc many, much, a lot 299 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mlhshiinatlnoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ 0 mlhshiinlwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshllnwaa mlhshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino•/ n mihshlkamaa vii be a big lake at io mlhsl ni stick of firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural: mlhsan 'firewood' na tree (deciduous) Ed mlhtlk -ook uc mlhtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ of mlhtlk -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) ty mlhtlkowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. cu l mllclm ni food Fa mllclmlhkanclkan -an ni bait (E). Also: mllclmlhkaclkan -an (W) 0 er mllhkana -n ni trail, path, road sit y mllcln vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ ni v mllhsaweshklshll vsi have a mustache vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ ad mllkaash U mllhshltoone vai have a beard he mllkaaso vsi fight La ke mlikaasowln -an ni fight, violence. Also: mllkaatlwln mllkaatan vti fight s.t. mllklhslkwaahson -an ni beaded article mllkwehc pc thanks mllna pc and, again, next milnkwan -ak na feather. Also: mllkwan mlish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N • ENGLISH GLOSSARY miiahkoc pc r in exchange, instead of, in tum mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ mlkanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ mikihtlk -oon nid knee. Stem: /-kihtik-/ io mlkonew n mlklsliwl-pllhslm na bald eagle month, March uc vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. Ed mlkoshkaatenim at nid inside of mouth. Also: mlkwlnew. Stem: /-konew-/ of mlkoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ cu l mlkot -an ty mlkoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. Fa mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /-kotashkway-/ mlnclhkaawan - ak na mitt, glove (E). Also: miclhkaawan (W) sit ( y mlkwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /-kwayaw-/ ni v er mlnc lnaw ni vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: miclnawesl (W) U mlnlhk -an nid arm. Stem: /-nihk-/ ad mlnlhkwaakan -an ni cup he mlnlhkwe vai drink, drink s.t. ke mtnlhkwewln -an ni drink, booze La mlnlhtlk -oon ni island mlnlhtlkwaaplhk -oon ni rocky island mlnlkohk pc much, many. Also: mlnlkwahk mlnlnc -lln nid finger (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: mlnlc (W) mlno- pre nice, good l., mlno-ayaawamaclho vai feel well, feel better 301 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mino-kiishlkaa vii be a nice day 0 mlno-mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather mino-naakosl vai look nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosl n minohpakosl vai taste good. Also: mlnohpikosi io mlnohpakwan vii taste good uc vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ Ed mlnohpo at mlnohpltan vti like taste of s.t. of mlnomaakoal vai smell nice, smell good ty mlnomaakwan vii smell nice, smell good cu l mlntlto vai be big (E). Also: mltlto (W) Fa mlnwaahahln vii be nice, look nice sit y mlnwanclke vai eat weir, enjoy one's meal (E). Also: mlnwaclke (W) 0 er mlnwenlm vta like s.o. be enjoyable, be liked, be fun, be a good time, be appreciated ni v mlnwentaakwan vii U mlnwentam vai2 be happy, be glad nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/. Also: pllway he mlpllway -an ad mlnwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. La ke mlpwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ mlshookan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shookan-/ mlahtahl pc much, a lot. Also: mlatahl mlshtlkwaan ~n nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ mlalt -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ mlalwe pc all over, everything, whole 0 miskosl vai be red 302 �AN IHS HIN INI IM OW IN .. ENGLISH GLOSS ARY miskwaa vii be red mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at daw n or after sunset mltaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ mltaahslnoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin/ io nu ten at mltaahao n mftaahslwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ Ed uc mltaahao pllwaaplhkonhsh -ak na ten cents (E). Also: mltaahso pilwaaplhkohsh (W) mltaahaomltana nu hundred. nllahwaa mltaahaomltana 'two hundred', etc. of mltaahaoopllhlkan -ak na ten dollar bill cu l mltenan •lln nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ sit ( nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ y mltehl •In nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan--/ Fa mltaamlhkan -an ty mltaahawaaplhk na ten dollars ni v er mlt lhs ..11n nid navel. Stein: /..tihs-/ mltlhtlman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tih timan-/ really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako U pc ad mltonl mltoon -an nid mouth (especially oute r part of mouth; lips) he . Stem: /-toon-/ ke mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /..toon tan-/. Also: mltootan (W) La mltooakwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ mlyaw -an nid body. Stem: /..yaw-/. Also : mllyaw moohkomaan -an ni knif e moos --ook na moose mooshak pc always, all the time L nooahkahan vii flood, be high water 303 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY mooshklne vii be full 0 mooso-wilyaahs ni moose meat mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye n na pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: Ina. io naacl- pv get, fetch, go for uc at naaclhkomaane vai get a knife Ed naaclmllclme vai go for food, fetch food ty naahplc pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively of naaclwanlhlkane vai go to check traps. Also: naaclwanlhllkane cu l naake pc later Fa naakosl vai be visible, show up. (pl-naakosl be seen coming this way) sit y naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pl-naakwan be seen coming this way) 0 er naanaakaclhl vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ ni v naanew pc down at the shore, on the shore U naanewl- pren on shore ad naanl- pren near, by he naanllml vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nllml La ke naanlpaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanlpaayawe naanlyahll pc near something naanta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanlta naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares naape -wak na man naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs -ak (W) 304 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N • ENGLISH GLOSSARY naapi• prev put together, assemble naaplhkaakan -ak na kerchief; scarf naaahaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree, go downstairs (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) , naaslhkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. io n naaalhkaw vtia get, fetch s.o. at naaslpll vai go to the shore, go to the water Ed uc naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat cu l naatahaapll vai get one's net, check one's net Fa naatakwe vai go to check snares U nahsaw pc middle of ni v nahke plko pc I don't know er nahl pc look! look out! sit y naawl- pren center of, middle of ( ty of naatahlpll vai get water, go for water ad nahsemaa -k na tobacco he nahshlne pc often, all the time, frequently ke nakaah vta leave s.o. behind Stem: /nakaN-/ La nakatan vti leave s.t. behind nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtlk -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakanlyaap -fin ni snare wire nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ l.., nakwaaso vai be snared 305 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY namanclnihklink pc on the left. Also: namaclnihkHk (W) namatapl vsi sit down, be seated name -wak 0 na sturgeon namekohs •ak na lake trout io n nanaahkom vta thank s.o uc at nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawaapam (W) Ed nanaantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawenclke (W) of nanaantawenlm vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenlm (W) ty nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) cu l nanaantawl-oocllwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawl-oocllwe (W) Fa nanaantawl-p18v seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawl-, ntawl-. Also: nanaatawl- (W) 0 er nanahaclke vai tidy things sit y nanaatlhkosll vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people ni v nantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: natawenclke (W) U nantawenim vta want/need s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) he ad nantawentaakosl vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosl (W). ke nantawentan vti want/need s.t. (E). Also: natawentan (W) La nantohtamowln ni radio nantohtan vti listen to s.t. nantohtaw vts listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantonaw vta look for s.o. natawlhlwe vai heal people. Also: antawlhlwe 0 nato- p18 real, natural, plain 306 �ANI HSH ININ IIM OW IN - ENG LISH GLOSSARY natohtamoowlkamlk -oon ni radio station natohtan vii listen to s.t. natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise nawac pc more, quite (-er) n nehplcl- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit io . at nekaapllhanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapllhanok (W) Ed uc neyaa vii be a peninsula, be a point In the lake neyaahsh -Hn ni point of land, peninsula ty of nlcaahkohah -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cou sin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ nlhk a •k na Canada goose nlhkl-pllhalm na goose month, April ni v nlhsaapaawe vai drown er ( sit y nlhkaakone vaVii be covered with snow Fa cu l nlcllmlc -ak nad my younger brother. Also: sister, my youn ger sibling. Stem: /-ciim U nlhahlwanaatan -oon vii be spoiled ad nlhs l vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ he nlhs ln nu three La ke nlhslnoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nlhaltawlnan vii recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. nlhsltohtam va/2 understand nfhsltohtan vti understand s.t. nlhalwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ L1lhsomltana nu thirty 307 ic-/ �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nihsoshaap nu thirteen 0 nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars nihswaa pc three times, thrice nlhswaapihk ni three dollars io n nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at1 know how uc at nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker Ed nlhtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk of nlhtaawlhse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well ty nlicl-klhclhaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ cu l nllcl-naape -wak nsd my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ Fa nllcl-toohkan -ak nsd my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ y nliclhklwesl -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ 0 er sit nllcllhaa •k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ ni v nliclmohsh -ak nad my (cros,-)cousin of opposite sex. Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ U niihsllkinlncaan -an ni finger. Also: nllhsllklnlcaan ad nllhsliklsltaan -an ni toe he nlihtaawihs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: nflhtaawahs ke nllkate pc a ways off, far away La nllkateshkaa vai go away nllmaawlnlwash -an ni provisions box, container nflml vsi dance nlimltana nu forty nlin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] nilnamll vai be weak 308 0 �ANI HSID NIN IIMO WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlina wlnt pr we, us (E) Oirst person exclusive personal prono un]. Also: nllnawit (W) nllnehta pr I alone, me only n nllnehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: nlinehtaw lt (W) • nllnlm -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my siblin g-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ io nllnlshtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: nllnlhtam uc at nllpaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal Ed nllpawl vai stand, be standing of nllpln vii summer ty nllahln nu two cu l nllahlnoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ Fa nllahltana nu twenty nllahltanawepllhlkan -ak na twenty dollar bill er ( sit y nllahltana tahswaaplhk na twenty dollars ni v nllahlwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ U nllaho-kllahlkaa vii be Tuesday ad nliahoopllhlkan -ak na two dollar bill he nllshoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two La ke nllahoahaap tahswaaplhk na twelve dollars nliahwaa pc twice nllahwaahslnoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ nllahwaahalwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ nllshwaahso nu seven L,Hahwaahsomltana nu seventy 309 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nHshwaahaoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven niishwaahaoshaap tahswaapihk na seventeen dollars 0 nilshwaahawaapihk na seven dollars nilshwaaplhk na two dollars. io n nliskaatan vii be miserable weather uc at nlltlhkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ pc four times of nliwaa Ed nlltlhkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ ty nllwaaplhk na four dollars cu l nllwl-ldlshlkaa vii be Thursday Fa nllwln nu four y nllwlnoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ 0 er sit nllwlshaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four ni v nllwlahaap tahawaapihk na fourteen dollars U nllwlwak val be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ ad nlkamo val sing he nlkamowln -an ni song ke nlkayaashlm -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ La nlkoalha -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ nlmaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ nlmlhsena -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nimihaena (W} nimohahoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimlhahoom nlmoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ 310 0 �ANI HSH ININ IIMO WIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ntnahaankantfikwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)nie ce (E). Stem: /-nahaakanihkwem-/. Also: nlnahaakanlhkwem (W) nlnahaanklhahllm -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaakihshiim-/. Also: nlnahaaklhshllm (W) io nlnlnc -lln nid my hand (E). Stem: /-nincy-/. Also: nlnlc. Stem : /-nicy-/ (W) n nlnllklhlk -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ at nlnklk -wak na otter (E). Also: nlklk (W) Ed uc nlnklko-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for otter (E). Also: nlklko-wanlhlk an (W), nlnklko-wanlhllkan (E) of nlnkl ao vai be melted (E). Also nlklao (W) ty nlnkotwaahalnoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nlkotwaahslnoon {W) cu l nlnkotwaahalwak vai be six (E). Stem: /nlnkotwaahsi-/. Also: nlkotwaahalwak (W) Fa nlnkotwaahao nu six (E). Also: nlkotwaahso (W) y sit '· nlnkotwaahaoahaap nu sixteen (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoahaap (W) er ( nlnkotwaahaomltana nu sixty (E). Also: nlkotwaahaomltana {W) ni v nlnkotwaahaoahaap tahawaaplhk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap tahswaaplhk r,N) ad U nlnkotwaahawaaplhk na six dollars (E). Also: nlkotwaahawaa plhk r,N) he nlnkwahkwan vii be overcast (E). Also: nlkwahkwan (W) ke nlntawi• prev go to do. Also: nantawi•, ntawl- (E). Also: nltaw l-, natawi-, ntawl- (W) La nlpaa vai sleep nlpaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy nlpah toon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ nlpewln -an ni bed nlpl ni water L nlpllhkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nlplihkaak (W) 311 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlpo vai die, be dead nlshihsenah -ak nad my (cross-) uncle, my father-in-law (E). Stem: /-shihsensh-/. Also: Q nishlhsesh (W) nlahtam pc first, next at uc nlaikohs -ak nad my (cross-) aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ io n nlshtehs -ak nad my older brother. Stem: /-shtehs-/ Ed nftaanlha -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ of nltaataa •mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ ty nltawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac Fa nltaylhlhsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ cu l nltawemaa •k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ y nltlko pc it seems, probably. Also: ntlko 0 er sit nltooahlm •ak nsd my (parallel-) nephew. Stem: /-tooshim;/ ni v nltooshlmlhkwem -ak nad my (parallel-) niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ ad nlyaanan nu five U nltooslhs -ak nad my (parallel-) aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ he nlyaanan pllwaaplhkohsh -ak na five cents (W). Also: nlyaanan pllwaaplhkoonhsh (E) vai ke nlyaananlwak be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ La nlyaanano-ahkl pc five years nlyaananomltana nu fifty. Also: nlyaanomltana nlyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ nlyaananoopllhlkan -ak na five dollar bill nlyaananoahaap nu fifteen. Also: nlyaanoshaap nfyaananoshaap tahswaaplhk na fifteen dollars 312 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlyaananwaa pc five times nlyaananwaaplhk na five dollars noocl-klnooahewl-aapaclhclkan ni fishing gear noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ io n noohkomlh• •ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ noonclhahlpe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: nooclhahlpe r,N) of noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) Ed uc noomake pc for a while at noohplmlnk pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohplmlk r,N) cu l ty noonkom kaa-kllahlkaak vii today (E). Also: noonkom kaa-kllahlkaak (W) Fa noontaw vta hear s.o. (E). Also: nootaw (W) nooalha -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ sit ( y noonte- prev want to, need to (before usual time) (E). Also: noote- (W) ni v er nootlhkwewe vai womanize: chase women U nootl n vii be windy, be a wind ad nootl nlkew ln -an ni war, violence he ntlko pc it seems, probably. Also: nltlko ke ocllmaanl vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat La ocllmltoo-pllhalm na kissing month, January. Also: ocllml-kllahlkaaw l-pllhalm ohkaataahk -wak na carrot oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe . ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] L ohaha pc [emphatic particle). Also: haha 313 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY okaanhs -ak ns pickerel (E). Also: okaahs (W) 0 oklmaa -k na boss, manager oklmaahkaan -ak na chief n okln -Ilk nl tomatoe io okowenlwan pr this, these. Also: okwenlwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] of onaakan -an ni dish, plate Ed omplpanlho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: oplpanlho (W) uc at omakahkll -k na frog ty onaako pc yesterday cu l onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ Fa oncl pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) sit y oncl- prev from, cause (E). IC> wenci-. Also: ocl- (W). IC> weci- 0 er oncl-wllcl-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: ocl-wllcl-taamaakan (W) ni v onclhclhse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: oclhclhse (W) ad U oncll vai come from a certain place (E). IC> wencii=. Also: ocll (W). IC> wecii= he onclnowe vii the wind is blowing from a certain direction (E). Also: oclnowe (W) ke onclta pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: oclta (W) La onclwltoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place (E). Stem: /onciwitoo-/. Also: onclwltoon (W) onlkam -Hn ni portage onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) ontaml- prev busy at (E). Also: otaml• (W) ontamlhse vai get busy (E). Also: otamlhse (W) 0 ontamll vai be busy (E). Also: otamll (W) 314 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ontamlihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamHhke (W) ontentl vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: otetl (W) oocll -k na fly ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta io n oplhkwahko vai have arrows at oplhkwanaacllhsh -ak na bat Ed uc osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawaanlhkwe vai have brown hair of osaawlsl vai be yellow/brown cu l ty oshaawashkosl vai be blue Fa oshaawaahkwaa vii be blue oaohaotam vai2 cough ni v er ota pc emphatic sit ( y oshlhclkaate vii be made, be build, be processed U otaahplnan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. ad otaahplnlkaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked he otaan_aank pc at the back, behind, previously (E). Also: otaanaak ~) ke otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car La otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan paahklhaln -oon vii be open paahpl vai laugh paahplhl vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ paahplhtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ L paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ 315 �ANDISHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY paakwaa v,1 be shallow water paanahkihk -wak 0 na frying pan paane- prev wide; broad; roomy; expanded n paanesi val be wide, broad, roomy, expanded io paaneyaa vii be wide, broad, roomy, expanded uc at paanlmaa pc much later, later on, after a long while Ed paaahklalkan ..n ni gun of paaahklso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ ty paawanll vai be skinny, be starving cu l paawlhtik -oon ni rapids Fa pahkaan pc different sit y pahklhtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. 0 er pahklhteho vta hit s.o. Stem: /pahkihtehw-/ ni v pahklnaake vai win; beat someone (in a competition) na flour, bread ad pahkweahlkan U pahkon vta skin s.o., cut the pelt off s.o. he pahkweahlkanaapoo ni stew, soup with flour La ke pahkweshlkanl-kllshlkaa vii be Friday pahpaaplwln -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowln paklcllwln ..n ni airport. Also: poonllwln pakltahwe vai fish with a net, set a net pakltanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ pakltln vta let go of s.o. 0 pakltlnan vti let go of s.t. 316 �r ANIH SHINI NIIMO WIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY pakohaenlmo val wish, hope pakwaan -an ni shirt panlnan vti drop s.t. from hand panklhahlmon vii be the setting sun (E). Also: paklhshlmon (W) io n panklhaln vii fall (E). Also: paklhsin (W) uc at pankll pc a little, some (E). Also: pakll (W) Ed papaamaatake vai swim around of papaaml-lahaamakan vii go about, go there ty papaamohae vai walk about, take a walk cu l papllhkwahkamlklal vai fumble things, cause problems Fa papllkonlke vai fumble things, cause problems sit paahkwatahlkan -an ni clear-cut area ni v paahkwewaah -an ni pack er ( y papllkwaanahkwan vii be cloudy U paalkwll vai stand up, arise ad patotepiao vai drive off the road he payahklnan vti clean s.t. ke payahtak pc very carefully La payehklnlke vai clean things pehkaac pc slowly, carefully pehklhah pc at the same time, while pehpeahlk pc one by one pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehahoc (W) l.., pehahotaahkoomaakan -ek na close relation 317 �ANillSHININilMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pepaa ni pepper 0 peshlk nu one peshlk pllwaaplhkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshlk piiwaaplhkoonhs n peshlko vai be alone, single io peshlko- pre one, single uc at peshlkoopllhlkan -ak na one dollar bill Ed peshlkoahaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one of peahlkoshaap tahswaaplhk na eleven dollars ty peshlkwaa pc once, one time cu l peahlkwaaplhk ns one dollar Fa peshlkwan pc same sit y peshlkwan vii be alone, single ni v pl- prsv here, hither, towards 0 er peshlshoonlyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshlk ahoonlyaahah U pl-kllwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. ad pl-kllwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. he pl-naakoai vai be visible coming this way La ke plhkwaamatlnaa -n ni hill plhkwahk -oon ni arrow plhkwan -an ni blouse plhkwatahkamlnk ni forest; wilderness (E). Also: pihkwatahkamik (W) plhtaahplso vai put clothes on, dress plhtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ pflclwlah vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: pllsh 318 0 �ANIH SHIN INIIM OWI N - ENG LISH GLOSSARY pUhi r vts wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ pllho vai watt, be waiting pllhshaakaneyaap ni rope, string pllhslm -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: pllhsom io n pllhslmohkaan -ak na clock uc at pllhslmoo-maalnahlkan -an ni calendar ty pllkohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself of pllkohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out Ed pllhswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) cu l pllkohaltoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ Fa pllkoahkaa vaVii be broken pllnahlke vai put something in a container, pack something sit ( y pllnahlkan -an ni purse ni v er pllnaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ U pllncl- pren inside, into (E). Also: pllcl- (W) ad pllnclyahll pc inside something (E). Also: pllclyahll r,N) he pllntlkamlnk pc indoors (E). Also: plltlkamlk (W) ke pllntlke vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: plltlke (W) La pllah vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: pllclwlsh pllahaa vai come here. Also: pl-lshaa plltoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /piitoo-/ pllway -an ni hair. Also: mlpllway pllwlte -k na stranger L plko pc just. Also: poko 319 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY plko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of 0 pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahlkewin ni hockey n plmaahoote vii drift along on the waves io pimaapoote vii drift along on the current uc at pimaatlsl vai live, be alive Ed plmaatlalwln -an ni life of plmahkwaahlwaake vai paddle something ty plmahkwaahlwe vai paddle, paddle by cu l plmakoote vii fly along, fly by Fa piml.. prev by, past, along, in process of y plmlhse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) 0 er sit plmlhsewln -an nl airplane, plane. Also: plmlnaakan ni v plmlhshln vai lie down U plmlkonaakaa vii be a week ad pimlnlke vai carry things along on one's shoulder he plmlpahtoo vai run along, run by ke pimlpanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine La plmlplao val drive along, drive by pimltaaclmo vai crawl along, crawl by pimltaapil val go along by sled or sleigh pimlte nl lard, grease, fuel oil, gas plmiwane val carry a pack along on one's back pimlwitoon vtl2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo../ 320 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY plmo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ (' plmohse val walk along, walk by plmooclke vai carry things n pinaahkwaari -an ni comb at io plnaahkweho vsi comb one's hair uc plnaahkwllwl-pllhalm na leaves are falling month, October Ed plnamaa pc wait a while; for a short while; in awhile ty plnehahllnah -ak ns bird (E). Also: plnehshllsh (W) cu l plnehsllwan vii there is thunder Fa plpoon vii winter sit y plahlw -ak na lynx pltlkohtaakosl vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice er ( ni v pltlkoal vsi be stocky, be chubby U poonanohkll vai quit a job, stop working ad poonl- prev stop, cease, quit ke he poonl-plmaatlal vai die La pooshoo pc hello pooal vsi get on, embark pooslhl vta puf s.o. on board. Stem: /poosih-/ pooslhtoon vti put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ pooalkwaashkonl vai jump aboard l.,. of pine -wak na spruce hen pooslpanlho vai hurry aboard. Also: pooslpanlhoo pootaanitlso vai blow on oneself 321 �ANillSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pootawaan -an ni fireplace, campfire 0 pootawe vai make a fire, build a fire Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) n pwaatawl- pv delayed, late at io pwatan ni butter uc saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up. Ed saakaapahte vii smoke comes out (in the distance) of aaakaham vai2 go out, exit ty saakahlkan -an -iin ni lake cu l aaaldcl- prev out Fa saaldhl vta love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ sit y Aaldhtoon vti2 like s.t. Stem: /saakihtoo-/ 0 er saaklpaakaawl-pllhslm na leaves are out month, June U ni v saankahslnoon vii be nine (E). Stem: /saakahsin-/. Also: shaankahslnoon (E), saakahslnoon (W) ad saankahslwak vai be nine (E). Stem: /saankahsi-/. Also: shaankahslwak (E), saakahslwak (W) ke he saankahao nu nine (E). Also: shaankahso (E), saakahso (W) La saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaakahsoshaap (W) saankahsomltana nu ninety. Also: ahaankahaomltana (E), aaakahsomltana rN) saankahaoshaap tahawaaplhk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: aaakahsoshaap tahswaaplhk rN) aaankahawaaplhk na nine dollars (E). Also: aaakahswaaplhk rN) sahklao vsi be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahklte vii be lit, be on fire 322 0 �ANIHSl llNINIIM OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY sakamaatapl vai stay in place, sit quietly ( ' saklme -k na mosquito aaklmewayaan -ak na mosquito net n ahaakaahklne vii be full at io ahaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all uc ahaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) Ed aheahtak -ook na thread of ahllhahllp -ak na duck ty ahllpaa- pren beneath cu l ahllpaahl pc beneath something sit y ahllpllkwaan -an ni sweater ahllwaa vii be sweet er ( Fa ahllpllkll vai stretch one's body ni v shllwaakamln -oon vii be sweet (liquid) U ehllwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice ad ahllwlhtaakan ni salt ke he shlkaak -wak na skunk La shlkatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad ehlkatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. ahlmaakanlhahllwlkamlk -oon ni police station ahlnkop •Ilk na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: ahlkop (W) ahlnkopllwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: ahlkopllwaapoo (W) l.., ahoohp na soap ahookaa na sugar 323 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY ni shoominaapoo wine 0 shoomlnlhah -ak na raisin shoonlyaan -ak na money. Also: shoonlyaa n shoonlyaawash -an ni wallet at io shooshkwahlkan -ak na iron uc sflkinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out Ed sllkinlkaate vii be poured of aflkwan vii be spring ty aflpl -In ni river cu l alftawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly Fa alkohal -wak na weasel sit y aooklhpwan vii snow, be snowing. Also: sookohpwan 0 er soonkltehe vai be brave (E). Also: aookltehe (W) ni v ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] U taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] ad taaplshkooc pc alike, even, at the same time ke he taashklkahlke vai split wood La taashklsho vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ taawln ni town, village tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) tahkokaapawl vai stand short, be short tahkwaanfhkwe vai have short hair 0 tahsh pc and, but tahsin pc a certain number 324 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY tahslnoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: Aahsin-/ ( ' tahslwak val be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre so many, so much, every n tahao-nllpln pc every summer at io tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ uc tahswaa pc so many times, every time Ed takahklnaakosl vai be good looking, handsome of taklln pc usually takohshln vii arrive sit y takoplsl vai arrive by vehicle takwaakln vii be fall, be autumn ni v takwan vii be there, exist er ( Fa takooah vts arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ cu l ty takohse vii arrive by flying U tanenlm vta think s.o. to be there ad tanlhtaakwan vii be heard there ke he tanlwewltam vai2 be heard from a certain place La tashllhke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play taahllhkewln -an ni village, settlement, community tashllwlhtoo vai do things in a certain location tashlm vta tell about, talk about s.o. tashoplsh vts stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ l., tatlpaaclmo vai be telling. Reduplication of: tlpaaclmo tawehkonehlke vai plow snow 325 �ANDISIIININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tefisaplwln -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin 0 tepl-naakoal vai be visible at a distance tepl-wllhslni vai have enough to eat teplhtan vti hear s.t. in the distance teplhtaw vta hear s.o. in the distance uc at io vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient Ed teplhae n tepl• prev enough, sufficient of teplnaahk pc carelessly ty tepwe pc true, for sure vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something Fa tepwehtan cu l tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) y (what someone says to do) ·· 0 er (what someone says to do) sit tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something U tetlpaa pc around ni v tetako pc extremely, totally, very he ad tetlpaahl pc around something ke tlhklnaakan -an ni cradleboard La tlhtfpanaweyaanlhkwe vai have curty hair tlhtlplhae vailii roll tfhtlplpanlho val roll fast. Also: tlhtlplpanlhoo tlhtlpweplehklkan -ak ni bicycle tll ni tea 0 tllhke vai make tea tllhtlpaamaclwe vai go downhill 326 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY tlihtlpaantawe val climb down a ladder, climb downstairs (E). Also: tHhtlpaatawe (W) ( ' tllwahklhk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle tlpaaclmo vai tell news, narrate ' n tlpaaclmohtaw vta tell s.o. news, tell a story about someone at io ttpaactmowtn -an ni story, narration uc tlpaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. Ed tlpaahkonlke vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) of tlpahlkaneyaa vii be so many hours tlplhkl-pllhalm -ook na moon sit y tlplhkaa vii be night er ( Fa tlpentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. cu l tlpenlm vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. ty tlpenclkewtn -an ni property, belongings, family U toohaan -ak na ball ni v tlplhkonk pc last night (E).' Also: tlplhkok (W) ad toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tlnoohkaan, toowlnlhkaan ke he tootaaao vai do so to oneself La tootam vai2 do in a certain way tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so twaahlkan -an ni hole in ice twaahlke vai make a hole in the ice L waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwaaclye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 327 �ANIHSH ININIIM OWIN - ENGLIS H GLOSSARY waaclye val shake hands 0 waahkaahl pc around something waahkaahlkan -an ni house n waahkaahlke vai build a house at io waahkaahae vii go around, be an hour uc waahkamlal vai behave Ed waahklkan -an ni chest of waahaa pc far, distant ty waahahehkwan vii the sky is clear Fa cu l waahtepakllwl-pllhalm na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-pllhalm y waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: cllkahlkan (W) sit waakohah -ak na fox. Also: mahkehahl -wak 0 U waapaa vii be white ni v er waanipllyaa vii pond, be an area of water ad waapaanlhkwe vai have white/grey hair he waapam vta see s.o. ke waapan vii be moming, be dawn, be tomorrow La waapank vii tomorrow (E). [conjunct form of: waapan). Also: waapak (W) waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) waapantan vti see s.t (E). Also: waapatan (W) waaplhaahaa vii be grey waaplhaahlal vai be grey waaplkoahllhsh -ak na mouse (E). Also: aaplkoahllhsh (W) 328 0 �ANIHSH ININilM OWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY r waaptsi val be white waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanlhlkan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) n waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waaplyaan at io waashahaa vii be a bay uc waashtenlkan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenlkan, waaatenlkan Ed waaw -an ni egg of waawaahte vii northern lights ty waawaashkehshl -wak na deer cu l waawlkan -an ni back Fa wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankohah •ak (E) sit wacll -n ni mountain er ( y wacashk -wak na muskrat ni v wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] U wahkwl •In ni cloud. Also: wahko ad waklc pc on top of something he waklc~ pren on top of La ke waklctyahll pc on top of something wanankohsh -ak na star. Also: wacahkohsh wanlhl vts lose s.o., miss s.o•• mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanlhlkan -an ni trap. Also: wanlhllkan wanlhlkanaahtlk -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanlhllkanaahtlk l.., wanlhlke vai trap. Also: wanlhilke wanlhtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 329 �ANIH SIIINI NIIMO WIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY wanHhkenotan vti forget s.t. 0 wanllhkenotaw vta forget s.o. wanlshkaa vai get up n waahkll val tum at io waahklnan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. uc watakaml• pv easily Ed waweshahltaapaanewlkamlk -oon ni garage of waweshlhl vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih•/ 0 ni v er wehwe -k na snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose y sit wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) Fa wawlyatlsllke val do funny things cu l wawiyaalnaakosl vai took cute, look funny ty waweahlhtoon vt/2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ U wemlhtlkooahl -wak na whiteman ad wemlhtlkooahllhkwe •k na white woman ke he wemlhtlkooshllmo ~•i speak English La wencl• prev what purpose, why is it so (W). IC< oncl• Also: wecl• CN). IC< ocl• wenlpan pc be gone, disappear wenootlal val be rich wepahaakone val shovel snow wepahlkan -an ni broom 0 wepahlke vai sweep the floor weahkac pc long ago, in the past 330 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY weshkacl- pv long ago, in the past (' weshkacl-anlhshlnlnl na old-timer, old Indian person, elder wetl pc there, that way, yonder, over there n wll- prev will. want to. {desiderative, voluntative] at io wllclhl vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ uc wllcllw vta go with. accompany s.o. Ed wllcllwaakan -ak na spouse, companion of wllhkaa pc ever cu l wllhkwepahlke vai use a vacuum cleaner ty wllhkwehplclkan ni bundle, package Fa wllhaakaakamln -oon vii taste bitter (liquid) sit er wllhalnl vai eat ni v wllhalnilwlkamlk -oon ni restaurant U wilhalnllwlnaahtlk -oon ni table ad wllklto vai be married, many ke he wilkwaaha -an ni birchbark wllkwemot -an ni birchbark basket La ( y wllhaakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain wlln pc [contrastive]. Also: =lln wlln pr he, she, him, her. [third person singular personal pronoun] wllnashk -wak na groundhog wllnawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wllncllklsl vai stink (E). Also: wllcllkial (W) wllnehta pr him/her alone, him/her only 331 �ANIHSHININilMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wllnehtawaa pr they alone, them only wllnlshtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wllnlhtam Q wllntamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wlltamaake (W) io n wllntamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wlltamaw (W) uc at wllpac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry, early Ed wllakwehokaan -an ni tent of wlltanohkllmaakan -ak na co-worker 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty wllyaaha ni meat 0 332 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r ALOT mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi ABLE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ ABOUT papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there n ABOVE io ishpimink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimik (W) at ABROAD ABSENT Ed inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti CN) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) uc akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad of ACCEPT ty otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ACCIDENTALLY cu l pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ wiiciiw vta go with, accompany s.o. ACROSS er sit y akaami- pren across, right across akaamink pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamink CN) akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean akaamihkana pc across the road or trail ni v ADDRESS U kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. ADHERE ad akohke vai stick on, adhere AFRAID ke he kohsi vta be afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared AFTER ishkwaa- prev after, completed La ( Fa ACCOMPANY AFTER ALL shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all AFTERNOON anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon AGAIN miina pc and, again AGREE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) 333 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY AIRPLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane 0 AIRPORT pakiciiwln -an ni airport. Also: pooniiwin ALIKE taapishkooc pc alike, even, at the same time io at 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc pimaatisi vai five, be alive ALL kahkina pc all, every ALL OF A SUDDEN ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly ALLOVER mamisiwe- prsv all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole ALL THE TIME kape- prs all the time, all the way, through mooshak pc always, all the time nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently ALMOST kekaat pc nearly, almost ALONE peshiko vsi be alone, single peshikwan vii be alone. single kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone. you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone. us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit r,N) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ALONG pimi- prsv by. past, along, in process of ALSO kaye pc and, also, too, as for. ALTHOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, aHhough ALWAYS mooshak pc always, all the time AMAZING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but n ALIVE 334 o. �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ANGRY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad ANIMAL awiyaashllhsh -ak na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh awiyaashlihshiwi vai be an animal. Also: awiiyaashiihshiwi ANNOUNCE wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake (W) ANYHOW aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow mihsawaac pc eventhough,anyhow,although ANYONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ANYTIME ahpii piko pc anytime ANYWAY aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) ANYWAYS eniwehk pc anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ANYWHERE aanti piko pc anywhere APPRECIATE minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated APRIL nihki-piihsim na goose month, April ARGUMENTATIVE aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky ARISE pasikwii vai stand up, arise ARM minihk -an nid ann AROUND tetipaahi pc around something waahkaahi pc around something waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour ARRANGE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ARRIVE takohse vii arrive takohshin vii arrive takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ARROW opihkwahko vai have arrows pihkwahk -oon ni arrow AS FOR ke pc as for. See: keniin, keniinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, kekiinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa L 335 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Ed uc at io n kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun) kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us(E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun] .Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personalpronoun). Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] ASK kakwecim vta ask s.o. ASTOUNDING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AT THAT TIME 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of ahpii pc when, at that time ATl"EMPT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow koci- pv try to do, to attempt ATl"END ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii AUGUST atihtemini-piihsim na ripe berry month, August AUNT nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ nitoosihs -ak nad my (parallel-)aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ AWAKE koshkosi vai be awake, wake up AWAKEN koshkosi vai awaken AWAY ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time AX ciikahikan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) BACK awahsite pc beyond,back otaanaak pc back, behind • Also: otaanaank waawikan -an ni back pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back BAD maci- pre bad maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong BAD LOOKING maci-naakosi vai be bad looking BAD TASTE macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ 336 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r BAIT miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: miicimihkancikan (W) BALL toohaan -ak ns ball BAND OFFICE masinahlkewikamik -oon ni office, band office BANNOCK na bannock n aanahkonaa -k io BARELY at siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly opihkwanaaciihsh -ak uc BAT na bat Ed BATH kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath of BATHE kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath ty BAY waashahaa vii be a bay cu l BE BEADED ARTICLE sit ( y Fa ahte vii be in a certain place api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home ayaa vai be, be there takwan vii be there, exist miikihsikwaahson -an ni beaded article er BEAR ni v mahkwa -k na bear mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) U BEARD miihshitoone vai have a beard ad BEAVER La BED ke he amihk -wak ns beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat amihkohkonim ni beaver dam nipewin -an ni bed kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed BEE aamoo -k ns bee BEER shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) BEFORE mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye- L BEGIN maacii- prev start, begin 337 �ENGLISH -ANIHSfilNINilMOWIN GLOSSARY BEHAVE 0 La ke he ad U ni v na 0 er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n waahkamisi vai behave BEHIND otaanaank pc back, behind (E). Also: otaanaak (W) BEING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa BELIEVE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) BELONGINGS tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family BELT kihcipison -an ni belt BENEATH shiipaa- pren beneath shilpaahi pc beneath something BESIDE naaniyahii pc beside something BEnER mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better BEYOND awahsite pc beyond,back BICYCLE tihtipwepishkikan -ak bicycle BIG ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini kihci- pre big, great, very mintito vai be big (E). Also: mitito (W) maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves mihshikamaa vii be a big lake BIRCH BARK wiikwaahs -an ni birchbark BIRCHBARK BASKET wiikwemot -an ni birchbark basket BIRD pinehshiinsh -ak na bird (E). Also: pinehshiish (W) BLACK mahkatewaa vii be black mahkatewisi vai be black BLACK HAIR mahkatewaanihkwe vai have black hair BLAME anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. 338 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r BLANKET waapoyaan •an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan BLANKET CRADLE memepison -an ni swing. blanket cradle BLOUSE pihkwan -an ni blouse at io kiiweyaahsln vii return through air, blow back oncinowe vii the wind blows from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) pootaanitlso val blow on oneself n BLOW uc BLUE Ed oshaawashkosi vai be blue oshaawashkwaa vii be blue ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat ociimaani vai have a boat. have s.t. as one's boat ty BODY of BOAT BOG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog. swamp y BOOK sit ( iskaaciwaso vsi be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry Fa BOILED cu l miyaw •an nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: miiyaw. Stem: /-iiyaw•/ masinahikan •an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper er BORED vii be dull, boring U macentaakwan BORROW ni v shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick. be sad BORING he BOSS ad masinahike vai write, borrow. get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. ke okimaa -k na boss. manager BOTHER La maanencike val disobey, bother things, get into trouble BOW ahcaap -iik na bow BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container BOY naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs (W) BRAVE L soonkitehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookitehe (W) BREAD pahkweshikan na flour, bread 339 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) BREAK piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ BREAKDOWN piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself BREAKOUT piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up BREAKFAST kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast BREAST coocoohsh -ak na breast BRIDGE aashokan -ak na bridge BRING piiciwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish piish vts bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: piiciwish piitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /pitoo-/ BROKEN piikoshkaa vaVli be broken BROOM wepahikan -an ni broom BROTHER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nishtehs -ak nad my older brother.Stem: /-shtehs-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niicihkiwesi -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ BROTHER-IN-LAW niihtaawahs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: niihtaawihs BROWN osaawisi vai be brown, yellow BROWN HAIR osaawaanihkwe vai have brown hair BUG manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect BUILD waahkaahike vai build the house pootawe vai make or build up a fire BUILT oshihcikaate vii be made, be built, be processed BURN caakisan vti bum s.t. caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ 340 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r caakite BUSH vii bum up, be burned up noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) BUSY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) ontamihse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) BUSY AT n ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otami- (W) io BUT at tahsh pc and, but uc BUTTER pwatan n/ butter memenkwe -k Ed BUTTERFLY na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) of BUY ty ataawe vai to buy (s.t.) maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a new house Fa naani- pren near, by pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ciikic pc by, close to, near to CALENDAR y piihsimoermasinahikan -an ni calendar sit CALL ni v er kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. U CALM ad anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water CAMERA ke CAMP he cahkaahtehsicikan -an ni camera kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room CAMPFIRE La ( cu l BY pootawaan -an ni campfire, fire CANDO kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how CANOE ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat CAPTURE kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAR otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car CAREFULLY 341 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n pehkaac pc slowly, carefuliy payahtak pc very carefully CARELESSLY tepinaahk pc carelessly CARIBOU atihk -wak na caribou atihko-wllyaahs ni caribou meat CARROT ohkaataahk -wak na carrot CARRY piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo./ pimoocike vai carry things CARRY AWAY maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be. carried away maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves CARRY FROM onciwitoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place. Stem: /onciwitoo-/ (E). Also: ociwitoon (W) Stem: /ociwitoo-/ CATCH kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAUSE onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W) IC: weciCAUSE PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems CEASE pooni- prev stop, cease, quit CENTER nenaawi- pren center of, middle of CERTAINLY kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure CHAIR tehsapiwin -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin CHANCE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute CHARGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. CHECK naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane naatakwe vai go to check snares naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net CHECKUP memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) 342 Q �ENGLISH -ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ CHEST uc at io n waahkikan -an ni chest CHIEF okimaahkaan -ak na chief CHILD awaashihsh -ak na child awaashihshliwi vai be a child CHIN mitaamihkan -an nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ CHISEL eshkan -an ni ice chisel Ed r CHEEK CHOOSE sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked CHURCH ayamihewikamik -oon ni church CLEAN kaahsiinitlso vai clean oneself payahkinan vti clean s.t. kaahsiin vts wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. payehkinike vai clean things CLEAR SKY waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear CLEAR-CUT AREA pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area CLIMB naashaantawe -wak vsi climb down a tree (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) tiihtipaantawe -wak vsi climb down a ladder or stairs (E). Also:tiihtipaatwe (W) ihkwaantawe vsi climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) CLIMB AHILL . ihkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill CLOCK piihsimohkaan -ak na clock CLOSE L pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) ciikic pc by, close to, near to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation CLOSED kipihsin vii be closed CLOUD wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko CLOUDY papiikwaanahkwan ni cloudy 343 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIHNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY co-WdRKER n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io wiitanohklimaakan •ak na co•worker COAT makoot -an or -ayan ni coat, dress, skirt, jacket COFFIN ciipayi-mlhtikowash -an ni coffin COLD kawaci val be cold (of a person) tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) COMB pinaahkwaan -an ni comb COMB HAIR pinaahkweho vai comb one's hair COME naakosi vai be visible, show up (pi-naakosi be seen coming this way) piishaa vai come here. Also: pi-ishaa COME FROM oncii vai come from a certain place (E). IC: wencii=. Also: ocii {W) IC: wecii= COME IN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) COMPANION wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion COMPLETED ishkwaa- prev after, completed COMPLICATED aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated CONCERNED · mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentarn vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. CONSIDER rnaamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. CONTEST mawinehike vai compete, take part in a contest COOK kiishitepo vai cook kiishisan vti cook s.t., done kiishite vii be cooked, done COOKED DONE kiishiso vai be cooked done CORPSE ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse CORRECT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) 344 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r cosfsoMOcR inankiso vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: inakiso (W) inankite vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: inakite (W) COUGH osohsotam vai2 cough io at uc ci- prev that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] ci-kii- prev could. ci- + kii- 'potential' ke- prev will, should, should, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] n COULD COUSIN cu l ty of Ed nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-) niece (E). Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ . Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) niicimohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex). Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex), my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ niicimohsh -ak nad my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex). Stem:/iicimohsh-/ y akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow sit ( Fa COVER CRADLEBOARD er tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard ni v CRANKY aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky U CRAWL pimitaacimo vsi crawl along, crawl by ad CREDIT masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit he CRY CUB ke mawi vai cry La mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) CUP minihkwaakan -an ni cup CUPBOARD kapat -an ni cupboard CURLY HAIR tihtipanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair CURRENT pimaapoote vii drift along on the current { "--- CUT maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 345 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n kiishkipooclke vai saw things, cut things with the saw CUTE wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny DAM ohkonim ni dam DANCE niimi val dance naaniiml vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi DARK kashkii-tipfhkaa vii be pitch dark kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) DAUGHTER nitaanihs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ DAUGHTER-IN-LAW ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece. Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ (E). Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) DAWN waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good or badweather miskwaawaa vii be a red.coloured sky at dawn or after sunset DAY kiishikaa vii be day mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day kiishik ni sky, day DAY AFTER TOMORROW awahsiwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahsiwaapak(W) DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY awahsinaako pc day before yesterday DEAD nipo vai die, be dead DECEMBER makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim na feast day month, December DEEP kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water DEER waawaashkehshi -wak na deer DELAY pwaatawi- pv delayed, late DESIRABLE nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). DIE nipo vai die, be dead pooni-pimaatisi vai die DIFFERENT pahkaan pc different DIFFICULT aaniman vii be difficult, be hard 346 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r aanimlsl val be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky DIFFICULTY aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated DIRECTION aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction inehke pc in direction of DIRTY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy DISAPPEAR aahte- pv fade away, disappear wenipan pc be gone, disappear DISH onaakan -an ni dish, plate DISOBEY maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble DISTANT waahsa pc far, distant DIVE kookii vai dive DO ayintootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam CV'/) tootam vai2 do in a certain way aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of••. (E). Also: aaciko (W) koci- pv try to do, to attempt tashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location tootaaso vai do so to oneself tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so DO BAD macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble mamaani vai do something bad, make mistakes DOCTOR mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor DOCUMENT masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper DOG animohsh -ak na dog nitayihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ DON'T ikaawin pc don't. Also: ekaawin DON'T KNOW nahke piko pc I don't know DONE kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ DOOR ishkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: ishkwaatem (W) L 347 �ENGLISH • ANillSIIlNINilMOWIN GLOSSARY DOWN THE SHORE Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of naanew pc down the shore, on the shore DRESS pihtaahplso vai get dressed. Also: pohtaahpiso DRIFT pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current DRINK minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. minihkwewin -an ni drink, booze DRIVE patoteplso vai drive off the road pimipiso vai drive along, drive by DRIVE OFF maaciipiso vsi set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off DROP paninan vti drop s.t. from hand piikohsltoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ DROWN nihsaapaawe vai drown DRUG mashkihkl -in ni medicine, drug DRUM matwehikan -ak na drum DRUMMING matwehike vai be drumming DRY paahso vts dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry DUCK shiihshiip -ak na duck DUCKS nooncihshipe vsi hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W} DURING mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now EAR mihtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ EASILY watakami- pv easily EAST waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) EAT amo vts eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat wiihsini vai eat 348 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n io at aana- pv In vain, to attempt, effort, anyway. anyhow enikohk pc with more effort, harder EGG waaw -an ni egg EIGHT ayinaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewiwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ EIGHT DOLLARS ayinaanewaapihk na eight dollars EIGHTEEN ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen EIGHTEEN DOLLARS ayinaanewishaap tahsiwaapihk na eighteen dollars EIGHTY ayinaanemltana nu eighty ELBOW mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ ELDER kihci-ayaa ·na elder niici-kihcihaa •k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder ELEVEN peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ELEVEN DOLLARS peshikoshaap tahsiwaapihk na eleven dollars ELSE maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else EMBARK poosi vai get on, embark EMPHATIC hsa pc emphatic ota pc emphatic iko pc emphatic EMPLOYMENT anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work END ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ENGINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine ENGLISH wemihtikooshiimo vai speak English ENJOY EATING minwancike vai eat well, enjoy eating (E). Also: minwacike (W) ENJOYABLE minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, fun, be a good time sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc r EFFORT L 349 �ENGLISH • ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ENdUdA tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient 0 ENTER 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) ENTIRELY mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ENTIRELY SO mitoni pc really, entirely so EQUIPMENT aapacihclkan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment EUROPE akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad EVEN mlhsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although EVENING eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa EVENT IS OVER ishkwaahkamikan vii event is over EVENTUALLY keka pc finally, eventually EVER wiihkaa pc ever EVERGREEN shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop (W) EVERY kahkina pc all, every tahso• pre every, a certain number EVERY SUMMER tahso-niipin pc every summer EVERYTHING mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole EVIDENTLY ohsha pc [emphatic particle] Also: hsha EX-SPOUSE nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ EXACTLY mayaam pc exactly EXAMINE memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) EXCESSIVE onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) EXCHANGE miishkoc pc in exchange, instead of, in tum 350 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r EXHAOsfeb caakihse vsVii get used up, run out, be exhausted EXIST takwan vii be there, exist EXIT at io n saakaham vai2 go out, exit EXPECTED kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably EXTENSIVELY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively Ed Fa cu l ty of ahplihci- prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihciawahshime pc to greater extent, more and more EXTREME osaam pc too much, extreme, excessive wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EXTREMELY tetako pc extremely, totally, very wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EYE micaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap-/ uc EXTENT FALL sit ( aahte- pv fade away, disappear y FADE pankihsin vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) er FALUAUTUMN ni v takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn FAR FARAWAY ad U waahsa pc tar, distant ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length niikate pc a ways off, far away he FAST La ke kinipi- pv fast kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast FAT aancipo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) FATHER nitaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ FATHER-IN-LAW nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ FEAR kohsi vta fear s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ FEAST L makohshe vai feast, give a feast makohshewin -an ni feast 351 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY FEATHER Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of miinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan FEBRUARY kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February FEEL mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain FELLOW niici-kihclhaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ FEMALE ihkwe -wak na woman, female FETCH naasihkan vti fetch s.t., get s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for FEW aanta pc some, few FIFTEEN niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: niyaanoshaap FIFTEEN DOLLARS niyaananoshaap tahsiwaapihk na fifteen dollars FIFTY niyaananomitana nu fifty. Also: niyaanomitana FIGHT mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miikaaso vai fight milkaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. FILLED UP shaakashkine vii be filled up, be full. Also: mooshkine FINALLY keka pc finally, eventually FINALLY WHEN ahpii ahpin pc finally when FIND mihkaw vta find s.o. mihkan vti find s.t. FINGER niihsiikinincaan -an ni finger FINGERNAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ FINISH kiishihi _vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire 352 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r caaklso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, bum up, be burned up sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire FIREWOOD mihsan n/ firewood. Plural of: mihsi mihsi ni stick of firewood. Plural: mihsan 'firewood' manihse vai get firewood FIRST kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam FISH kinooshe -k na fish pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net FISH WITH HOOK kwaashkwepicike vai fish with a hook and a line kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook and a line FISHHOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook FISHING GEAR nooci-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear FIVE niyaanan nu frve niyaananiwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ niyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ FIVE CENTS niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents. Also: niyaanan piiwaapihkoonhsh FIVE DOLLAR BILL niyaananoopiihikan -ak na five dollar bill FIVE DOLLARS niyaananwaapihk na five dollars. Also: niyaananwaapihk FIVE TIMES niyaananwaa pc five times FIVE YEARS niyaanowahki or niyaanino-ahki pc five years FIX L waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ FLASH waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights FLOAT akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin r,N) FLOOD mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 353 �ENGLISH -ANillSHININIIl\10WIN GLOSSARY FLOOR 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n wepahike vai sweep the floor FLOUR pahkweahikan na flour FLOW ishiciwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so FLOW SWIFTLY kishiiciwan -oon vii flow swiftly FLY ishihse vai fly in a certain direction maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) pimakoote vii fly along, fly by pimihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) FLY (INSECT) nanaantawi-oociiwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oociiwe (W) oocii -k ns fly FLY BACK kiiwekoote vii fly back FOGGED IN kashkawan vii be misted over, be fogged in FOOD miicim ni food ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) FOOT misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ FOREHEAD mikanakaap -an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ FOREST pihkwatahkamik ni forest, wilderness FORGET waniihkenotan vti forget s.t. waniihkenotaw vts forget s.o. FORK ciishtahikan -an ni fork. Also: ciishtahipon FORMER kayaash pc originally, long ago, former FORTY niimitana nu forty FOUR niiwin nu four niiwinoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ niiwiwak vsi be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ FOUR DOLLARS niiwaapihk na four dollars FOUR TIMES niiwaa pc four times 354 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit FUMBLE er ( y Fa cu l ty io at uc of Ed r niiwishaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four FOURTEEN DOLLARS niiwishaap tahsiwaapihk na fourteen dollars FOX mahkehshl -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh waakohsh -ak na fox. Also: mahkehshi -wak FREEZE kashkatin vii freeze up FREQUENT nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently FRIDAY pahkweshikani-kiishikaa vii flour day, be Friday FROG omakahkii -k na frog FROM onci pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W)IC: weciFROZEN aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over FROZEN SOLID mashkwaakwatin vii be frozen solid FRYING PAN paanahkihk -wak ns frying pan n FOURTEEN ni v papiikonike vsi fumble things, cause problems FUN . minwentaakwan vii be fun, be liked, be appreciated U FUNNY La ke he ad wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny wawiyatisiike vai do funny things FUR ahtay -ak ns pelt, fur for trade FUTURE ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] GARAGE waweshahitaapaanewikamik -oon ni garage GAS pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil. gas GAS STATION kaahsaniiwikamik -oon ni gas station GASOLINE kaahsanii ni gasoline GATHER , maawatoonan vti gather s.t. '--- GATHERING maawacihitowin ni gathering, meeting 355 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GET naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naaci- pv get. fetch, go for GET BY BOAT naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat 0 GET NET n naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net at uc Ed ty of kapaa val get off, disembark GETON poosi val get on, embark poosihi vta get on board Stem: /poosih-/ GET READY kwayaancil vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) GETUP wanishkaa vai get up in the moming io GET OFF cu l GETWATEA . Q sit GIVE y Fa naatahipii vai get water, go for water GHOST ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse GIRL ihkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: ihkwesehs (W) . ni v GO er miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) La ke he ad U aacaan pc gor ishaa vai go to a certain place maacaa vai go, leave papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour GO AHEAD tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) GO AROUND nanaantawi- prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) GO AWAY ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker} niikateshkaa vai go away GO BACK kiiwe- prev retuming, going home, going back 356 Q �ENGLI SH -ANillS HININ IIMOW IN GLOSSARY do alcK\YARos sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ashepite vii go backwards GO DOWNHILL tiihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill GO FOR naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GO FOR FOOD naacimiiclme vai go for food GO HOME kliwe val go home, return kiiwe- prev retuming, going home, going back GOIN piintike vsi enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) GO OUT saakaham vai2 go out, exit GOTO DO nintawi- prev go to do (E). Also: nantawi-, ntawi- (E). Also: nitawi-, natawi-, ntawi- (W) GOTO SHORE naasipli vsi go to the shore, go to the water GOUP ompipaniho vsi go up in a hurry (E). Also: opipanihoo, opipaniho (W) GOWITH wiiciiw vta go with s.o., accompany s.o. GOING AWAY maacaamakan -oon vii go away, leave GONE inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) wenipan pc be gone, disappear GOOD mino- pre nice, good nlhtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker GOOD LOOKING takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome GOOD TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ GOOSE nihka -k na Canada goose wehwe -k na snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose GRAB manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ GRANDCHILD noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ GRANDFATHER nlmohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom 357 L �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GRANDMOTHER noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ 0 GREASE pimite n/ lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GREAT kihci- pre big, great, very GREATER n awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more io GREEN uc at aniipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwisl. vai be green GREmNG Ed waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) GREY of waapisahaa vii be grey waapisahisi vai be grey ty GROUNDHOG wiinashk -wak na groundhog cu l GUN paashkislkan -an ni gun nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/ y mipiiway -an piiway ni hair Fa HAIR sit HALF 0 er aapihta pc half aapihtaa- prsv half ni v HALF-DOLLAR aapihtawaapihk -ook na half-dollar U HALL metawewikamik -con ni recreation hall ad HAND ke HANG he mininc -iin ni my hand (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W). Stem: /-nic-/ waaciye vai shake hands La akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang HANG AROUND tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play HAPPEN ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= iti vai have such things happen to one ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) HAPPY minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad 358 0 �ENGLIS H • ANIHSID NINIIMO WIN GLOSSARY HARD r aanimisi val be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky HARDER enikohk pc with more effort, harder HARDLY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly n HARE at io waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) uc HAT ashtotin -an ni hat, cap Ed HAVE ayaan vti have s.t. ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. HAVE ARROWS cu l oplhkwahko vai have arrows ty ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat of HAVE A BOAT HE C sit y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun). Also: wilnihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only er HEAD ni v mishtikwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ HEAL U natawihiwe -wak vai heal people (W). Also: antawihiwe (E) HEAR he HEAR S.O. ad noontaw vta hear s.o.(E). Also: nontaw (W) tanihtaakwan vii be heard there ke tepihtaw vta hear s.o. in the distance tepihtan vti hear s.t. in the distance La HEARD taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place HEART mitehi -in HEATER nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ kishisikanaapihk -oon ni heater HEEL mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan•/. Also: mitootan (W). Stem: /-tootan-/ HELLO t "- pooshoo pc hello waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 359 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HELP wiicihi vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ HER 0 n kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun) wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only io HERE uc at ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa pi- prev here, hither, towards HIDE of HIGH Ed kaash vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ kaatoon vt/2 hide it mooshkahan vii flood, be high water ty HILL cu l pihkwaamatinaa -n ni hill HIM sit y Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only 0 er HIP U ni v mishiikan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shiikan-/ HIT pahkihteho vta hit s.o. /pahkihtehw-/ pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ ad HITHER HOCKEY he pi- prev here, hither, towards ke pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey La HOLE IN ICE twaahikan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice HOME api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home kiiwe vsi go home, return HOMESICK shikatentam va/2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad HOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkwepish vts hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 360 0 �ENGLISH - ANDISIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n \ HOOKED kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked HOPE kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope HOT kishite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishaakamtte vii be hot (liquid) HOUR waahkaahae vii go around, be an hour HOUSE maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house waahkaahikan •an ni house HOW aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin HOW MANY aan tahsin pc how many HOWEVER shaakooc pc however. nevertheless, after all HOWL wawoono vsi howl (of dog, wolf etc.) HUNDRED mitaahsomitana nu hundred. niishwaa mitaahsomitana 'two hundred', etc. HUNGRY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry HUNT nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also:nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawaapantan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawaapatan (W) nanaantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike rN) nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawencike (W) nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe r,N) HURRY kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast HURRY ABOARD poosipaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: poosipanihoo HURT wiihsakentam 'vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only ICE mihkwam •iik na ice maacihtan vii be ice breaking up , maacihtan vii ice break up ' - ICE BREAK UP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up 361 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maacihtan vii Ice break up IF 0 kiishpin pc if ILLNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness IN ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- at Ed uc pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of IN PROGRESS ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time IN THE WATER nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak (W) INDIAN io n lN PROCESS cu l ty of anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininliwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe INDIAN Fa weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder INDOORS piintikamik pc indoors (E). Also: piitikamik (W) y INFORM sit kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ 0 er INLAND noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E) . Also: noohpimik (W) ni v INSECT manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect U INSIDE ad piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piici- (W) piinciyahii pc inside something (E). Also: piiciyahii (W) he INTO piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piinci- (W) ke INVESTIGATE La memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ IRON shooshkwahikan -ak na iron ISLAND minihtik -oon ni island JACKFISH cwaapiihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapiihsh JAIL 0 kipaahkwahitiiwikamik -oon ni jail JAM caam ni jam 362 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ociimitoo-pllhsim na kiss month, January. Also: ociimi-kiishikaawi-piihsim JAY kwiikwiihs •ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwiihshi -wak JOB anohkiiwln -an ni job, employment, work poonanohkll vai quit a job, stop working JOKINGLY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) JUDGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. tipaahkonlke vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) JULY kiishipakaawi-piihsim na leaves are fully grown month, July JUMP kwaashkonl vsi jump poosikwaashkoni vai jump aboard kicikwaashkoni vsi jump out JUNE saakipaakaawi-piihsim na leaves are out month, June JUST . piko pc just. Also: poko KERCHIEF naapihkaakan -ak na kerchief, scarf sit KETTLE ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle KEY aapihsakahikan -an ni key KILL nihsi. vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ KIND toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort KITCHEN TABLE wiihsiniiwinaahtik -oon ni kitchen table KNEE mikitik -oon ni knee KNIFE moohkomaan -an ni knife naacihkomaane vsi get a knife KNOW kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentan vti know s.t. nahke piko pc I don't know kihkentam vai2 know La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r JANUARY L 363 �ENGLISH • ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kNowAoW Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk KNOWN kihkentaakwan vii known LADLE emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle LAKE saakahikan -an -iin ni fake akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake mihshikamaa vii be a big lake LAKE TROUT namekohs -ak na lake trout LAMP waashtenlkan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan LARD pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas LAST anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate LATE anoonaakohshin vii be late in the aftemoon pwaatawi- pv delayed, late LATER paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while naake pc later LAUGH paahpi vai laugh paahpihi vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ LAUGH AT paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ LAUNDROMAT kisiipiikinikewikamik -oon ni laundromat LAZY kihtimi vai be lazy LEAST kanake pc at least LEAVE maacaa vai go, leave LEAVE BEHIND nakash vta leave s.o. behind. Stem: /nakaN-/ nakatan vti leave s.t. behind LEFT namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik rN) LEG mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ 364 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY aatisoohkaan -an ni legend aatisoohke vai tell legends LENGTH ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length LET GOOF pakitin vts let go of s.o. pakitinan vti let go of s.t. LET KNOW kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ LETTER masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper LIBRARY masinahikanikamik -oon ni library LIE ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) LIE DOWN kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed pimihshin vai lie down cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r LEGEND Fa LIFE pimaatisiwin -an ni life sit sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire LIKE minwenim vta like s.o. ' minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. LIKE TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ LIKED minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated LIKELY maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably LIPS mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips) LISTEN nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantohtan vti listen to s.t. (E). Also: natohtan (W) LISTEN! mahl pc listenf La ke he ad U ni v er ( y LIGHT L, LITTLE pankii pc a little (E). Also: pakii (W) LIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive 365 �ENGLISH - ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ishi-taa vai live there, reside there LOCATION amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location LONELY · shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad LONESOME shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. LONG ahko- prsv as far as, as long as, a certain length kinwaakaash pc for a long time LONG AGO weshkac pc long ago, in the past kayaash pc originally, long ago, fonner weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past LONG HAIR kinwaanihkwe vai have long hair LONGTIME kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) LOOK inaapi vai take a look wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny LOOKAFTER kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. LOOK AROUND ayinaapi vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapi nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawaapam CN) nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawenim (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaatawentan(W) nanaatawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawaapam (W) nanaatawaapatan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawaapantan (W) nanaatawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawenim (W) nanaatawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawentan (W) LOOKAT kanawaapam vta look at s.o. kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) LOOK FOR nantonaw vta look for s.o. LOOK NICE mino-naakosi vai looks nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi LOOKI nahl pc lookf look outf LOOKOU'f ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait LOON maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) 366 Q �ENGLISH • ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io wanihi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanihtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ LOT mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ LOUD kishiiwemakan vii be loud LOVE saakihi vta like, love s.o. Stem: /saaldh-/ LOW capashiihsh pc low, lower level LOW SOUND OR VOICE pitikohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice LYNX pishiw -ak na lynx MACHINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MAD kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad MAKE FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire MAKE FUN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MAN naape -wak ns man niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ MANAGE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ MANAGER okimaa -k na boss, manager MANY aan tahsin pc how many mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mihshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ MANY TIMES mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa MARCH mikisiwi-piihsim na bald eagle month, March MARRIED I. wiikito vai be married, marry '-- MARRY wiikito vai be married, marry n r LOSE La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 367 �ENGLISH -ANillSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MATCH 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n maaciihs -ak na match MAY mahko-plihsim na bear month, May MAYBE iitok pc maybe, must be maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta ME keniin pr me too, as for me (first person singular personal pronoun) niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun). Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only MEAN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MEASURE tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) MEAT wiiyaahs ni meat amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MEDICINE mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor MELT ninkiso -wak vai be melted (E). Also: nikiso (W) MIDDLE nahsaw pc middle of MIGHT AS WELL nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac MILK coocoohshaapoo ni milk MINNOW kinooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) MINUTE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute MIRACULOUSLY natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise MISERABLE WEATHER niiskaatan vii be miserable weather MISTAKE mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes MITIEN mincihkaawan -ak na mitten (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) 368 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed io uc at kinika pc mix MOCCASIN mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin MONDAY anohkiiwl-klishikaa vii work day, be Monday MONEY shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shooniyaa MONTH piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom MOON akoocin vsi hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom tipihki-pilhslm -ook na moon MOONLIGHT ldishikaahte vii be moonlight MOOSE moos -ook na moose mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MORE kliyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more enikohk pc with more effort, harder nawac pc more, quite (-er) MOANING kekishepaayaa vii be morning waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa MOSQUITO saldme -k na mosquito MOSQUITO NET sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net MOST maawac pc most, most of all MOTHER nimaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ MOTHER-IN-LAW nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ MOTOR pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MOTOR OIL apaakaminikan na motor oil MOUNTAIN wacii -n ni mountain MOUSE aapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse. Also: waapikoshiihsh n Mix L 369 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY UoOfH mikonew ni mouth, inside mouth. Stem: /-konew-/ 0 MOVE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) MUCH io n mihshiin pc many, much, a lot minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk mishtahl pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi MUSIC at kitohcike vai play a musical instrument uc MUSKEG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Ed MUSKRAT wacashk -wak na muskrat of MUST maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, m_ust be iitok pc maybe, must be MUSTACHE Fa miihsaweshkishii vai have a mustache cu l ty MUST BE NAME-SAKE niici-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ sit y NAMED 0 er ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaas0= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= ni v NARRATE tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate NARRATION U tipaacimowin -an ni story. narration ad NARROW he akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river NATIVE ke anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshiniihkwe La NATURAL nato- pre real, natural, plain NAVEL mitihs -iin ni navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ NEAR naani- pren near, by naaniyahii pc near something pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc r,J) NEAR ciikic pc by, close to, near to 0 NEARLY kekaat pc nearly, almost 370 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /kwayaw-/ NEIGHBOUR onci-wiici-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: oci-wiici-taamaakan (W) NEPHEW ninahaanklhshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaakihshiim (W) nitooshim -ak nad my (parallel-)nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ at uc Ed of cu l NEXT ty ahsap -ilk na net naatahsapli vai get one's net, check one's net pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net NEVER kaawin wilhkaa pc never NEVERTHELESS shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all NEWS tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story io NET n r NECK y Fa kiinishtam pr you next, you first [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next nlinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam NICE mino- pre nice, good minwaahshin vii be nice, look nice anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water NICE DAY mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day NIECE nitooshimihkwem -ak nad my (parallel-)niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ NIGHT . kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) tipihkaa vii be night niipaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tipihkok (W) NINE saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaakahso, saakahso (W) NINE DOLLARS saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahsowaapihk. Also: saakahswaapihk (W) NINETEEN saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaankahsoshaap (W) NINETEEN DOLLARS t saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk (W) ' - NINETY saankahsomitana nu ninety (E). Also: shaakahsomitana, saankahsomitana (W) La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 371 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY N Ed uc at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of ekaa pc no, not (conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. NO REASON kwanta pc for no reason or purpose NORTH kiiwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kiiwetinok (W) NORTHERN LIGHTS waawaahte vii flash (light), Northam Lights NOSE mikot -an nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ NOT ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit NOT YET kaawin mahshi pc not yet NOVEMBER kashkatinoo-piihsim na freeze up month, November NOW aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) NUMBER tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre every, a certain number NURSING STATION mashkihkiiwikamik -oon ni nursing station OAR ashepoyaan -ak na paddle, oar. OCEAN akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean OCTOBER pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim na leaves are falling month, October OFFICE masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office OFTEN nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently OHMYI kooshta pc oopsl oh myl Also: ooshta ooshta pc oops! oh myl Also: kooshta OLD weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder OLD-TIMER weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder 372 0 �ENGLISH • ANillSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n ONE peshik nu one peshiko- pre one, single pehpeshlk pc one by one ONE CENT peshik pliwaapihkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhsh ONE DOLLAR peshikwaapihk na one dollar ONE DOLLAR BILL peshikoopiihikan -ak na one dollar bill ONE THAT kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONETIME peshikwaa pc once, one time ty ONE WHO kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] of Ed uc at io r ONCE peshikwaa pc once, one time cu l ONLY sit ad U ni v er ( y Fa ehta pc only kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only OOPS! ooshta pc oopsf oh myl Also: kooshta OPEN paahkihsin -oon vii be open ORDER he onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ke ORGANIZE La onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ORIGINALLY kayaash pc originally, long ago, fonner L OTHER kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative] OTTER nikik -wak na otter. Also: ninkik nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan OUGHT taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] OUT saakici- prev out 373 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY OUTSIDE akwacilnk pc outside (E). Also: akwaciik (W) 0 OVER THERE ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti OVERCAST ninkwahkwan vii overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) OWE n masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. io OWL at koohkoohkohoo -k na owl uc OWN Ed tipenim vta own s.o.• keep s.o., control s.o. tipentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. PACK ty of pashkwewash -an ni pack piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /pinahw-/ pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back cu l PADDLE y Fa apwi -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak pimahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by maacilhkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off sit PAIL ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle er PAIN 0 ni v wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain PANTS U mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ PAPER ad masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper he PARENT ke niniikihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ PAST La pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of weshkac pc long ago, in the past weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past PASTTENSE kii- prev [past tense] Also: kiih-. IC> kaaoci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oncionci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oci- PATH miihkana -n ni trail, path, road PAUL 0 Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) PELT ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade 374 �ENGLISH -ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PEN y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENCIL masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENINSULA neyaahsh ni be a peninsula or point of land in the lake PEPPER pepaa ni pepper PERHAPS maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta PERMANENTLY nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit PERMISSION ayaaw vts have s.o., have permission to use s.o. PERSON anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa PICK otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked PICKUP manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ PICKEREL okaahs -ak na pickerel PILLOW ahpihkwehshimon -an ni pillow PLAIN nato- pre real, natural, plain PLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane PLATE onaakan -an ni dish, plate PLAY metawe vai play tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey PLAY INSTRUMENT kitohcike vai play a musical instrument PLAYTHING metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything , PLEASE '-' aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mer Also: maahti ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 375 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY Plow at io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc tawehkonehike vai plow snow POLICE STATION shimaakanihshiiwikamik -oon ni police station POND waanipiiyaa vii pond, be an area of water POORLY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly POP/JUICE shiiwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice PORCUPINE kaak -wak na porcupine PORRIDGE anoomlnaapoo na porridge PORTAGE kahkiiwe vai to portage onikam -iin ni portage POSSESSION ayaan vtl my possession, it belongs to me POSSIBLE kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps POSSIBLY kehcin pc probably possibly POTATO ashkipwaaw -an ni potato POUR siikinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out POURED siikinikaate -wan vii be poured (liquid) PRAY ayamihaa vsi pray PREPARE kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii r,J) PROBABLY nitiko pc probably. Also: ntiko kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably kehcin pc probably possibly PROBABLY NOT kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin PROBLEM aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems PROPERTY tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family PROVISIONS BOX niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container 376 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PONisR n tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. PURPOSE kwanta pc for no reason or purpose PURPOSELY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) PURSE piinahikan -an ni purse io PUT sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at ahsi vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ PUT CLOTHES ON pihtaahpiso vai put clothes on, get dressed PUT IN CONTAINER piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ PUT ON BOARD poosihi vta put on board s.o. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti2 put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ QUARTER peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshik shooniyaahsh QUESTION ina pc [yes-no question marker] also na. QUICK kinipihse vsVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) kinipii vsi hurry, be quick, be fast QUICKLY wiipac pc soon, in a lmle while, quick, hurry kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) QUIETLY sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly QUIT pooni- prev stop, cease, quit poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working QUITE nawac pc more, quite (-er) RABBIT waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) RADIO nantohtamowin ni radio RADIO STATION natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station RAIN kimiwan vii rain. Also: kimowan l., 377 �ENGLISH - ANDISIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY RAISIN 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shoominihsh -ak na raisin RAPIDS paawihtik -oon ni rapids RATHER nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac RAVEN kaakaakl -wak na raven READY kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) REAL nato- pre real, natural, plain REALIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. REALLY mitoni pc really, entirely so naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively RECOGNIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. RECREATION HALL metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall RED miskosi vai be red miskwaa vii be red maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset REGARDLESS aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) REGRETFUL mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) REGURGITATE pakitanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ RELATION inaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation REMEMBER kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. kanoohke vai+o remember REMIND kanoohkem vta remind s.o. REPAIR waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ RESIDE ishi-taa vai live there, reside there 378 0 �sit er ni v U ad he ke La ( y Fa cu l ty of io at Ed uc r RESIDENCE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) RESTAURANT wiihsiniiwikamik -oon ni restaurant RESTROOM/WASHROOM anwepiiwikarnik -oon ni restroom/washroom RETURN kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back kiiwenotan vti return to s.t. RETURN THROUGH AIR kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back RETURN TO pi-kiiwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. pi-kiiwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. RICH wenootisi vai be rich RIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) kihcinihkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) RING ahcanihsh -ak na ring RIVER siipi -in ni river akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) ROAD . miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail patotepiso vai drive off the road ROCK ahsin -iik na stone, rock ROCKY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky ROCKY ISLAND rninihtikwaapihk -oon ni rocky island ROLL tihtipihse vaVii roll ROLL FAST tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tihtipipanihoo RUN pirnipahtoo vai run along, run by maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running ihpahiwe -wak vai run to a certain place (for cover) RUN AWAY FROM maaciipahiwe vai run away from maaciipahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 379 �ENGLISH • ANIHSlllNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maaciipahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. RUN OUT caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted 0 SAD shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad SALT n shiiwihtaakan ni sah io SAME at peshikwan pc same pehkihsh pc at the same time, while uc SAME TIME mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now Ed SATURDAY SAW kiishkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw ty SAY cu l ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way ishi vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ Fa SCARCELY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared sit y SCARED SCHOOL of maatinawe--kiishikaa vii distribution day, be Saturday 0 er ishkooniwikamik -oon ni school ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii ni v SCISSORS maacishikan -an ni scissors U SCRAPE maataho vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ ad SEAGULL he kiyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk SEARCH La SEATED ke nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenim (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) namatapi vai sit down, be seated SEE ishinan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way waapam vta see s.o. waapantan vti see s.t. Also: waapatan ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) SEEK nanaantawi- prev seek (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) SEPTEMBER waahtepakiiwi-piihsim na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihsim 380 0 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSlilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sef sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net SET OUT maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SEVEN niishwaahsinoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven SEVEN DOLLARS niishwaahswaapihk na na seven dollars SEVENTEEN niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven SEVENTEEN DOLLARS niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk na seventeen dollars SEVENTY niishwaahsomitana nu seventy SHAKE HANDS waaciye vai shake hands SHALLOW paakwaa vii be shallow water SHARP kaahshaa vii be sharp SHE kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam SHIRT pakwaan -an ni shirt SHOE mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin SHOOT paashkiso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ SHOOT WITH ARROW pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw•/ SHOP maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore naanewi- pren on shore SHORT tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short SHORTHAIR tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair SHOULD ci- prev to, that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] L 381 �ENGLISH - ANillSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n ke- prev will, should, would. could [Changed future and modal] taa• prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] SHOULDER mitihtiman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder SHOVEL wepahaakone vai shovel snow SHOW UP naakosi vai be visible, show up naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) SHOWER kisiisihpaso vai take a shower SHUTTLE ahsapaahtik -ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making SIBLING niciimic •ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ SIBLING-IN-LAW niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ SICK aahkosi vai be sick SICKNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness SIGHT nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. SILENT ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound SINCE ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently SING nikamo vsi sing SINGLE peshiko vai be alone, single peshiko- pre one, single peshikwan vii be alone, single SISTER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nimihses -ak nad my older sister. Stem: /-mihses-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niitihkwe -wak nsd my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ SISTER-IN-LAW nicaahkohsh -ak nsd my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ SIT api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home namatapi vai sit down, be seated 382 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly SIX ninkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahsinoon (W) ninkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) ninkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nikotwaahso (W) SIX DOLLARS ninkotwaahsowaapihk ns six dollars (E). Also: ninkotwaahswaapihk (W) SIXTEEN ninkotwaahsoshaap nu sixteen (E). Also: ninkotwaahsoshaap (W) SIXTEEN DOLLARS ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) SIXTY ninkotwaahsomitana nu sixty (E). Also: nikotwaahsomitana (W) SIZE ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini SKIDOO otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car SKILLED nihtaa- prsv can do, skilled at, know how SKIN pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. SKINNY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry SKUNK . shikaak -wak na skunk SKY kiishik ni sky. kiishlk ni sky, day maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SLED pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLEEP nipaa vai sleep SLEIGH pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLIMY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy SLOWLY pehkaac pc slowly, carefully SMALL ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshi (W) L 383 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY of Ed uc at io n 0 0 U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake SMELL NICE minomaakosi vsi smells nice, smells good minomaakwan vii smells nice, smells good SMOKE COMES OUT saakaapahte vii smoke comes out SMOKE FISH manehtek -wak ns smoke fish SNAKE kinepik -ook ns snake SNARE nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -iin ni snare wire nakwaaso vsi be snared nakwaash vts snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ naapakwaash vts snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vsi set snares naatakwe vai go to check snares SNEEZE caahcaamohki vai sneeze a lot SNOW koon -ak ns snow sookihpwan vii be snowing. Also: sookohpwan anaamaakonak pc under the snow nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow tawehkonehike vsi plow snow wepahaakone vsi shovel snow SNOWSHOE aaldm -ak na snowshoe ad so La ke he amiicikahi pc that is so amiinahi pc is that so, is that right ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then SO IS THAT amihiwe pc so is that SOAK akoncin vsi float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) SOAP shoohp ns soap SOCK ashikan -ak na sock SOME aanta pc some, few SOMEONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya 384 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r \ SOMETIMES eshkam pc sometimes SON nikosihs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ SON-IN-LAW ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaankihshiim (W) n SONG io nikamowin -an ni song cu l ty uc of Ed wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry SORRY mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) SORT toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan SORT keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort SOUND ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so at SOON sit y shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) SPEAK ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ anihshininilmo vai speak the native language ayami vai speak, talk ayamiihtamaw vta speak for s.o. ayamiihtan vti speak for s.t. SPEAKTO kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. SPEED OFF m~cilpiso vsi set out ·by vehicle, speed off, drive off SPLIT taashkisho vts split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ SPLIT WOOD taashkikahike vai split wood La ke he ad U ni v er ( Fa SOUTH SPOILED L nihshiwanaatan vii be spoiled SPOON emihkwaan -ak ns spoon, ladle SPOUSE wiiciiwaakan •ak na spouse, companion niiciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ SPRING siikwan vii spring 385 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY SPRUce 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n shikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce. Also: shinkop -iik SPRUCE HEN pine -wak na spruce hen STACK onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ STAND niipawi vai stand, be standing STAND UP pasikwii vai stand up, arise STAR wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankosh (E) START maacii- prsv start, begin maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk maaciciwan -oon vii start to flow maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) maatanohkii vai start to work STARVE paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry STAY tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly STEAL . kimooti vsi+o steal s.t. STEER washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. STICK mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) STICK ON akohke vai stick on, adhere STILL kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic STINK wiinciikisi vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) STOCKY pitikosi vai be stocky, be chubby STOMACH mihsat -an ni stomach STONE ahsin -iik na stone, rock STOP kipihcii vai stop pooni- prev stop, cease, quit 386 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY r \ kipihtinan vti (in an action) stop s.t., block s.t. poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working STORE ataawikamik -oon ni store, trading post STORY tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration STOVE n ishkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater io STRAIGHT at kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) na stranger STRETCH of shiipiikii vai stretch one's body tashopish vts stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ STRIKE ty pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. cu l STRONG mashkawii vsi be strong STURGEON Fa name -wak ns sturgeon SUDDENLY y ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise sit ( Ed piiwite -k uc STRANGER er SUFFICIENT SUGAR U shookaa ns sugar ni v tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vsVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient SUITCASE he SUMMER ad mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. SUN ke niipin vii summer tahso-niipin pc every summer La piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom SUN RISE saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up SUNSET pankihshimon vii the sun sets (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) SUNDAY ayamihe-kiishikaa vii pray day, be Sunday SUNSET l.., mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SURE aaw pc well, well then, sure 387 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY io n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at cike, cikema pc for sure kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure tepwe pc true, for sure SUSPECT anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. SWALLOW koncipanihi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /kocipanih-/. Also kocipanihi (W) SWALLOWED koncipanihcikaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: kocipanihcikaate (W) SWAMP mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp SWEATER shiipiikwaan -an ni seater SWEEP wepahike vai sweep the floor SWEET shiiwaa vii be sweet shiiwaakamin vii be sweet (liquid) SWEETHEART nimoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ SWIM AROUND papaamaatake vai swim around SWING memepiso vai swing oneself memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle TABLE ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table, also ahcikan wiihsiniiwinaantik -oon ni kitchen table TAKE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked TAKE ALONG maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ TAKEAWAY maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away TAKE CARE kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. TAKE S.O. /S.T. HOME kiiwewish vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewitoo-/ TALK ayami vai speak, talk nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk 388 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY n io at uc kinokaapawi vai stand tall, be tall TASTE BAD macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ macihpikwan vti taste bad TASTE BITTER wiihsakaakamin -oon vii tastes bitter (liquid) TASTE GOOD mlnohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good TASTE OF kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate kocihpo vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate TEA tii ni tea tiihke vai make tea TEACH kihkinoohamaw vta teach s.o. kihkinoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. TEAKETTLE tiiwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle TEASE nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people TELEPHONE maaciikitowin -an ni telephone TELEVISION masinaahtehsicikan -an ni television TELL wiintamaw vta tell something to s.o. {E). Also: wiitamaw (W) TELL ABOUT tashim vta tell about, talk about s.o. TELL LEGENDS aatisoohke vai tell legends TELL NEWS tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed r TALL TELL ON L mamihshim vta tell on s.o. mamihshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamihshitan {W) TELL STORY tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TEN mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mitaahsiwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ mitaahso nu ten TEN CENTS mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh -ak na ten cents. Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkoonhsh 389 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TEN boLLIR BILL mitaahsoopiihikan -ak na ten dollar bill 0 TEN DOLLARS mitaahswaapihk na ten dollars TENT wiiskwehokaan -an ni tent n THANK io nanaahkom vta thank s.o. THANKS at miikwehc pc thanks uc THAT weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there Fa THAT'S cu l THATWAY ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti ty of Ed aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. (conjunct future and modal] ihi pr that. Also: ihiwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ihiwe pr that. Also: ihi, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] amihi pc that's y THEM 0 er sit kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ni v THEN ad U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, waitl please THEN THERE he ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then La THESE ke ihimaa pc there. Also: himaa weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] THEY kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THIGH mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ THING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa THINK inentam vai2 think so 390 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY inentan vtl think so of s.t., to be so sit La ke he ad U ni v er ( y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n maamitonentam vai be thinking inentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so tanenim vta think s.o. to be there THINK ABOUT maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. THIRTEEN nihsoshaap nu thirteen THIRTEEN DOLLARS nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars THIRTY nihsomitana nu thirty THIS oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative). Also: ohowe, howe. ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative) wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] THOSE ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ikiweniwak pr those. Also: ikiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] iniweniwan pr those. Also: inweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] THOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although THOUSAND kihci-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 1wo thousand', etc. THREAD sheshtak -ook na thread THREE nihsin nu three nlhsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ THREE DOLLARS nihsowaapihk ni three dollars. Also: nihswaapihk THREE TIMES nihswaa pc three times, thrice THRICE nihswaa pc three times, thrice THROAT mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /kotashkway-/ THUNDER . pinehsiiwan vii be thunder THURSDAY niiwi-kiishikaa vii fourth day, be Thursday L TIDY nanahacike vai tidy things 391 �ENGLISH - ANillSIIlNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TIME Q 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n kinwaakaash pc for a long time oncihcihse vii be the time of. come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) pehkihsh pc at the same time, while TIMES tahswaa pc so many times. every time TIPI matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matikwaan TIRED caakii vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy ishkii vai be tired of doing something TO ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshiTOBACCO nahsemaa -k na tobacco TOBACCO PIPE ohpwaakan -ak na tobacco pipe TOBOGGAN otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan TODAY noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) noonkom kaa-kiishikaak vii today (E). Also: nookom kaa-kiishikaak (W) TOE niihsiikisitaan -an ni toe TOENAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ TOGETHER maamaw pc all together, in total naapi- prev together TOMATOE okin -iik ni tomatoe TOMORROW waapank vii tomorrow (E). Also: waapak (W) waapan vii be moming, be dawn, be tomorrow TONGUE mitenan -iin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ TOO kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] 392 Q �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TOO MUCH onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive. (E). Also: osaam (W) TOO,AS FOR kaye pc and. Also:, too. as for. TOOL y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment TOP wakic pc on top of something wakici- pren on top of wakiciyahii pc on top of something TOTAL maamaw pc all together, in total TOWARDS pi- prev here, hither, towards TOWN taawin na town. Also: taawinink (locative) TOY metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything TRAIL miihkana •n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail TRAP amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan naaciwanihlkane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ wanihikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihiikan wanihike vai trap. Also: wanihiike TRAP HARE waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) TRAP STAKE wanihikanaahtik -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik TREE mihtik --ook na tree (deciduous) shnikop -Uk na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shinkop (W) TROUBLE macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble TRUE tepwe pc true, for sure TRY koci- pv try to do, to attempt kocihcikaate vii be tried kocihtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ l TUESDAY 'niisho-kiishikaa vii second day, it is Tuesday La ke he ad U ni v er sit ( 393 �ENGLISH - ANIHSlllNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TURN io n 0 Q La us ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at washkii vai tum washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. TWELVE niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two TWELVE DOLLARS niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars TWENTY niishitana nu twenty TWENTY DOLLAR BILL niishitanawepiihikan •ak na twenty dollar bill TWENTY DOLLARS niishitana tahswaapihk na twenty dollars TWICE niishwaa pc twice TWO niishin nu two niishinoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ niishiwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ TWO DOLLAR BILL niishoopiihikan -ak na two dollar bill TWO DOLLARS niishwaapihk na two dollars UNCLE nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ noohkomlhs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ UNDER . anaamink pc under something (E). Also anaamik (W) anaamaakonak pc under the snow UNDERSTAND nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so UNDERWATER anaamipiik pc underwater kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawint (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) USE aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ 394 Q �ENGLISH • ANIHSfilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY io at uc Ed VE~:isi val arrive by vehicle VERY of ( er sit y Fa cu l ty r caakin vta use s.o. up caakinan vti use s.t. up USEABLE aapatan vii be useful, be useable USED TO ami ahko pc used to, usually USED UP caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted USEFUL aapatan vii be useful, be useable aapatisi vai be useful USEFUL THING aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment USUALLY ahko pc usually ami ahko pc used to, usually VACUUM CLEANER wiihkwepahlke vai use a vacuum cleaner VAIN aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow VARIED piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of n Use OP La ke he ad U ni v kihci- pre big, great, very VERY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively VILLAGE tashiihkewin -an ni village, settlement, community VIOLENCE miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin nootinikewin -an ni war, violence VISIBLE mate- prev visible (at a distance) naakosi vai be visible, show up. pi-naakosi 'come' tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) VISIT kiiwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kiiwike vai visit (especially in one's own community) WAIT ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please pilhi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ piiho vai wait 395 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WAIT AWHILE n 0 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io pinamaa pc wait a while, for a short while, in a while WAKEUP amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ WALK pimohse vai walk along, walk by maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past pimohse vai walk, walk by, watk past nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk WALLET shooniyaawash -an ni wallet WANT nantawenim vta want s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) nantawentan vti want s.t.(E). Also: natawentan (W) nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). WANTTO waa- prev will, want to. IC> wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] WANTTOJNEEDTO noonte- prev want to, need to (be usual time) (E). Also noote- (W) WAR nootinikewin -an ni war, violence WAREHOUSE ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse WARM awaso vai warm oneself kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather WARM WEATHER kiishiwaayaa vii be warm weather WASH kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. WASH CLOTHES kisiipiikinike vai wash clothes WASH DISHES kaahsiininaakane -wak vai wash dishes WASH FACE kaahsiinkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: koohsiikwe (W) WATCH FOR naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water nipi ni water 396 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water mooshkahan vii flood, be high water paakwaa vii be shallow water WAVES maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves WAY ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shk IC> eshinaanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta WAYS OFF niikate pc a ways off, far away WE kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Als~: niinawit (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) WEAK niinamii vai be weak WEASEL sikohsi -wak na weasel WEATHER ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC> eshiwepa= kiishowaayaa vii be wann weather maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather WEDNESDAY aapihtawan vii be half, be Wednesday WEEK pimikonaakaa vii be a week WELL aaw pc well, well then, sure mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker WEST nekaapiihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) WHAT aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani { kekonen -an pr what ~ WHAT PURPOSE wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (E). IC< onci-. Also: wenci- (W) La ke he ad U ni v er sit C 397 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WHEN of Ed uc at io n 0 cu l ty ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ahpii pc when, at that time aanahpii pc when? WHERE aanti pc where amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location WHEREABOUTS aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction WHILE mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry mekwaa pc while, during, at the time noomake pc for a while pehkihsh pc at the same time, while . WHISKEY ishkotewaapoo ni fire water, whiskey, liquor WHITE 0 La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa waapaa vii be white waapisi vai be white WHITE WOMAN wemihtikooshiihkwe na white woman WHITE/GREY HAIR waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair WHITEFISH atihkamek -wak ni whitefish WHITEMAN wemihtikooshi -wak na whiteman WHO awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen WHOLE misiwe pc all over, everything, whole WHY aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan WHY DON'T YOU aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mel. Also: maahti WIDE mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) WILL ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ka- prev will. [future tense in independent verbs with personal prefix.] ke- prev will, should, should, could. [Changed future and modal] ta- prev will. [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntativeJ 398 0 �ENGLIS H • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY wiN pahkinaake vai win, beat someone (in a competition) WINDOW pahpaapiwin -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin WINDY nootin vii be windy, be a wind WINE shoominaapoo ni wine WINTER pipoon vii winter WIPE kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahslinike vsi wipe things for cleaning WISH pakohsenimo vai wish, hope kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope WOLF mahiinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahilkan (W) WOMAN anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe ihkwe -wak ns woman, female nootihkwewe vai womanize, chase women niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ ( WONDER kaanlka pc I wonder, I wish, I hope mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concemed, wonder WOOD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) WOODEN BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. WORK anohkii vai work anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work rnaatanohkii vai start to work nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working WORKER anohkiinaakan -ak na worker nihtaawanohkii vsi work well, be a good worker wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na my co-worker WORRY mikoshkaatenim vts worry about s.o., be concemed about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder ( mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concemed about s.t. ' - WOULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] La ke he ad U ni v er sit y Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n r 399 �ENGLISH - ANDISHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY taa• prev would, could. should, ought. can. [modal] WOULD YOU kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps 0 WRITE masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o.• owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. n WRONG io macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong YARD at mihtik .aon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) uc YAWN naanipaawe •wak vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe Ed YELLOW of osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawisi vai be yellow/brown YES ty ehe pc yes. Also: eha cu l YESTERDAY onaako pc yesterday YET - 0 er YONDER sit y Fa aasha pc already, now, then, yet. Also: aashay kaawin mahshi pc not yet kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic mahshi pc yet weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there - ni v YOU YUCK ke he ad U kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihta kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) La ehshay pc oh yuckl 0 400 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS What's going on? OR What's happening? Aan enakimaac(t)? How much is he charging for it? (animate) Aan enakimac(t)? How much are you charging for it? (animate) Aan enakitaman? How much are you charging for it? (inanimate) Aan enakitank? How much is he charging for it? (inanimate) Aan enentaman? What do you think? Aan entootarnaan? What am I doing? at Ed What are we doing? (incl) Aan entootaman obowe kaa-ani- mishakaamekonakaak? of What are you doing this coming weekend? What are you doing this evening? Aan entootaman? What are you doing? cu l ty Aan entootaman ohowe kaa-ani-tipihkaak? What are you doing?(pl) Fa Aan entootamek? Aan entootamowaac? y What are they doing? How are you this morning? ni v kaa-kekishepaayaak? er Aan eshi-ayaayan noonkom What's be/she doing? sit Aan entootank? Whatdayisittoday? Aan e~hinibkaasoc(t)? What's his/her name? U Aan eshi-kii~bikask noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak? What is it called? Aan isbihsek? What time is it? Aan e~binibkaasoyan? What is your name? Aan eshiwepahk? How is the weather? OR What's happening? Aan ke-kii-ishi-wiicihinaan noonkorn kaa-kiishikaak? How can I help you today? Aan ke-tootaman noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? What will you be doing today? Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? Why is it not so? Aan tahsh wiin ihi? How come? Aan tahsh? Why? Aan tahsinkin? How many of them are there? (inanimate) ke he ad Aan e~binibkaatek? La ( uc Aan entootamank? io n Aan enahkamikank? 401 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS How many of them are there? (animate) Aan waa-tootamaan? What do I want to do? Aan waa-tootaman ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan? What do you want to do when you are done working? Aan waa-tootaman ke-kiishikaak? What do you want to do today? Aan waa-tootaman? What do you want to do? Aan waa-tootamowaac? What do they want to do? Aan waa-tootank? What does he/she want to do? Aan/aani m.inikohk? How much? Aanahpii eshaayan? When are you going there? Aanahpii ke-ishaayan WaawiyP.kamaak? When are you going to Round Lake? Aanahpii ke-maatanohkiiyan kekishepaayaak? When do you begin/start to work tomorrow morning? Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiwec(t)? When is he/she returning? io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa Aanahpii ke-pi-kiiweyan? y When are you returning? sit Aanahpii ke-pi-takohshink? ni v er When is he/she arriving? Aanahpii mayaam ke-pi-kiiweyan? ' Aanahpii ta-kashkatin eshinaman? When do you think it will freeze up?1 Aanahpii ta-maacihtan eshinaman? When do you think it will break up? Aanahpii ta-niipin eshinaman? When do you think it will be summer? Aanahpii tahsh waa-kiiwcyan? So when do you want to go home? Aanahpii waa-ishaayan? When do you want to go there? Aanahpii waa-kiiweyan? When do you want to go home? Aanahpii wenci-kihkentaman e-aahkosiyan? When did you realize that you are sick? Aani minikohk aapacihtooyan mashkihki? How much medication do you use? Aani minikohk nantawenimac shooniyaan? How much money do you need/want? Aani minikohk ohomaa ke-ayaayan? How long are you going to be here? La ke he ad U When will you be go hunting again? The Severn Ojibwe word esbfo•mao literally means 'how do you sec it?' 402 0 When exactly will you be coming home? Aanahpii miina ke-nanaantawencikcyan? 1 0 n Aan tahsiwaac? 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS There will only be a few of them leaving tomorrow. Aanta ehta ta-maaciiwicikaatewan. Only a few things will be taken along. Aanti eshaayan? Where are you going? Aanti eshaayek? Where are you going? (pl) Aanti eshi-kaahkiitisiyan? Where is it aching? Aanti eshi-tewisiyan? Where is it sore? Aanti eshi-wilhsakentaman? Where is the pain? Aanti kaa-ishi-akootooyan kimakoot? Where did you hang your coat? Aanti kaa-ishi-pankibsink pimihsewin? Where did the airplane fall down/crash? Aanti ke-oncinowek kitinentaan waapank? Where do you think the wind will blow from tomorrow? cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Aanta ehta ta-maacaawak waapank. Aanti mayaam kaa-wii-ishaayan? Where exactly is it that you want to go? Aanti nehke entanihtaakwahk? Fa Whereabouts does the sound come from? sit Aanti nehlce waa-ishaayan? Put it anywhere. You can sleep anywhere. Aanti piko nika-ishi-ap. I will be sitting anywhere. Aanti waa-ishaayan ke-kiisbikaak? Where do you want to go today? Aanti waa-ishaayan noonkom kaa-kii~hikaak? Where do you want to go today? Aanti waa-ishaayan? Where do you want to go? Aanti waa-ishi-ahtooyan kiciimaan? Where do you want to put/place your canoe? Aanti wenci-kihkeotaman? How do you know? Aanti wenci-nihsitawinaman? How do you recognize it? Aanti wenciiyan? Where are you from? Aanti wencinowek? Where is the wind blowing from? Aapatan ohowe mekwaac. It is being used at this time. he ad U Aanti piko ka-kii-ishi-nipaa. ke L What direction do you want to go? La Aanti piko ishi-ahtoon. Which direction is the wind blowing? What direction is the wind blowing from? ni v Aanti nehke wencinowek? er ( y Aanti nehke eshinowek? 403 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Aasba kekaat ta-kashkatin saakahikan. The lake will freeze up very soon. Aasba kii-maacaa. He/she left already. Aasha miina ani-kiishowaayaa. It is getting warm again. Aasha na kekaat ta-niipin kitinentaan? Do you think tbe summer is near? Aasha na kekaat ta-niipin kitisbinaan? Do you think tbe summer is near?' Aasha rut kikibkentaan aanahpii ke-maacaayan. Do you know yet when you will be leaving? Aasha na ldkii-akwanahwaa k1taaoihs? Did you cover your daughter yet (with a blanket? Aasha na okii-mibkawaan otayibshan? Did he/she find his/her dog yet? Aasha niltii-waapamaa. I already saw him/her. Aasha nipaa. He/she is sleeping now. Aasha weshkac kii-maacaa. He/she left long time ago. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 The ice will break up very soon. Aasha wiipac ta-maacihtan siipi. I want to buy a table. sit y Ahcikanaahtik niwii-ataawe. er Ahcikanaahtikoni wii-ataawe. He/she wants to buy a table. When I don't have any money, I will go home. ni v Ahpii ekaa oshooniyaanimiyaan nika-kiiwe. When I am done working, I will drink some beer. Ahpii ishkwaa-anwepiyaan, nika-anobkii. After I am done resting, I will work. ad U Ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan, pankii nika-minihkwe shinkopiiwaapoo. Are you from Europe? he Akaamahkiink na kitooncii? Does your friend come from across tbe ocean? ke Akaarni-kihcikam na oncii kitootem? Are you going across the road? Akaamihkao.a niwii-ishi-kiiwike. I want to go and visit across tbe road. Akaawaac kii-tepihsewan rnihsan pipoonook. There was barely enough firewood during tbe winter. Akaawaac naahpic nitepihse miicim. I have just barely enough food. Akwaciiok nitashiiwihtoo ohowe mekwaac. I am busy outside at tbe moment doing things. Amihi aasha e-ani-pipooni-naakwank. It is starting to look like winter already. La Akaamihkaoa ina kitishaa? 1 0 The Severn Ojibwe verb ldtisbbaaan literally means '(do) you see it'. 404 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Amibiwe eshkam esbihsek! That's the way things happen sometimes. Amibiwe kwayabk kekiin kaa-wii-anohkiiyan. That's good that you want to work too. Amii piko ohomaa ke-ayaayaan. I am just going to stay here. Amiicika tahsh ihi maaroabkaac. That is so amazing. Amii na bi ihimaa waa-ishi-nipaayan? Is that where you want to sleep? Amii na hi tepwe? Is that right? or Is that true? Amohsbahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-maacaayaan. I don't think I can go. Amohsbahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-piishaayaan. I don't think I can come. Amohshahi iltok ekaa ci-kii-tontamaan. I don't think I can do it. Amohsbahi iitok ekaa ci-kii-wiiciiwinaan. I don't think I can go with you. Fa When will you be coming? Anoonaakobshink ni.b-maacaa. y I will be leaving this afternoon. sit Ataawe ina kekoonini? Is he buying something? He/she is getting sicker, I think. Awabshime ina ta-tahkaayaa miina pipoononk kitinentaan? Do you think it will be colder next winter? Awabshime ta-ani-kiishowaayaa ahpii ani-siikwahk. It will get warmer when spring comes. ad U ni v er Awabshime ani-aahkosi nitinenimaa Who is that? he Awanenaha? Awanen ke-wiici-pimaabkwepahikemac(t)? ke Who will you be playing hockey with? Awiya na kikii-amicihik tipihkonk? Did someone keep you awake last night? La l., io at uc Ed of ty Anahpii tahsh ke-piishaayan? ( n I will wait for you there (in a certain location). cu l r Amihimaa ke-ishi-piihinaan. Ayapi na kit8anihs? Is your daughter home? Ayapi na kitaataa? Is your dad home? Ciikic ani-waapahk nika-kiiwe. I will go home near dawn. Ciikic waap'ahk nika-wanisbkaa. I will get up near dawn. Ehe, ninibsitobtaan! Yes, I understand! Enikobk anohkiitaa mwaye-kimiwank. Let's work hard before it rains. Enikobk pimipahtoon! Run hard! 405 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Eniwehk nika-wiintamawaa ci-piishaat(c ). I will tell him/her to come anyway. Esbkam ehta nimiwentaan. I am only happy sometimes. Esbkam keniin pankii nitaapacihtoon masbkihki. Sometimes I use some medication too. Esbkam naahpic nikihtim. Sometimes I am very lazy. lkaa mahshi pinamaa! Wait a minute! Just a second! Ikaamahshi! Wait! lkaawin maanenciken mekwaac ishkoonooyan. Don't be disobedient while you're in school. lkaawin mahsbi maacaan! Don't go/leave yet! lkaawin mahshi! Not yet! (command) lkaawin wiibkaa miina tootan! Don't ever do it again! Ka-kanoonin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. I will call you when I am done working. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 Ka-kii-tootaan ina kiinehta ci-kiishihtooyan Can you complete this job on your own? sit er Ka-maawin siyaaken OR siiyaaken maawiln kaawin. y ohowe anohkiiwin? I am going to the gathering/meeting U Kaa-ishi-maawacibitonaaniwank nitishaa. Clean up before you leave/go! ad Kaahsiiniken mwaye-maacaayan! Wash the dishes before you leave/go! he Kaahsiininaakanen mwaye-maacaayan! Hide your gun before you go! ke Kaatoon kipaashkisikan mwaye-maacaayan! I didn't sleep too well last night Kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiin tipihkonk. I didn't sleep well last night Kaawin mabshi mayaam nikihkentansiin. I don't know yet exactly. Kaawin mahsbi nikiisbihtoobsiin. I haven't finished yet. La Kaawin kwayahk nitoonci-nipaahsiln tipihkonk. Kaawin mahsbi niwaapamaahsiin. 0 I'll call you later. ni v Ka-pi-kanoonin naake. I hope not. \ I haven't seen him/her yet. Kaawin mabsbi. Not yet. (statement) Kaawin nika-kii-tootansiin niinehta. I can't do it by myself. 406 0 �I am not feeling well today. Kaawin ninaanaakacihaahsiin. I don't watch out for him/her. Kaawin tepwe nimino-ayaahsiin noonkom kaa-kii~hikaak. I am not doing too well today. Kaawin tepwe nimino-ayaawamancihobsiin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. I am not feeling too well today. No, I don't have any reason to wait for him/her. Kaawin, kaawin ninihsitohtabsiin. No, I don't understand. Kaawin, kaawin nitepwehtansiin ihiwe aacimowin. No, I don't believe that story. Kaawin, kaawin nitepwehtansiin ohowe aacimowin. No, I don't believe this story. Kape-kiishik na kika-inent? cu l ty of Ed uc at Kaawin, kaawin kekoon ke-onci-piihakipan. Kanoosh kiiwiiciiwaakan mwaye-kiiweyan. Call your spouse before you go home. Fa Are you going to be gone all day? Kape-kiishikaa na kika-inent? Is it possible you will be leaving early? Is it possible you will be leaving early tomorrow morning. ni v er Kaye piko na wiipac kib-roaacaa kekishepaayaak? sit Kaye piko na wiipac (ki)ka-maacaa? y Are you going to be gone all day? Kaye piko na wiipac ta-takobsbin? U Is it possible he/she will be arriving soon. Kaye piko ta-kimiwan kitipibkaak ad It will probably be raining today. I will clean up for sure before I leave/go. Kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa ishi-naakwan. It looks like there will be bad weather for sure. Kekiin ina kiwii-kocihpitaan pankii mooso-wiiyaabs? Do you want to taste some moose meat too? Kekishepaayaak (ki)ka-waapamin kaa-ishimaawacihitonaaniwak. I will see you at the meeting tomorrow morning. Keko masbkihki aapacihtooyan obowe mekwaac. What kind of medication are you using/taking at this time? Kekonen ataawaakeyan? What are you selling? Kekonen ataaweyan? What are you buying? Kekonen ihi? What's that? ke he Kehcinaac nika-kaahsiinike mwaye-maacaayaan! La ( io Kaawin nimmo-ayaawamancihobsim noonkom kaa-kiisbikaak n ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS 407 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Kekonen naasihkaman? What are you going to fetch? Kekonen nantawentaman? What do you want? Kekonen tabsh ekaa? Why is it not? Kekonen tahsh miishkoc waa-miiciyan? What do you want to eat instead? Kekonen tahsh? What about? OR What for? Kekonen waa-ataawaakeyan? What do you want to sell? Kekonen waa-ataaweyan? What do you want to buy? Kekonenini ataawaakec(t)? What does he want to sell? Kekonenini ataawec(t)? What is he buying? Kekonenini waa-ataawec(t)? What does he want to buy~ Kekoon ina kinantawentaan? Do you want something? Kekoon kiwii-kakwecimin. I want to ask you something. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 I should go there too. Keniin nitaa-kii-ishaa. Your pants look old. sit y Kehte-naakosi kitaabs. Your canoe looks old. er Kehte-naakwan kiciiroaan, ni v K.ihci-miikwehc nitootero! 0 Thank you very much my friend. Turn to the right! U K.ihdnibkiink inehke ishi-wasbkiin! Do you want to walk on the right? K.ihcinihkiink na inehke kiwii-ishi-pimohse? ad Let me know when yoq are leaving. he K.ihkeotamoonihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan. Kii-aaniman ina anohkiiwin ooonk.om kaa-kil~hikaak? ke Was work difficult today? Native people were hard working a long time ago. Ki.i-wenootan nato-miicim kayaash. There was plenty of traditional food a long time ago. Ki.in iko kihkentan ke-tootaman. You do whatever you want to do. Kiln ina hi kimiicimim? Is that your food? Kiln kihkentan ke-tootaman. You decide what to do. Ki.in na ha kishooniyaanim? Is that your money? Kiln tahsh wiin? How about you? La Kii-nihtaawanohkiiwak anihshininiwak kayaash. 408 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS If it's not used today, you can use it tomorrow. Kiishpin ekaa maci-kiishikaak nika-antawi-kwaashkwepine. If the weather is not bad, I will go fishing. Kiishpin ekaa ontamiihkeyaan, keniin nika-ishaa. If I am not busy, I will go there too. n Kiishpm ekaa aapatank noonkom kaakiishikaak, ka-kii-aapacihtoon waapank. If the weather is nice tomorrow, we will work Kiishpin nekaapiihanonk oncinowek, kehcinaac ta-maci-kiishikaa. If the wind is blowing from the east, for sure it will be a bad day. Kiishpin wii-ishaayan, (ki)ka-wiiciiwin. If you want to go there, I will go with you. Kiisbpin wii-wiihsiniyaan, wiipac nika-kiiwe. If I get hungry, I will go home early. Kiiwetinonk ina oncinowe? Is the wind blowing from the north? Kiiwetinonk inehke onciniwe. The wind is blowing from the north. cu l ty of Ed uc at again. I see it the wind will be blowing from the north, it will be snowing and windy. Fa Kiiwetinonk ta-oncinowe, ta-sookibpwan ekwa ta-kibci-nootin nitishinaan. sit y (Ki)ka-pi-kanoonin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. er Kika-nanaantawencike na ahpii takwaak!nk? I will call you when I am done working. Are you going hunting in the fall? I will go with you only if the weather is not too Kikaanaa na shooniyaan? Are you hiding money? Kikihkentaan na aanahpii ke-pi-kiiweyan? Do you know when you will be coming home? Kikii-aahkos na onaako? Were you sick yesterday? Kikii-ayamihaa na? Did you talk to him/her? Kikii-pi-kanoonihsb na? Did you call me (on the phone)? Kikii-pwaatawi-kawihshim na eni-tipihkaak? Did you go to bed late last night? Kikii-pwaatawi-wanishkaa na kekishep? Did you get up late this morning? Kikosihs mooshak nanaatihkosii. Your son is always teasing people. Kiminohpitaan ina nato-miicim? Do you like the taste of traditional food? Kinaaci-ataa · · e na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Are you going to the store today? Kinahshine-niipaa-anohkii ina? Are you working nights all the time? ni v Kika-wiiciiwin kiisbpin ehta ekaa onsaam maci-kii~hikaak. ke he ad U bad. La ( io Kiishpin mino-kiishikaak waapank, miina ta-anohkiinaaniwan. 409 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Kinanaahkomin nitootem! I thank you, my friend. Kinantawenimin ci-wiicihishiyan. Kinantawentaan ina ci-wiicihinaan? I need/want you to help me. J?o you want me to help you? Kinantawentaan ina kekoon ci-piitooyaan? Do you want me to bring something? Kinihsitohtaan ina? Do you understand? Kinihtaa-watakami-aahkos na? Do you usually get sick easily? Kipaahpihtoon ina nitaacimowin? Are you laughing at my story? Kitaana na abko kakwecimaa? Do you ever attempt to ask him/her? Kitaataa niwii-ayamihaa. I want to talk to your dad. Kitanaamenimaa na kitootem? Are you blaming your friend? Kitanenimaak na mihshin kinooshek ibimaa? Do you expect lots offish there? Kitataawe ina kekoon? Are you buying something? Kitepwehtaan ina ihiwe aacimowin? Do you believe that story? ty cu l Fa Kitepwehtaan ina kabkiou kekoon kaa-ishi-wiintamaaknoyan? sit y Do you believe everything that you are told? Do you believe this story? ni v er Kitepwehtaan ina obowe aacimowin? Kitookimaam na kahkina kekoonini otipentaan? of Ed uc at io n 0 Kiwii-antawi-memecikaahcike na? 0 Does your boss controls everything? ad U Do you want to go and check up on the situation? Kiwii-antawi-pakitahwe waapank? he Do you want to go and set up the fish net tomorrow? Kiwii-ataawe ina kekoon? ke Do you want to buy something? Kiwii-ayamihaa na ahpii takohshink? La Do you talk with him/her when he/she arrives? Kiwii-ayamjhaa na? Do you want to talk to him/her? Kiwii-kakwecimin ci-kiimasmahamawinaan pankii shooniyan? I want to ask you if I can borrow some money. Kiwil-kanoonaa na kikayaashim? Do you want to call your ex? Kiwii-kiiwe-nipaa na ahpii ishkwaa-wiihsiniyan? Do you want to go back to sleep when you are done eating? Kiwii-nantobtaan ina nikamowin? Do you want to listen to the song? Kiwii-wiiciiwihsh na? Do you want to go with me? 410 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Are you in pain? Kwanta kaa-piishaayan ohomaa. I come here for no reason. Kwanta ohsba ihkito! He/she is not telling the truth! Kwanta piko kaa-pi-kanooninaan. I am calling for no reason. Kwayahk kanawenimitison ekaa ci-pihci-tootaasoyan. Take good care not to hurt yourself. Kwayahk tootan! Do it rigbt! OR Do it correctly! Maaroabkaac nitinentaan ekaa mahshi kaa-pipoonk. I think it'~ amazing it's not winter yet. Manaaci-pibci-tootaason mekwaac anohkiiyan. Be careful not to hurt yourself while you're working. Mayaam nitani-maacaa. I am just leaving. of Ed uc at io n Kiwiibsakentaan ina? cu l ty . Mekwaac kii-anohkiiyaan, ketahtawen nikii-aahkos. Say it again! U Miina ihkiton! I will go to Round Lake during goose month. (April) Thank you my friend. ni v Miikwehc nitootem! er sit Mekwaac pimankisoc(t) nihki-piihsim., nika-isbaa Waawiyekamaak- Mino-ani-tipihkihtoon. ad Have a good evening. Mino-kii~bikanihtoon. he Have a good day. Mino-naakosi kimoosom. ke Your sweetheart looks nice. Mino-naakwan kiwaahkaabikan_ Your house looks nice. La ( While I was sleeping, my house was on fire. y Mekwaac kii-nipaayaan, niwaabkaahikan kii-sabkite. Fa While I was working, all of a sudden I got sick. Mino-tipihkihtooo. Have a good night. Mishtahi kinaoaahkomin nitootem! I thank you a lot, my friend. Misiwe miioihshin kishooniyaanim! Give me all your money! Misiwe miioihshin ! Give me all of it! Misiwe ta-papaamohsenaaniwan waapank. We will walk around all over the place tomorrow. Mitoni mino-anwaahtinikamin ~aakahihn_ It is very nice and calm water in the lake. Mooshak kellllJl kimibkawinotawin. Me too, I think about you all the time. 411 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS I think about you all the time. Mooshak miilcaasowin takwan akaamahkiink. There is always a war going on in Europe. Naahpic ahko niminwentaan e-waapantamaan miskwaawaa. I usually very happy to see red-coloured sky at dawn/sunset. Naahpic ahko niminwentaan wiipac kaa-kiiweyaan. I am usually very happy to go home early. Naahpic kii-aaoimao kayaash pimaatisiwin. Life was very hard a long time ago. Naahpic kii-mino-naakwan kiishikaa onaako. The day was very nice yesterday. Naahpic nika-minwentaan ahpii waapaminaan. I will be very glad/happy when I see you. Naahpic niminwentaan e-waapaminaan. I am very glad to see you. Naabpic niminwentaan kaa-waapaminaan miliµl. I am very glad that I saw you again. Naabpic ninihtaa-wat.akami-aahkos mekwaat.ahkaayaa. I usually get sick very easily during the cold weather. Naahpic tabkaayaa noonlcom kaa-kii~bikaak. It is very cold today. io at uc Ed of ty cu l Fa Naake (ki)ka-waapamin kaa-isbiniiminQDiwank. sit y I will see you later at the dance. er Naant.a maawiin waapank. 0 n Mooshak kimihkawinotawin. Nahke piko, kaawin mahsbi nhyaapamaabsiin. Probably tomoITOw. 0 ni v I don't know, I haven't seen him/her yet. Nahke piko. Kaawin mahsbi mayaam oikibkcnt.ansiin. U I don't know. I don't know yet exactly. Namacinibkiink inehke isbi-washkinan. ad Tum it to the left! Name niwii-ataawe. he I want to buy a sturgeon. Namewan wii-ataawe. ke He/she wants to buy a sturgeon. Niihtaawihs na ihimaa ayaa? La Is my brother-in-law there? Niineht.a nika-maacaa waapank. I will be leaving tornoITOw by myself. Nika-kanoonaa abpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. I will call him/her when I am done working. Nika-kii-tootaan niinehta. I can do it by myself. Nika-kiiwe-anohkii wiipac. I will go back to work soon. Nika-wiihsin pankii mwaye-maacaayaan ke-kishepaayaak. I will eat some before I leave/go tomoITOw Nika-wiintamawaa ci-pi-kanoonihk ahpii takohshinlc. I will tell him/her to give you a call when he/she arrives. morning. 412 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Nikanawentaan. I am taking care of it. Nikibkenimaa ahawe ih.kwe. I know that woman. Nikibkinoohamawaa ci-nihtaawec(t). I am teaching him/her to talk. Nikihkinoobamawaa ci-nihtaawihsec(t). I am teaching him/her to walk. Nikii-pwaahtawi-wanisbkaa kekishepaa. I got up late this morning. Nikii-tepihtawaa koobkoobkoboo noobpimink tipihkonk. I heard the owl in the woods last night. Nimaaroitonentaan miicim. I am thinking about food. Nimaamitonenimaa nimoosom. I am thinking about my sweetheart. Nimaaroitoncntaan ci-nanaantawencikeyaan waapank. I am thinking about to go hunting tomonow. at uc Nimikosbkaatentaan. ty of Ed Nimincinawes kaa-wani-kanooninaan. I am sony for offending you. Fa I am worried. y Nimino-ayaa ohowe mekwaac. Niminwenimaa. sit ( I am doing well at the present time. I like him/her. I like it. OR I am happy. ni v er Niminwentaan. I am looking for him/her. Ninanaantawaapantaan. I am looking for it. Ninoonteyentaan ci-kiiweyaan. I am anxious to go home. Nipakohsenim ci-wii-minohseyan. I wish you the best.II wish things go well for you. ke he ad U Ninanaantawaapamaa. Nipayehkinike akwaciink. I am cleaning up outside. La L io n I am talcing care of him/her. cu l r Nikanawenimaa. Nisaakihaa. I love him/her. Nisaakibtoon. I love it. Nishikatentaan ahko kinwesb kaa-maacaayan. I usually feel lonely when you arc gone for a long time. Nitaahkosiiwamaci. I feel sick. Nitanaamenimaa nitootem. I blame my friend. Nitanenimaak mihshiin kinoosbek ihimaa ohowe mekwaac. I expect lots of fish there at this time. 413 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRES SIONS Nitishinihkaas My name is _ _ _ _ _ __ Nitooncii I am from _ _ _ _ _ __ Niwaniihkenotaan. I forgot about it. Niwaniihkenotawaa. I forgot about him/her. Niwii-anwep pinamaa I want to take a rest for a while. Niwii-kekishepaanehkwe. I want to eat morning meal. (breakfast) Niwii-kiiwe-anobkii, abpii · ishkwaa-anwepiyaan. I want to go back to work when I am finished resting. Niwii-kiiwe. I want to go home. Niyaananwaapihk nitinakimaa I'm charging $5.00 for it. (animate) Niyaananwaapihk nitinakitaan. I'm charging $S.00 for it. (inanimate) Niyaananwaapihk otirtakimaao. He's charging $5.00 for it. (animate) cu l ty of Ed uc at io n 0 Niyaananwaapihk otinakitaan. Fa He's charging $5.00 for it. (inanimate) Noonkom piko oitishi-wanishkaa. y I just got up. Do you think the water is too deep here? Onsaam mishtahi kwanta kitayam! You talk too much for no reason! er sit Onsaam ina kilshkaayawaa ohomaa kitinentaan? Too often you're working too carelessly. ~paan oitataawe. I am buying a car. U I want to buy a car. ad Otaapaan niwii-ataawe. ni v Onsaam moosbak tepinaabk ldtanobkil. 0 Otaapaanan ataawe. he He/she is buying a car. Otaapaanan wii-ataawe. ke He/she wants to buy a car. Otakwanahaan odimaan La He/she is covering his/her canoe. Pabkaan niin oiwii-antawi-ishi-pakitahwe. As for myself, I am going to a different location to set up the fish net. Payahtak niwii-anwep ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyaan. When I am done working, I want to rest very carefully. Pchkaac ihkiton ! Say it slowly! Pehkihsh nika-wiibsin mekwaac anobkiiyaan. I'm going to cat while I'm working. Pcbpesbik ta-otaabpinaawak. (animate) They (animate) will be picked up· one by one. (by us). 414 0 �ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS They (inanimate) will be picked up one by- one (by us}. Pi-kanoonihshin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiyan! Call me when you are done working! Pi-naasihkawihshin ahpii ani-maacaayan! Come and get me when you leave! Pi-otaapinihshin ahpil ani-roaacaayan! Come and pick me up when you leave! Piko tooho miicim ta-ashankaaniwan kaa-ishi-makohsbaaniwank. All sorts of food will be served at the feast. Piko tooho miicim. Any kind of food. (Vari~ fQ941} Pinamaa obsha nika-kakwecimaa nit()()kirnaaro- I have to ask my boss first. Sakaroaat11pin mekwaac wiihsiniyan ! Sit still while you're eating! Sbaawanonk ina kitishaa ahpii ani-pipoonk. Are you going to south \;Vhen win~t comeii· Sbemaak nika-kii-piisbaa. I can come right now. _ io at uc Ed of ty cu l Shemaak nika-kwayaanci. Fa I will get ready right away. Shemaak niwii-maacaa e-mwaye-onsaam-kihci-nootink. y sit Siitawaac ina kitanohkii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? I want to leave before it gets too windy. er ( You can barely _work today~ I barely walked,yesterdaY.1 Siyaakcn maawiin kekiin kiminohpitaanaatok nato-miicim. I hope you like the tute of traditional food ·too. Siyaakcn maawiin kika-kaahcitlnaa. I hope you'll catch him/her. Siyaaken maawiin wiipac kika-mino-ayaa. I hope you get well soon. Ta-moo~bkaban ishi-naak:wan ishkwaa-maacihtahk. It looks like there will be high water after ice break up. ke he ad U ni v Siitawaac nikii-papaamobse onaako. La l., n Pehpeshik ta-otaahpinilcaatewan. (inanimate) Ta-pwaatawi-pipoon nitishinaan. I see it the winter will be late. Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapamaa nitootem. Everyday I watch and wait for my friend. Tahso-kiishikaa nitahshawaapantaan pimihsewin. Everyday I watch and wait for an aiplane. Tahswaa kaa-kanooninaan. kaawin wiihkaa kitapihsiin'. Every time I call you. you're not home. Tekako nicaakii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. I am totally exhausted today. Tepwe (o)hsba! That's true! 415 �'I: ADVANCED OJIBWE EXPRESSIONS Really? (Is that true?) Tipihkonk kii-takobsbin ciikic kaa-ani-aapihtaa-tipihkaanik. He/she arrived last night close to midnight. W aaciye nitoonci-wiicitaamaakan. Hello my neighbour. Waaciye nitootem. Hello/Greetings my friend. Wawiyasinaakosi Jritaanihs. Your daughter is cute. Wenipan ahpin Ditayihsb. Kii-maaciipahtoo kaana. My dog disappeared. He/she probably ran off. Weti iDehke isbi-taa. He/she lives there in that direction. Weti iDehke ta-isbaaniwan. We will go in that direction. Weti naaniyabii isbkwaantemink. Over there beside the door. W'u-ataawe ina tetoonini? Does he want to buy something? Wiintamaw ci-pi-kanoonibsbit(c) ahpii talcobshink. Tell him/her to give me a call when he/she arrives. 0 sit Wilntamawihsbin kiisbpin nantawenimac Tell me when you are done working. y Wiintamawibsbin ahpii ishkwaa-anohkiiyan. Fa cu l ty of Ed uc at io n Tcpwe na? also Tepwe? er shooniyaan. Wilpac auba ta--niipin iaentaakwaa. Tell me if you need/want money. 0 ni v It seems that it will be summer soon. It looks like it will be summer soon. Wlipac ina ta-niipin titisbioaan? Do you think summer will come early? Wiipac bldsbep kil-maacaa. He/she left early this morning. Wlipac maawiin siyaaken kika-mino-ayaa. I hope you get well soon. Wiipac miina (ki)ka-ayamihin_ I will talk to you again soon. Wiipac nikil-kosbkos kekisbep. I woke up early this morning. Wlipac nikii-wanishkaa kekisbep. I got up early this morning. Wlipac ta•pipoon Ditinentaan. I think winter will come early. La ke he ad U W'upac auba ta-nilpin isbi..naakwan. Wilntamawibsbin tilsbpin nantawentmnan ci•wiicibinaan. Tell me if you want me to help you. _ _ _ i11hinibka18". His/her name is _ _ _ __ 0 416 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Advanced Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Text for Advanced Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) course. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1997-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/de2045ee07cf6ea6987d929a51238ade.jpg 2e4ac927b9d0234096c10f89de8082f5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Advanced regeneration in recent strip cut Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Most recent strip cut (1971) showing amount of advanced regeneration already established. Joan Peninsula. Temagami Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1971-09 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPEG Type The nature or genre of the resource Photograph Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-588 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/4/1060/UG6-AV-I-370.jpg a83fc2b23dca441588ac0863d42940fc Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Advisory Panel meets Subject The topic of the resource People University Life Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Published in Agora Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1996-10 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-AV-I-370 Advisory Panel People Published in the Agora Unidentified Person https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/6207ff494aa20304e860f3d839f01959.jpg 111d3bb4457118a2cfac087f145cb7c1 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Aerial assessment of jack pine regeneration Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Aerial assessment of jack pine regeneration using colour -infrared film. Scale is 1:8,000. Thunder Bay Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984-10 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-1944 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/e1ca4b6b52cf82e5161bf73e2a31d8a1.jpg 5f0055ff176d2fe7137654d1bf2daf52 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Aerial herbicide application Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Aerial herbicide application, Hearst Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1982-05 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPEG Type The nature or genre of the resource Photograph Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-1841 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada-Ontario https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/f089a7261fb43954f12501de50c9a805.jpg d32511875d8bd88cd698d37c58de8836 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Aerial ignition device mounted on a helicopter Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Aerial ignition device mounted on a helicopter. Kapuskasing. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1979-07 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPEG Type The nature or genre of the resource Photograph Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-1849 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada-Ontario https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/7610e387da5a6a7d51a39fffc39a20b5.jpg 891a86aabfd5a5571f2f56a95478a8b5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ken Armson fonds Subject The topic of the resource Forestry Description An account of the resource A collection of thousands of photographic slides depicting Ken Armson's work in the field of forestry, 1952-1995. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1995 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource These images have been digitized and shared on this site with permission. Most are still under copyright. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Aerial ignition device on a helicopter. Subject The topic of the resource Forest Products Industry Description An account of the resource Aerial ignition device on a helicopter. Gogama. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Ken Armson Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1980-06 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPEG Type The nature or genre of the resource Photograph Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Armson-Silviculture-1850 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada-Ontario https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/d7b3d41f42fd9a9748b11e09ecf5266f.jpg 123964deac7efcaf3ad2466a36763574 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Aerial photo of central Fort William Subject The topic of the resource Communities in Northwestern Ontario Business and Industry Description An account of the resource Aerial photo of central Fort William. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Northwestern Ontario Development Association Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context NODA_M-27-2 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Fort William https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/5cc5e101ecd7d0540b89d94342e5de7b.jpg 3376c4cce4c6d5a29c1a8e4f080e0052 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Aerial photo of explosion at elevator Subject The topic of the resource Communities in Northwestern Ontario Business and Industry Description An account of the resource Aerial photo of the aftermath of an explosion at elevator, wrecked Pools 4A (right) and 4B (left). Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context NODA_M-21-8 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/487966e95302cde4f8c610ffdf14a435.jpg d2952c2de310f15a197e2b64269e6dd3 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Aerial photo of Fort William Subject The topic of the resource Business and Industry Communities in Northwestern Ontario Description An account of the resource Aerial photo of Fort William. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Northwestern Ontario Development Association Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context NODA_M-27-11 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Fort William